Annual Report to shareholders
Page 1 of 1
17 August 2022
Company Announcements Office
ASX Limited
Exchange Centre
Level 4, 20 Bridge Street
SYDNEY NSW 2000
Dear Sir/Madam
Please find attached the following documents:
1. Appendix 4E – results for announcement to the market for the year ended 30 June 2022;
2. 2022 Annual Report;
3. Market release dated 17 August 2022;
4. Investor Presentation; and
5. Appendix 4G – Key to Disclosures Corporate Governance Principles and
Recommendations.
Yours sincerely,
Downer EDI Limited
Robert Regan
Company Secretary
Downer EDI Limited
ABN 97 003 872 848
Triniti Business Campus
39 Delhi Road
North Ryde NSW 2113
1800 DOWNER
www.downergroup.com
Results for announcement to the market
for the year ended 30 June 2022
Appendix 4E
2022
2021
%
$'m
$'m
change
10,989.011,530.2
165.5
53.9
11,154.511,584.1 (3.7%)
11,987.112,234.2 (2.0%)
323.2334.8
(3.5%)
358.0401.0 (10.7%)
151.6 181.6 (16.5%)
176.4 230.0 (23.3%)
2022
2021
%
cents cents change
Basic earnings per share21.325.4 (16.1%)
Diluted earnings per share21.224.8 (14.5%)
Net tangible asset backing per ordinary share25.037.1 (32.6%)
Dividend
2022
2021
Final Final
Dividend per share (cents)12.012.0
Franked amount per share (cents) -
-
Conduit foreign income (CFI) (%)14%100%
Dividend record date31/08/202226/08/2021
Dividend payable date28/09/202223/09/2021
Redeemable Optionally Adjustable Distributing Securities (ROADS)
Dividend per ROADS (in Australian cents)2.972.88
New Zealand imputation credit percentage per ROADS 100% 100%
ROADS payment dateQuarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3Quarter 4
Instalment date FY202215/09/2021 15/12/2021 15/03/2022 15/06/2022
Instalment date FY202115/09/2020 15/12/2020 15/03/2021 15/06/2021
Profit from ordinary activities after tax and before amortisation of acquired intangible
assets (NPATA)
Downer EDI's Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) has been suspended.
For commentary on the results for the year and review of operations, please refer to the Directors' Report and separate media release.
Revenue from ordinary activities
Other income
Total revenue and other income from ordinary activities
Profit from ordinary activities after tax attributable to members of the parent entity
Earnings before interest and tax and amortisation of acquired intangible assets (EBITA)
Total revenue including joint ventures and other income
Earnings before interest and tax
Annual Report
2022
| Downer EDI Limited
02
Directors’ Report 6
Auditor’s Signed Reports
Auditor’s Independence Declaration 52
Independent Auditor’s Report 53
Financial Statements
Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income 61
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 62
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 63
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 64
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Directors’ Declaration 125
Other information
Sustainability Performance Summary 2022 126
Corporate Governance 132
Information for Investors 144
Contents
Annual Report 2022 |03
A
About this
report
Page 65-66
B
Business
performance
Page 67-80
C
Operating assets
and liabilities
Page 81-95
D
Employee
benefits
Page 96-97
E
Capital structure
and financing
Page 98-105
F
Group
structure
Page 106-116
G
Other
Page 117-124
B1
Segment
information
C1
Reconciliation
of cash and cash
equivalents
D1
Employee benefits
E1
Borrowings
F1
Joint arrangements
and associate
entities
G1
New accounting
standards
B2
Revenue
C2
Trade receivables
and contract assets
D2
Defined
benefit plan
E2
Financing facilities
F2
Controlled entities
G2
Capital and financial
risk management
B3
Individually
significant items
C3
Inventories
D3
Key management
personnel
compensation
E3
Lease liabilities
F3
Related party
information
G3
Other financial
assets and
liabilities
B4
Earnings per share
C4
Trade payables and
contract liabilities
D4
Employee discount
share plan
E4
Commitments
F4
Parent entity
disclosures
B5
Taxation
C5
Property, plant and
equipment
E5
Issued capital
F5
Acquisition
of businesses
B6
Remuneration
of auditor
C6
Right-of-use assets
E6
Reserves
F6
Disposal of
businesses
B7
Subsequent events
C7
Intangible assets
E7
Dividends
C8
Other provisions
C9
Contingent liabilities
Highlights
Downer’s Urban Services businesses performed
well in FY22. Despite positive underlying core
markets, earnings were weighed down by the
disruptive impacts of COVID-19 and severe wet
weather on operations.
Downer reported a statutory net profit after
tax (NPAT) of $152.0 million, and an underlying
NPATA of $225.3 million.
Cash performance remains strong, with cash
conversion of 83.9% (underlying cash conversion
of 88.9%
1
).
Downer’s performance, and the continued strength
of the balance sheet, has resulted in the Board
declaring a final dividend of 12 cents per share,
taking total dividends for the year to 24 cents per
share (up 3 cents per share on prior year), unfranked.
1. The underlying cash conversion is calculated
after adjusting for cash outflows related to
FY20 items outside underlying earnings of
$22.3 million and bid costs for the Queensland
Train Manufacturing Program of $12.7 million.
2. Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure
and includes revenue from joint ventures,
other alliances and other income.
3. Underlying EBITA and NPATA are non-IFRS
measures that are used by Management to
assess the performance of the business.
They have been calculated from the statutory
measures and underlying EBITA is reconciled to
statutory NPAT in the Directors’ Report Group
Financial Performance section on pages 12 and 13.
Total Revenue
2
$11,987.1m
Statutory EBITA
$358.0m
Underlying
3
EBITA
$399.2m
Statutory NPAT
$152.0m
Underlying
3
NPATA
$225.3m
Operating Cash Flow
$495.4m
| Downer EDI Limited
04
After successfully exiting the remaining non-core
businesses (Mining and Hospitality), Downer’s
strategy is to continue to focus on its core Urban
Services businesses. These businesses have:
– demonstrated strength and resilience
– leading market positions and attractive
medium and long-term growth opportunities
– a high proportion of government and
government-related contracts
– a capital light, services-based business model
generating lower risk, more predictable revenues
and cash flows.
The Downer Portfolio
Transport
Road Services
Rail and Transit Systems
Projects
Utilities
Telecommunications
Water
Power and Gas
Facilities
Government
Health and Education
Defence
Building
Power and Energy
Industrial and Marine
Mineral Technologies
Annual Report 2022 |05
The Directors of Downer EDI Limited submit the Annual Financial Report of the Company for the financial year ended
30 June 2022. In compliance with the provisions of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth), the Directors’ Report is set out below.
Board of Directors
MARK PETER CHELLEW (66)
Chairman since October 2021
Independent Non-executive Director since September 2021
Mr Chellew has over 40 years of experience in the building materials and related industries, including roles
such as Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer of Adelaide Brighton Limited, Managing Director
of Blue Circle Cement in the United Kingdom and senior management positions within the CSR group
of companies in Australia and the United Kingdom.
He is currently the Non-executive Chairman of Cleanaway Waste Management Limited and a
Non-executive Director of Ampol Limited. He is a former Non-executive Director of Virgin Australia
Holdings Limited and Infigen Energy Limited.
Mr Chellew holds a Bachelor of Science (Ceramic Engineering), Masters of Engineering
(Mechanical Engineering) and a Graduate Diploma in Management.
Mr Chellew lives in the Southern Highlands of New South Wales.
GRANT ANTHONY FENN (57)
Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer since July 2010
Mr Fenn has over 30 years’ experience in operational management, strategic development and financial
management. He joined Downer in October 2009 as Chief Financial Officer and was appointed Chief
Executive Officer in July 2010.
He was previously a member of the Qantas Executive Committee, holding a number of senior roles over
14 years, as well as Chairman of Star Track Express and a Director of Australian Air Express. He worked
at KPMG for eight years before he joined Qantas.
Mr Fenn is currently a Director of Spotless Group Holdings Limited and a former Director of Sydney
Airport Limited.
Mr Fenn holds a Bachelor of Economics from Macquarie University and is a member of the Australian
Institute of Chartered Accountants.
Mr Fenn lives in Sydney.
Directors’ Report
for the year ended 30 June 2022
06
| Downer EDI Limited
MARK JAMES BINNS (66)
Independent Non-executive Director since March 2022
Mr Binns is an experienced senior executive and non-executive director with extensive experience
in New Zealand in the energy, construction and building materials sectors where he has been closely
involved in many of New Zealand’s largest infrastructure projects, including the Wiri Prison public-private
partnership, Waterview Connection, SKYCITY, Museum of New Zealand Te Papa Tongarewa and the
second Manapōuri tunnel.
Mr Binns was Chief Executive Officer of Meridian Energy from 2012 to 2017 and prior to that held several
senior roles with Fletcher Building, including as Chief Executive Officer of the Infrastructure Division where
he was responsible for the construction and heavy building materials operations in Australia, South East
Asia, India, South America, the United States and the South Pacific, as well as in New Zealand.
Mr Binns is currently Chairman of Crown Infrastructure Partners and Hynds Limited and a Non-executive
Director of Auckland International Airport and several private companies.
Mr Binns holds a Bachelor of Laws from the University of Auckland.
Mr Binns lives in Auckland.
TERESA GAYLE HANDICOTT (59)
Independent Non-executive Director since September 2016
Ms Handicott is a former corporate lawyer with over 30 years’ experience in mergers and acquisitions,
capital markets and corporate governance. She was a partner of national law firm Corrs Chambers
Westgarth for 22 years, serving as a member of its National Board for seven years including four
years as National Chairman. She also has extensive experience in governance of local and state
government organisations.
Ms Handicott is currently the Chairman of listed company PWR Holdings Limited and of Peak Services
Holdings Pty Ltd, which is the subsidiary of the Local Government Association of Queensland that is
responsible for its commercial operations. Ms Handicott is also State President of the Queensland Division
of the Australian Institute of Company Directors.
Ms Handicott is a former Director of CS Energy Limited, a former member of the Queensland University
of Technology (QUT) Council, the Takeovers Panel and Corporations and Markets Advisory Committee
and a former Associate Member of the Australian Competition and Consumer Commission.
A Senior Fellow of FINSIA, Fellow of the Australian Institute of Company Directors and Member of Chief
Executive Women, Ms Handicott holds a Bachelor of Laws (Hons) degree from the Queensland University
of Technology.
Ms Handicott lives in Brisbane.
07Directors’ Report |
NICOLE MAREE HOLLOWS (51)
Independent Non-executive Director since June 2018
Ms Hollows has 25 years’ experience in the resources sector in a number of senior managerial roles
across both the public and private sectors, including in mining, utilities and rail. Her experience spans
operational management, accounting and finance, mergers and acquisitions, capital management and
corporate governance.
Ms Hollows is the Non-executive Chair of Jameson Resources Limited, and a Non-executive Director
of Qube Holdings Limited and Chief Executive Women.
She was formerly the Chief Executive Officer of SunWater Limited, a Queensland Government owned
corporation, the Chief Financial Officer and subsequently Chief Executive Officer of Macarthur Coal
Limited and Managing Director of AMCI Australia and South East Asia.
A Fellow of the Australian Institute of Company Directors and a Member of Chief Executive Women and the
Institute of Chartered Accountants, Ms Hollows holds a Bachelor of Business – Accounting and a Graduate
Diploma in Advanced Accounting (Distinction) from the Queensland University of Technology and is a
Graduate of Harvard Business School’s Program for Management Development.
Ms Hollows lives in Brisbane.
DR ADELLE MAREE HOWSE (51)
Independent Non-executive Director since April 2022
Dr Howse has extensive senior executive and non-executive experience in the infrastructure, energy
and resources, construction, data centres, telecommunication and property sectors.
Dr Howse held several senior roles with CIMIC, including Chief Strategy Officer.
Dr Howse is currently a Non-executive Director of Macquarie Telecom Group, Sydney Desalination
Plant and is Chairman of the Australian Mathematical Sciences Institute. She has previously served
on the boards of Devine Group, Design Studio Group, Ventia, Nextgen Holdings and Manila North
Tollroads Corporation.
Dr Howse holds a Bachelor of Science and Doctor of Philosophy (Mathematics) from the University
of Queensland, an executive MBA from IMD, Switzerland and a Graduate Diploma of Applied Finance
and Investment. She is a member of the Australian Institute of Company Directors.
Dr Howse lives in Sydney.
08
| Downer EDI Limited
MARK JOHN MENHINNITT (57)
Independent Non-executive Director since March 2022
Mr Menhinnitt is an experienced senior executive with extensive domestic and international experience
in large infrastructure development and urban regeneration, investment management, construction, asset
services, operations and maintenance.
Mr Menhinnitt held several senior roles over a 30-year career with Lendlease, including as Chief Executive
Officer of Lendlease Australia.
Mr Menhinnitt is currently a Non-executive Director of The GPT Group, a Non-executive Director of
Sunshine Coast Airport Pty Ltd, a member of the Australian War Memorial Development Committee and
Chairman of Fluent Property Pty Ltd.
Mr Menhinnitt holds a Bachelor of Engineering (Mechanical) and Master of Business (Applied Finance),
both from the Queensland University of Technology. He is a member of the Australian Institute of Company
Directors and a Fellow of the Governance Institute of Australia.
Mr Menhinnitt lives on the Sunshine Coast.
PETER LAWRENCE WATSON (65)
Independent Non-executive Director since May 2019
Mr Watson has extensive experience in the construction and engineering sectors in senior executive
and governance roles, including in the industrial, transport, defence, health, justice and utilities sectors.
He was Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director of Transfield Services Limited (now known as
Broadspectrum which is owned by Ventia) for ten years. During this period, he led the business through
a successful transition, cultivating a sustainable and successful public company. He also has considerable
experience in various Non-executive Director roles.
Mr Watson is currently the Non-executive Chairman of BG&E Group Limited and a Consultant of
Stephenson Mansell Group where he provides coaching and mentoring to senior executives.
Mr Watson is a former Chairman of LogiCamms Limited (now known as Verbrec), Watpac Limited, Regional
Rail Link Authority in Victoria and AssetCo Management which managed PPP assets, a former Director
of the Major Transport Infrastructure Board in Victoria, Yarra Trams and Save the Children Australia
and was a Board member of Infrastructure Australia and independent Chair of Ross River Solar Farm.
A Fellow of the Australian Academy of Technological Sciences and Engineering and member of the
Institute of Engineers Australia and Australian Institute of Company Directors, Mr Watson holds a Diploma
of Civil Engineering from the Caulfield Institute of Technology and is a Graduate of the Wharton Advanced
Management Program of the University of Pennsylvania.
Mr Watson lives on the Sunshine Coast.
RETIRED DIRECTORS
Richard Michael Harding
Independent Non-executive Director from 1 July 2008 to 30 September 2021,
Chairman from November 2010.
Philip Stuart Garling
Independent Non-executive Director from 24 November 2011 to 30 June 2022.
09Directors’ Report |
Directors’ shareholdings
The following table sets out each Director’s relevant interest (direct and indirect) in shares, debentures, and rights or options in
shares or debentures (if any) of the Company at the date of this report. No Director has any relevant interest in shares, debentures
and rights or options in shares or debentures, of a related body corporate as at the date of this report.
Director
Number of Fully
Paid Ordinary Shares
Number of Fully Paid
Performance Rights
Number of Fully Paid
Performance Options
M P Chellew18,000––
G A Fenn
1
2,049,772584,317–
M J Binns–––
T G Handicott21,100––
N M Hollows25,538––
A M Howse5,000––
M J Menhinnitt21,748––
P L Watson17,93 3––
1. Performance rights granted to Mr Fenn are subject to performance and/or service period conditions over the period 2019 to 2024. Further details regarding the
conditions relating to these restricted shares and performance rights are outlined in sections 6.4 and 9.2 of the Remuneration Report.
Company Secretary
The Company Secretarial function is responsible for ensuring
that the Company complies with its statutory duties and
maintains proper documentation, registers and records. It
also provides advice to Directors and officers about corporate
governance and gives practical effect to any decisions made
by the Board.
Mr Robert Regan was appointed Group General Counsel and
Company Secretary in January 2019. He has qualifications in
law from the University of Sydney and is an admitted solicitor
in New South Wales. Mr Regan was formerly a partner of
Corrs Chambers Westgarth and has over 30 years of experience
in legal practice.
Mr Peter Lyons was appointed joint Company Secretary in
July 2011. A member of CPA Australia and the Governance
Institute of Australia, he has qualifications in commerce from the
University of Western Sydney and corporate governance from
the Governance Institute of Australia. Mr Lyons was previously
Deputy Company Secretary and has been in financial and
secretarial roles at Downer for over 20 years.
Review of Operations
Principal Activities
Downer EDI Limited (Downer) is a leading provider of
integrated services in Australia and New Zealand. Downer
employs approximately 33,000 people, mostly in Australia
and New Zealand.
Downer operates in sectors that are closely connected to
the investment that is being driven by population growth and
urbanisation. These sectors include roads, rail, light rail, other
public transport, power, gas, water, telecommunications, health,
education, defence and other government sectors.
These sectors are served by Downer’s Urban Services
businesses – Transport, Utilities and Facilities.
These Urban Services businesses have:
§Demonstrated strength and resilience
§Leading market positions and attractive medium-term
and long-term growth opportunities
§A high proportion of government and
government-related contracts
§A capital light, services-based business model generating
lower risk, more predictable revenues and cash flows.
In the 12 months ended 30 June 2022, Downer completed the
divestment of its Mining portfolio of businesses, with the sale
of Open Cut Mining East and Otraco. During the year, Downer
also exited the majority of its Hospitality contracts.
10
| Downer EDI Limited
Sustainability
At Downer, sustainability means sustainable and profitable
growth, providing value to customers, delivering services in a
safe and environmentally responsible manner, helping its people
to be better and advancing the communities in which the
Group operates.
Downer’s commitments to sustainability are outlined
in its policies, which are accessible from the Downer
website (www.downergroup.com). The Group’s 2022
Sustainability Report details Downer’s sustainability-
related performance for the financial year ended
30 June 2022 can be found on the Company website
(www.downergroup.com/2022sustainabilityreport).
A core element of Downer’s sustainability approach is to
focus on its customers’ success. The Group’s core operating
philosophy, ‘Relationships creating success’, encapsulates this
theme. With Downer’s services impacting millions of lives every
day, the sustainability of the Group’s operations is paramount
– for its people, partners, shareholders, customers and their
customers. Downer delivers these services while managing
the impacts of its activities on people, the environment
and communities in which the Group operates and working
collaboratively with its supply chain. Downer’s extensive
capability is well-placed for the decarbonisation effort that
is required to meet Australia and New Zealand’s Net Zero
emissions target. The Group understands that its ability
to do this is fundamental to Downer’s long-term success.
Group Financial Performance
For the 12 months ended 30 June 2022, Downer reported a
decrease in total revenue and earnings before interest, tax and
amortisation of acquired intangibles (EBITA) driven by the loss
of contribution from the Mining and Laundries divestments
made in the current and prior periods. In addition, the Group’s
financial performance has been impacted by COVID-19 as well
as severe wet weather conditions as a result of La Niña.
The main features of the result for the 12 months ended
30 June 2022 were:
§Total revenue
1
of $12.0 billion, down 2.0%
§Statutory EBITA of $358.0 million, down 10.7%;
from $401.0 million
§EBITA margin of 3.0% down from 3.3% at 30 June 2021
§Statutory earnings before interest and tax (EBIT)
of $323.2 million, down 3.5%; from $334.8 million
§Statutory net profit after tax and before amortisation
of acquired intangible assets (NPATA) of $176.4 million,
down 23.3%; from $230.0 million
§Statutory net profit after tax (NPAT) of $152.0 million,
down 17.3%; from $183.7 million.
Gearing has decreased by 1.3 percentage points (pp) to 17.7%
since June 2021 reflecting the strong operating cash flows and
proceeds from the divestment program partially offset by the
impact of the share buy-back program.
Cash conversion for the year was 83.9% and 88.9% after
adjusting for $22.3 million
2
cash outflows related to items
recognised in FY20 and funded from the July 2020 capital
raising, and $12.7 million bid costs for the Queensland Train
Manufacturing Program.
Corporate costs decreased by $2.7 million or, 2.6%, to
$100.5 million as a result of portfolio restructure and cost
management, partially offset by higher information technology
security and insurance related costs.
Net finance costs decreased by $19.5 million or, 18.6%, to
$85.4 million driven by lower average debt drawn and lower
lease interest expense.
The underlying effective tax rate of 28.0% is lower than the
statutory corporate tax rate of 30.0% due to the impact of items
including non-taxable distributions from joint ventures and
lower tax rates in overseas jurisdictions (e.g. New Zealand).
Individually Significant Items (ISIs) totalled $41.2 million loss
before interest and tax for the year, ($48.9 million loss after-tax).
These ISIs relate to:
§The fair value movement of the Downer Contingent Share
Options (DCSO) issued in FY21 as part of the acquisition of
the remaining 12.2% interest in Spotless
§Divestments and exit costs
§Portfolio restructure costs
§Bid costs
§Probuild credit loss
§Gain on sale of PP&E.
Refer to Note B3 to the Financial Report for further details.
1. Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue, other
income and notional revenue from joint ventures and other alliances not
proportionately consolidated.
2. Downer undertook a Non-renounceable Pro-rata Entitlement Offer, for
which the uses included the funding of payroll remediation costs and legal
settlements of New Zealand building works.
11Directors’ Report |
The table below provides a comparison of the underlying
1
earnings for FY22 versus the results for FY21 and a reconciliation to
statutory NPAT.
Underlying
1
E B I TA ( A$ m )SegmentFY22FY21
Variance
(%)
TransportTransport254.6250.21.8%
Utilities
2
Utilities73.794.8(22.3%)
Facilities
2
Facilities179.8178.60.7%
Core Urban Services Businesses508.1523.6(3.0%)
Engineering & ConstructionAll other segments–(5.1)100.0%
MiningAll other segments8.146.6(82.6%)
LaundriesFacilities–5.0(100.0%)
HospitalityFacilities(16.5)0.4<(100%)
Non-core businesses(8.4)46.9<(100%)
CorporateUnallocated(100.5)(103.2)2.6%
Group Underlying EBITA
2
399.2467. 3(14.6%)
Amortisation of acquired intangibles (pre-tax)(34.8)(66. 2)47.4%
Underlying EBIT364.4401.1(9.1%)
Net interest expense(8 5 .4)(100.6)15.1%
Tax expense(78.1)(85.6)8.8%
Underlying NPAT200.9214.9(6.5%)
Amortisation of acquired intangibles (post-tax)24.446.3(47. 3 %)
U n d e r l y i n g N PATA
3
225.3261.2(13.7%)
Items outside of underlying NPATA(41 . 2)(70.6)41.6%
Tax (expense)/benefit on items outside NPATA( 7.7 )39.4<(100%)
Statutory NPATA176.4230.0(23.3%)
Amortisation of acquired intangibles (post-tax)(24.4)(4 6 . 3)47. 3%
Statutory NPAT152.0183.7(17. 3%)
1. The underlying result is a non-IFRS measure that is used by Management to assess the performance of the business. Non-IFRS measures have not been subject to
audit or review.
2. The Group has restated the previously reported segment information for the year ended 30 June 2021 to align it with the current segment presentation.
3. Downer calculates EBITA and NPATA by adjusting EBIT and NPAT to add back acquired intangible assets amortisation expense.
Group FY22: $34.8 million, $24.4 million after-tax. (FY21: $66.2 million, $46.3 million after-tax).
12
| Downer EDI Limited
Statutory earnings
Statutory earnings before interest and tax (EBIT) of $323.2 million, down 3.5%; from $334.8 million.
Statutory EBITA of $358.0 million, down 10.7%, from $401.0 million.
Underlying EBITA of $399.2 million, down 14.6%; from $467.3 million.
A reconciliation of the FY22 underlying result to the statutory result is provided in the table below:
A$mE B I TA
Net Interest
expense
Ta x
expenseN PATA
Amortisation
of acquired
intangibles
(post-tax)N PAT
Underlying result399.2(85.4)(88.5)225.3(24.4)200.9
Fair value on Downer Contingent
Share Options (DCSO)
1
3.7––3.7–3.7
Divestments and exit costs(75.8)–5.0(70.8)–(70.8)
Portfolio restructure costs( 7.6)–2.3(5.3)–(5.3)
Bid costs
2
(12.7)–3.8(8.9)–(8.9)
Probuild credit loss(34.6)–6.9(27.7 )–(27.7 )
Gain on sale of PP&E85.8–(25.7)60.1–60.1
Total items outside underlying result(41.2)–( 7.7)(48.9)–(48.9)
Statutory result – Profit/(loss)358.0(85.4)(96.2)176.4(24.4)152.0
1. The Downer Contingent Share Options (DCSO) issued as part of the acquisition of the minority interest in Spotless in August 2020 are required to be recorded
at fair value with changes in fair value recorded through profit or loss. Since 30 June 2021, the fair value of the DCSO has decreased by $3.7 million, which has been
recognised in ‘Other income’ in the Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income during the year. This income is primarily driven by
the decrease in Downer’s share price from $5.59 at 30 June 2021 to $5.05 at 30 June 2022.
2. Downer is in the process of tendering for the State of Queensland Train Manufacturing Program, for which a net $12.7 million in bid costs were expensed during the year.
Refer to Note B3 to the Financial Report for further details.
Expenses
Total expenses decreased by 3.6%, or $410.5 million
compared to the prior corresponding period (pcp) and
includes $153.7 million of items outside the underlying result,
while the pcp included $77.0 million of ISIs.
Excluding these items, total expenses in FY22 decreased by
4.4%, or $487.2 million.
Downer’s cost base (including ISIs) by type of expense
compared to the pcp is as follows:
FY22 (%)FY21 (%)
Employee benefits
Subcontractor
Raw materials and
consumables used
Plant and equipment,
depreciation and amortisation,
impairment of assets
Other expenses
5.1
34.2
36.7
14.2
9.8
5.7
33.0
40.8
12.7
7.8
Employee benefits expense decreased by 7.2%, or $278.3 million,
to $3.6 billion and represents 33.0% of Downer’s cost base.
The decrease is mainly driven by divestments (Mining and
Laundries) and exiting of contracts in Hospitality together with
a shift in the mix of labour from direct labour to subcontractors.
Accordingly, subcontractor costs increased by 7.2%, or $297.8
million, to $4.4 billion and represents 40.8% of Downer’s cost
base (36.7% in pcp).
Raw materials and consumables used decreased by 13.4%, or
$213.3 million, to $1.4 billion and represents 12.7% of Downer’s
cost base. The decrease is mainly driven by lower raw materials
costs following the divestment of Mining and Laundries and
completion of the Sydney Growth Trains (SGT) construction
phase within Transport.
Plant and equipment costs decreased by 20.6%, or $121.7 million,
to $0.5 billion and represents 4.3% of Downer’s cost base.
The decrease in plant and equipment costs is attributed to
a less capital-intensive business following the divestment of
Mining and Laundries as well as from initiatives to drive efficient
plant and equipment utilisation and maintenance practices.
Total depreciation and amortisation decreased by 30.8%, or
$152.2 million, to $0.3 billion and represents 3.2% of Downer’s
cost base. The decrease is driven by assets disposed as part of
the Laundries and Mining divestments.
13Directors’ Report |
Other expenses from ordinary activities which include
communication, travel, professional fees and occupancy
costs, increased by 6.1%, or $35.4 million, to $615.3 million and
represents 5.7% of Downer’s cost base.
Other expenses include $84.0 million of pre-tax ISIs (pcp
included $60.4 million), mainly related to divestment results
(including transaction and divestment costs) and the credit
loss incurred as a result of the customer Probuild entering
administration as described in Note B3 to the Financial Report.
Excluding the impact of ISIs, other expenses increased 2.3%
or $11.8 million mainly due to higher information technology
security and insurance costs.
Cash flow
Operating Cash Flow
Operating cash flow of $495.4 million represents a cash
conversion of 83.9% of adjusted earnings before interest, tax,
depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA).
The decrease in cash was predominantly driven by lower
contributions from Mining and Laundries as a result of
divestment activities as well as from the impact of severe
wet weather as a result of La Niña and from COVID-19 across
the Group.
Included within the operating cash flows is $22.3 million
1
of cash
outflows related to items recognised in FY20 and funded from
the July 2020 capital raising, and a net $12.7 million in relation to
bid costs. Excluding these cash outflows, cash conversion would
be 88.9%.
Investing Cash Flow
Total investing cash inflow of $38.4 million was $2.5 million
higher than the pcp and includes $245.4 million proceeds from
the disposal of Mining during the year. Proceeds from disposal
activities include: $75.1 million net proceeds from Otraco,
$131.0 million net proceeds from Open Cut Mining East and
$39.3 million deferred proceeds received in relation to Open
Cut Mining West and Blasting (divested in FY21).
Excluding payments for the acquisition of businesses and
proceeds from the disposal of businesses, investing cash
outflow would have decreased by 21.0% or $48.5 million to
$182.9 million largely due to lower capex requirements following
the divestment of the Laundries and Mining businesses.
Debt and bonding
The Group’s performance bonding facilities totalled
$1,964.7 million at 30 June 2022 with $591.8 million undrawn.
There is sufficient available capacity to support the ongoing
operations of the Group.
As at 30 June 2022, the Group had liquidity of $1.9 billion
comprising cash balances of $738.5 million and undrawn
committed debt facilities of $1.2 billion.
1. Downer undertook a Non-renounceable Pro-rata Entitlement Offer,
for which the uses included the funding of payroll remediation costs
and legal settlements of New Zealand building works.
A buyback of Downer’s shares was announced to the market
on 27 April 2021 and the buyback commenced on 8 June 2021.
During the year ended 30 June 2022, a total of 24,002,597
shares were purchased for total consideration of $142.6 million.
Since announcement, $167.4 million has been spent on the
buyback program with 28,365,995 shares bought back.
The Group continues to be rated BBB (Stable) by Fitch Ratings.
Balance sheet
Since 30 June 2021, the net assets of the Group decreased by
$123.4 million or, 4.2%, to $2.8 billion driven by the impact of
Mining divestments (now concluded) as shown below:
IncreaseDecreaseTotal
2,957.4
47.0
(236.5)
103.8
(68.6)
30.9 2,834.0
Reduction
in net
debt
Mining
disposal
PPEROUAWorking
capital
and other
Jun-22
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
3.2
$’b
Movement in Net Assets
Jun-21
Net debt is calculated as borrowings (excluding lease liabilities)
less cash and cash equivalents. Net debt has decreased by
$47.0 million or, 7.0%, mainly driven by $119.9 million lower
borrowings following debt repayments made, partially offset by
the lower cash position since 30 June 2021.
The Mining divestment program reduced net assets of
the Group by $236.5 million as described in Note F6 to the
Financial Report.
Excluding the impact from the disposal of Mining; Property,
plant and equipment increased by $103.8 million or, 12.6%.
This was driven by capital expenditure in the Transport segment
including assets from the acquisition of Fowlers Asphalting as
well as the Rosehill Asphalt plant and Somerton land. Right-of-
use assets decreased by $68.6 million, or 13.6%, representing a
lower leased asset portfolio following divestments.
Total Equity decreased by $123.4 million mainly driven by the
$142.6 million in shares bought back and $171.4 million dividends
paid during the year. This was partially offset by $152.0 million
net profit after tax and mark to market gain on cross currency
interest rates swaps recognised in hedge reserves.
14
| Downer EDI Limited
Segment financial performance
Transport
Transport comprises Downer’s Road Services, Rail and Transit
Systems and Projects businesses.
Total revenue
1
(FY22)
Transport
EBITA
2
(FY22)
48.1%51.0%
1. Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue, other
income and notional revenue from joint ventures and other alliances not
proportionately consolidated.
2 Downer calculates EBITA by adjusting EBIT to add back acquired intangibles
amortisation expense. Due to rounding, divisional percentages do not add up
precisely to 100%.
Transport revenue increased by 8.1%, or $426.5 million, to
$5.7 billion due to higher contributions from the Projects
business in Australia resulting from the commencement of new
projects as well as an improved contribution from the Keolis
Downer JV due to patronage increase following the easing of
COVID-19 restrictions and the commencement of the Adelaide
Metro contract. These increases were partially offset by lower
revenue in Rail and Transit Systems following completion of the
Sydney Growth Trains (SGT) construction phase.
Transport EBITA increased by 1.8% to $254.6 million due to
new contracts within the Project business and an increased
contribution from the Keolis Downer JV. This was partially offset
by a decrease in contribution from Road Services in Australia
mainly from wet weather impact from La Niña and from the
completion of the SGT delivery project in Rail and Transit
Systems business.
Road Services
Downer manages and maintains road networks across Australia
and New Zealand and manufactures and supplies products
and services to create safe, efficient and reliable journeys.
Downer offers one of the largest non-government owned road
infrastructure services businesses in Australia and New Zealand,
maintaining more than 28,000 kilometres of road in Australia
and more than 25,000 kilometres in New Zealand.
Downer creates and delivers solutions to its customers’
challenges through strategic asset management and a
leading portfolio of products and services. Downer is a leading
manufacturer and supplier of bitumen-based products and
an innovator in the sustainable asphalt industry and circular
economy, using recycled products and environmentally
sustainable methods to produce asphalt.
Rail and Transit Systems
Downer has over 100 years’ rail experience providing end-
to-end, innovative transport solutions. Downer is a leading
provider of rollingstock asset management services in Australia,
with expertise in delivering whole-of-life asset management
support to its customers. Downer’s capability spans all sectors,
from rollingstock to infrastructure, and every project phase,
from design and manufacture to through-life-support, fleet
maintenance, operations and comprehensive overhaul of assets.
The Keolis Downer joint venture is Australia’s largest private
provider of multi-modal public transport solutions, with
contracts to operate and maintain Yarra Trams in Melbourne, the
Gold Coast light rail system in Queensland, Adelaide Metro and
an integrated public transport system for the city of Newcastle
in New South Wales. Keolis Downer is also one of Australia’s
most significant bus operators.
Projects
Downer delivers multi-disciplined infrastructure solutions to
customers within the transport and power sector. The services
provided by Downer include the design and construction of
light rail, heavy rail, signalling, track and station works, rail
safety technology, bridges and roads as well as design and
construction of steel lattice transmission towers and design
and build of substations.
Downer has a long history of delivering infrastructure projects
under a variety of contracting models. Downer’s integrated
capabilities enable intelligent transport solutions, road network
management and maintenance, facility maintenance, utilities
services and renewable energy technologies.
Utilities
Downer offers a range of services to customers across
the power and gas, water, telecommunications and
renewables sectors.
Total revenue
1
(FY22)
Utilities
EBITA
2
(FY22)
14.9%14.7%
1. Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue, other
income and notional revenue from joint ventures and other alliances not
proportionately consolidated.
2. Downer calculates EBITA by adjusting EBIT to add back acquired intangibles
amortisation expense. Due to rounding, divisional percentages do not add up
precisely to 100%.
Utilities revenue decreased by 6.0%, or $112.0 million, to
$1.8 billion largely due to a decrease in volumes relating
to COVID-19 related disruptions; partially offset by increased
activities in Telecommunications in Australia.
15Directors’ Report |
Utilities EBITA decreased by 22.3% to $73.7 million largely due
to COVID-19 lockdowns impacts particularly in Water Services
and Metering Services in Australia and in Telecommunications
and Energy in New Zealand; partially offset by an increase in
contribution from Telecommunications in Australia.
Power and Gas
Downer’s services include planning, designing, constructing,
operating, maintaining, managing and decommissioning power
and gas network assets. A collaborative approach has made
Downer a benchmark end-to-end service provider to owners of
utility assets.
Downer constructs and maintains electricity and gas networks,
provides asset inspection and monitoring services, connects
tens of thousands of new power and gas customers each year
and provides meter, energy and water efficiency services for
governments, utilities and corporations.
Water
Downer is dedicated to delivering complete water lifecycle
solutions for municipal and industrial water users.
Downer’s expertise includes water treatment, wastewater
treatment, water and wastewater network construction and
rehabilitation, desalination and biosolids treatment.
As a leading provider of asset management services, Downer
supports its customers across the full asset lifecycle from
conceptual development through to design, construction,
commissioning and into operations and maintenance.
Telecommunications
Downer is a leading provider of end-to-end technology and
communications service solutions, offering integrated civil
construction, electrical, fibre, copper and radio network
deployment capability throughout Australia and New Zealand.
Key capabilities include designing, engineering, maintenance,
operations and smart metering.
Facilities
The Facilities service line operates in Australia and New Zealand
across a range of industry sectors including defence, education,
health, government, power & energy, industrial & marine
and hospitality.
Total revenue
1
(FY22)
Facilities
EBITA
2
(FY22)
35.0%32.7%
1. Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue, other
income and notional revenue from joint ventures and other alliances not
proportionately consolidated.
2. Downer calculates EBITA by adjusting EBIT to add back acquired intangibles
amortisation expense. Due to rounding, divisional percentages do not add up
precisely to 100%.
Facilities revenue increased by 16.5%, or $588.9 million, to
$4.2 billion largely driven by increased activities in Building
Projects in New Zealand and higher activities in Australia in
Health & Education. This was partially offset by loss of revenue
contribution from Laundries (disposed in FY21, $186.1 million
contribution in pcp) while COVID-19 lockdowns and exiting of
contracts impacted Hospitality activities.
Facilities EBITA decreased by 11.3%, or $20.7 million to
$163.3 million mainly driven by the impact of COVID-19
lockdowns during the year on several sectors (particularly in
Hospitality), loss of contribution from the Laundries business
following disposal in FY21, partially offset by higher contribution
from Building Projects in New Zealand and from Health &
Education in Australia.
Facilities
Downer is the largest integrated facilities management services
provider in Australia and New Zealand, delivering property and
facilities management services to government departments,
agencies and authorities at the Federal, State and municipal
level. With 21 Public Private Partnership projects across the
defence, education, health and leisure sectors, Downer provides
innovative management of its customers’ assets across
their lifecycle.
Downer has a 40-year history of supporting the daily operations
of hospitals across Australia and New Zealand, delivering a
range of services that create a safe environment for hospital
staff, patients and their guests. At leading schools and tertiary
institutions, Downer helps to create world-class learning
environments through integrated services such as catering,
building and grounds maintenance, conserving energy
with air-conditioning and lighting solutions and ensuring
a secure environment.
Power & Energy and Industrial & Marine
Downer is a leading provider of asset maintenance and
specialist services to Australia’s critical economic infrastructure
including the oil and gas, power generation and industrial
sectors. As a trusted partner with a leading safety record,
Downer optimises the reliability, efficiency and whole-
of-life costs of its customers’ assets through long-term
relationship-based contracts.
Mineral Technologies
Downer’s Mineral Technologies business is the world leader
in fine physical mineral separation solutions, including spiral
gravity concentrators and magnetic and electrostatic separation
technology. Mineral Technologies delivers innovative process
solutions for iron ore, mineral sands, silica sands, coal, chromite,
gold, tin, tungsten, tantalum and several other fine materials.
16
| Downer EDI Limited
All other segments
All other segments comprise the Group’s Mining activities prior
to divestment and in the comparative period also includes
the Engineering and Construction business unit which was
previously reported as ‘businesses in wind down’.
Total revenue
1
(FY22)
All other segments
EBITA
2
(FY22)
2.1%1.6%
1. Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue, other
income and notional revenue from joint ventures and other alliances not
proportionately consolidated.
2. Downer calculates EBITA by adjusting EBIT to add back acquired intangibles
amortisation expense. Due to rounding, divisional percentages do not add up
precisely to 100%.
All other segments revenue decreased by 83.0%, or $1.2 billion,
to $0.2 billion and EBITA decreased by 80.5% to $8.1 million
due to cessation of revenue and EBITA contribution from the
remaining Mining businesses disposed during the year as part
of the Group’s Urban Services strategy.
Mining
Downer has completed the divestment of Mining operations.
The results for the year ended 30 June 2022 include
contribution from the Mining business units to the point
of disposal.
1. This is relevant only for non-resident shareholders. The effect is that the portion of the unfranked dividend paid out of CFI is not subject to Australian dividend
withholding tax.
2 . Lost time injuries (LTIs) are defined as injuries that cause the injured person (employee or contractor) to be unfit to perform any work duties for one whole day or shift,
or more, after the shift on which the injury occurred, and any injury that results, directly or indirectly, in the death of the person. The Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate
(LTIFR) is the number of LTIs per million hours worked. Total Recordable Injuries (TRIs) are the number of LTIs plus medically treated injuries (MTIs) for employees and
contractors. Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR) is the number of TRIs per million hours worked.
Engineering and Construction
Downer announced in February 2020 that it would focus
its construction efforts on areas where it has a competitive
differentiation. As a result, Downer no longer tenders for ‘hard
dollar’ construction contracts in the coal, iron ore and industrial
Electrical & Instrumentation and Structural, Mechanical and
Piping sectors.
Dividends
The Downer Board resolved to pay a final dividend of 12.0
cents per share, unfranked, payable on 28 September 2022 to
shareholders on the register at 31 August 2022. The portion of
the unfranked dividend amount that will be paid out of Conduit
Foreign Income (CFI) is 14%.
1
The Board also determined to continue to pay a fully imputed
dividend on the ROADS security, which having been reset on
15 June 2022 has a yield of 8.14% per annum payable quarterly
in arrears, with the next payment due on 15 September 2022.
As this dividend is fully imputed (the New Zealand equivalent of
being fully franked), the actual cash yield paid by Downer will be
5.86% per annum until the next reset date.
Consistent with the prior year, the Company’s Dividend
Reinvestment Plan remains suspended.
Zero harm
Downer’s Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR) decreased to
0.82 from 0.99 and its Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate
(TRIFR) decreased to 2.35 from 2.60 per million hours worked
2
.
Sadly, a long-term Downer employee in New Zealand died in
May 2022 following a fall at work. Although the cause of death
is not yet known, Downer has treated this as a workplace
fatality. This incident is a reminder of the challenges of ensuring
we remain vigilant and relentlessly manage the Critical Risks
associated with the work we do every day.
TRIFRLTIFR
TRIFR
LTIFR
Downer Group Safety Performance (12-month rolling frequency rates)
Jun-21
Jul-21
Aug-21
Sep-21
Oct-21
Nov-21
Dec-21
Mar-22
Apr-22
May-22
Feb-22
Jan-22
Jun-22
1.50
2.00
2.50
3.00
0.50
1.00
1.50
2.60
2.35
0.99
0.82
2.00
17Directors’ Report |
Group Business Strategies and Prospects for Future Financial Years
Downer’s Purpose is to create and sustain the modern environment by building trusted relationships with our customers.
Our Promise is to work closely with our customers to help them succeed, using world-leading insights and solutions.
Our business is founded on four Pillars:
§Safety: Zero Harm is embedded in Downer’s culture and is fundamental to the company’s future success
§Delivery: we build trust by delivering on our promises with excellence while focusing on safety, value for money and efficiency
§Relationships: we collaborate to build and sustain enduring relationships based on trust and integrity
§Thought leadership: we remain at the forefront of our industry by employing the best people and having the courage to
challenge the status quo.
Downer’s strategic objectives, prospects, and the risks that could adversely affect the achievement of these objectives, are set out
in the table below.
Strategic ObjectiveProspectsRisks and risk management
Maintain focus on
Zero Harm
Downer believes that a sustainable
and embedded Zero Harm culture
is fundamental to the Company’s
ongoing success, and to building
trusted relationships with customers
and business partners. Downer’s
approach to Zero Harm enables it
to work safely and environmentally
responsibly in industry sectors with
inherently hazardous environments.
Zero Harm at Downer means a work
environment that supports the health,
including mental health and wellbeing,
and safety of its people and allows it
to deliver its business activities in an
environmentally sustainable manner
and advance the communities in which
it operates. This includes continuing to
monitor all COVID-19 risks and controls,
and supporting the Government’s
vaccination rollout strategy.
Downer has a robust Critical Risk program. Risks that could
cause serious injury to people or harm to the environment,
and the controls needed to eliminate or manage those risks,
are understood. This knowledge forms the core of Downer’s
risk management processes, and the monitoring of its critical
controls. There is a strong commitment to Downer’s Zero Harm
objectives across all levels of the business. A core objective
of The Downer Standard program is to unify the way Downer
manages Zero Harm and performs its work. In an important
step, Downer achieved centralised third-party accreditation
to the International Standards ISO 45001 (Safety), ISO 9001
(Quality) and ISO 14001 (Environment). This gives Downer a
single system of work for safety, quality and environment, and
a framework to develop, implement and monitor The Downer
Standard. Establishing this consistent single platform means
Downer can deliver consistent best practice information and
work processes to its frontline employees, helping them to
better manage risk and change in their dynamic workplaces.
Downer continues to be vigilant around the management of
COVID-19 and maintaining the highest levels of controls in
line with expert advice and Government guidance. Downer
supported the Government’s vaccination initiative and strongly
encouraged its employees to have the vaccination when
it was available to them, once they had consulted a health
professional on the associated risks and benefits.
Embed asset
management and
standardisation as a
cornerstone of the
Delivery pillar
Downer has developed extensive asset
management knowledge and expertise
and also adopts and implements world-
leading insights and solutions. Downer
strives for standardisation in its risk
management and project delivery to
ensure consistent quality outcomes for
its customers.
The expectations of Downer’s customers, and their customers,
continue to grow with regards to reliable, intuitive, and cost-
effective assets and services. Downer has invested in capability
and talent to improve asset management through standard
processes, data analytics and lifecycle performance analytics.
A number of these investments have Group-wide application in
addition to their bespoke customer benefits.
Risks to be managed include: delivering services with limited
value to customers; scope reduction by customers who elect to
insource services and directly source blue-collar contractors; an
inability to deliver obligations in performance frameworks and
service outcome contracts; exposure to modern slavery risks
in the Group’s labour force and supply chain; and adjustment
mechanisms and allowances for price movements (for example,
CPI movements, material costs and labour cost).
18
| Downer EDI Limited
Strategic ObjectiveProspectsRisks and risk management
Focus on
engagement with
customers and
suppliers as a
cornerstone of the
Relationships pillar
Providing valuable and reliable products
and services to customers, and their
customers, is at the heart of Downer’s
culture. It enables Downer’s customers
to focus more on their core expertise
while Downer delivers non-core
operational services. Through ongoing
analysis of markets, customers and
competitors, Downer is well positioned
to improve value and service for its
customers and their customers.
Relationships creating success continues to be Downer’s
core operating philosophy that drives delivery of projects
and services. It helps to ensure investment as initiatives and
activities are focused on helping Downer’s customers to
succeed.
Risks to be managed include: the threat of new competitors
and disruptors in traditional markets; not keeping pace
with changing customer expectations; and the threat of
commoditisation of core products and services.
Utilise technology
in core service
offerings as a
cornerstone of
Downer’s Thought
Leadership pillar
Technology is an inherent feature of
today’s world and there is therefore
greater demand for provision of
cyber secure technology in the
services Downer provides. Customer
operations are growing in complexity
in an ever-changing threat landscape,
and this creates opportunities for
Downer to connect securely, manage,
monitor and report on core services
and infrastructure.
Downer invests in a range of technology platforms and
partnerships to meet customer needs. Downer focuses on
selecting the right investments, for example those that can be
leveraged across a number of service lines to maximise value
for the greatest number of customers. Downer remains firmly
focused on continuously protecting against evolving cyber
risks and threats, demonstrating credibility and trust through
secure cyber stewardship and custody.
Risks to be managed include: intensification of competition
as customers converge into large single market procurement
channels; introduction of foreign and technology-based
competitors that bring a different value proposition; and a
need for greater investment in technology and data services.
Strengthen
Downer’s position
as an employer of
choice by fostering
an inclusive
workplace culture
For Downer to deliver the best possible
outcomes for its customers, it needs
a workforce that is diverse, inclusive,
capable and engaged. Downer’s
actions are guided by its Inclusion
and Belonging (I&B) Strategy, which
promotes a culture where employees
feel a sense of belonging.
Downer operates in sectors that are subject to highly
competitive labour markets, which makes employee retention
and attraction an important strategic objective.
Downer has the ability to leverage its large workforce, broad
geographic footprint and diverse technical skill base to mitigate
labour supply challenges by redeploying skilled employees to
high-priority contracts/projects to ensure the right people are
in place to deliver high-quality services for its customers.
Downer’s talent attraction and retention strategy focuses on
providing opportunities for employees to grow their careers,
offering benefits that are competitive with the market, and
creating channels for engagement and feedback.
Downer is focused on maintaining the work-life balance of its
people and supports flexible working arrangements, where
possible, to meet the growing expectations of its current and
future workforce.
Downer also understands that mental health is a growing
societal issue, and has developed and implemented its
accredited Mental Health First Aid program to arm its people
with the knowledge and skills to support their own mental
health as well as the mental health of their friends and family.
Risks to manage include: effective retention of high-performing
people; potential for high employee turnover; increased
competition for talent due to tight labour market; workforce
resilience; and low unemployment and high job mobility rates.
19Directors’ Report |
Strategic ObjectiveProspectsRisks and risk management
Mitigate climate-
related risks and
capture growth
opportunities
presented
by decarbonisation
As society shifts towards a net zero
emissions future, Downer is seeing
increasing interest in decarbonisation
across its customer base.
Downer is uniquely positioned with
its skills, experience and technical
capabilities to play a pivotal role in the
energy transition.
Downer believes its own pathway to net
zero is essential in adding credibility to
the services it delivers to help customers
decarbonise their own operations.
Downer has committed to an absolute
near-term target of 50% reduction of its
Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions by 2032
and an absolute near-term target of
30% reduction of its Scope 3 emissions
by 2032. Downer has set a long-term
target to be net zero in Scope 1, 2 and
3 GHG emissions by 2050, subject to
future available technologies. Both the
near-term and the long-term targets
have a base year of 2020.
Downer’s key climate-related challenge is to decouple its GHG
emissions from revenue growth.
In FY22, Downer completed a detailed review of its most
material climate-related risks and opportunities in line with the
Taskforce for Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD).
This work built on Downer’s previous TCFD analysis in 2019,
and reaffirmed that climate change presents considerable
opportunities for Downer – and that these opportunities will
increase as efforts to decarbonise accelerate.
The analysis determined that Downer’s greatest exposure
to transition risk are its asphalt plants as well as its light and
heavy vehicle fleet and plant and equipment. Downer has
decarbonisation strategies and plans to minimise exposure
to transition risks.
In addition, Downer has undertaken a review of its capital
allocation process to integrate climate thinking and
considerations. This led to the creation of a centralised
decarbonisation fund to support initiatives that will help
achieve Downer’s net zero commitments.
Risks to manage include: the physical risks to Downer’s fixed
assets, key sites and locations (such as extreme heat, bushfires
and severe weather events); transition risks associated with
decarbonising Downer’s asphalt manufacturing process and
its fleet; regulatory risk and cost increase due to Government
policy (i.e. carbon price); reputational risk such as customer
and shareholder expectations; and reducing Downer’s Scope
3 emissions, in particular emissions derived from purchased
goods and services.
20
| Downer EDI Limited
The following table provides an overview of the key prospects relevant to each of Downer’s service lines and summarises Downer’s
intended strategic response across each sector to maximise the Company’s performance and realise future opportunities.
Service lineProspectsDowner’s response
TransportThe multi-billion dollar market
for transport services continues
to grow in both Australia and
New Zealand. Governments in
both countries continue to invest
in a range of projects to reduce
congestion, improve mobility,
and provide better linkages
between communities.
Downer is a market leader in road services in both Australia and
New Zealand, light rail construction in Australia and heavy rail
construction and maintenance in Australia. Downer maintains
strong strategic partnerships with leading global transport solutions
providers and, through this model, is pursuing opportunities in
rollingstock manufacture and maintenance, and transport network
operations and maintenance. The Keolis Downer joint venture is a
leading Australian multi-modal transport operator. Downer is also
seeing increased demand for its circular economy products like
Reconophalt
TM
, a sustainable asphalt product made from up to 100%
recycled materials.
UtilitiesGrowth across utility markets
is multi-faceted with a good
pipeline of prospects in both
Australia and New Zealand.
Downer’s customers
are actively investing in
decarbonisation projects.
Downer has market leading positions in the power, gas, water and
telecommunications sectors in both Australia and New Zealand.
Downer is strongly positioned to take advantage of the growth
opportunities available in these sectors, with a demonstrable track
record of excellence in service delivery, and a greater focus on
introducing operational technology to improve the value Downer
brings to customers. Downer is also one of the largest and most
experienced providers in the renewable energy market and power
systems sectors, with more than 3GW of renewable energy generated
by wind and solar farms, either built or currently being delivered.
FacilitiesLarge-scale and long-term
outsourcing contracts continue
to come to market, however the
long-term nature of contracts in
this sector means that a lot of
work is already under contract.
There is a strong pipeline of
opportunities on the short-to-
medium-term horizon in both
Australia and New Zealand.
In addition, all Downer’s
customers are actively investing
in decarbonisation projects
and many are investigating
Hydrogen opportunities.
Through the acquisition of Spotless, Downer is a major force in both
Australia and New Zealand with market-leading positions across
key sectors including defence, health, education and government.
Downer also has strong market positions across the power & energy,
industrial & marine, and future energy areas. Downer is investing in
expertise and capability that will position Australia as a world leader
in clean Hydrogen and has also supported customers in delivering
carbon capture underground storage systems.
In FY22, Downer exited the majority of its Hospitality contracts.
21Directors’ Report |
Outlook
For FY23, Downer expects 10-20% underlying NPATA
growth, assuming no material COVID-19, weather, labour or
other disruptions.
Subsequent Events
At the date of this report there is no matter or circumstance
that has arisen since the end of the financial year that has
significantly affected, or may significantly affect:
(a) the Group’s operations in future financial years,
(b) the results of those operations in future financial years, or
(c) the Group’s state of affairs in future financial years.
Changes in state of affairs
During the financial year there was no significant change in the
state of affairs of the Group other than that referred to in the
financial statements or notes thereto.
Environmental management
Environmental management is an important component of
Downer’s Zero Harm philosophy. Downer’s environmental
commitments are outlined in its Environmental Sustainability
Policy which can be found on the Downer website
at www.downergroup.com/board-policies.
Effectively managing its environmental aspects and impacts
is fundamental to Downer’s approach to delivering its
services. Downer puts significant emphasis on its critical risk
program ensuring effective controls are implemented and
continuous improvement through lessons learned. Downer’s 10
Environmental Principles are critical to ensuring its employees
and broader stakeholder groups are engaged and aware of its
environmental commitments, including meeting and exceeding
its environmental compliance obligations.
Downer’s environmental management system is accredited
to AS/NZ ISO14001:2015 and is integrated into its Group-wide
management system, known as The Downer Standard. The
Downer Standard ensures a consistent approach to identifying
and controlling environmental hazards and risks, and managing
the Company’s environmental performance across the
organisation. The environmental management system is audited,
both internally and externally, by independent third parties.
Downer’s ability to manage the impacts of its activities on the
natural and built environment is fundamental to its long-term
success. Downer is committed to helping its customers succeed
by developing and delivering environmentally responsible and
sustainable solutions so communities remain resilient and thrive
in the future.
Downer is conscious of its social licence to operate – and
responds to this by improving the sustainability of its operations,
aiming to achieve Zero Harm to its people, minimising harm
to the environment, and always striving to enhance Downer’s
reputation, business value and ultimately shareholder wealth.
Suitably qualified environment and sustainability professionals
support each of the Business Units. Each Business Unit has
developed Sustainability Improvement Plans aligned to specific
United Nations Sustainable Development Goals with year-on-
year actions and deliverables. In addition, each Business Unit
has a customised Decarbonisation Plan. These plans assign
responsibilities for implementing the actions and deliverables.
Progress is monitored and reported throughout the year and
assessed as part of the Business Unit’s annual performance,
which is linked to the short-term incentive program.
Employee Discount Share Plan (ESP)
An ESP was instituted in June 2005. In accordance with the
provisions of the plan, as approved by shareholders at the
1998 Annual General Meeting, permanent full-time and part-
time employees of Downer EDI Limited and its subsidiary
companies who have completed six months service may be
invited to participate.
No shares were issued under the ESP during the years ended
30 June 2022 or 30 June 2021.
There are no performance rights or performance options,
in relation to unissued shares, that are outstanding.
22
| Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ meetings
The following table sets out the number of Directors’ meetings (including meetings of Board Committees) held during the
2022 financial year and the number of meetings attended by each Director (while they were a Director or Board Committee
member). During the year, nine Board meetings, six Audit and Risk Committee meetings, three Remuneration Committee meetings,
four Zero Harm Committee meetings and two Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee meetings were held. In addition,
17 ad hoc meetings (attended by various Directors) were held in relation to various matters including tender reviews, major projects
and due diligence for the on-market share buy-back program.
Board
Audit and Risk
Committee
Remuneration
Committee
DirectorHeld
1
AttendedHeld
1
AttendedHeld
1
Attended
M P Chellew
2
88––22
R M Harding
3
22––11
G A Fenn99––––
M J Binns
4
44––––
P S Garling
6
99––33
T G Handicott996633
N M Hollows996633
A M Howse
5
33––––
M J Menhinnitt
4
33––––
P L Watson9966––
Zero Harm
Committee
Nominations and Corporate
Governance Committee
DirectorHeld
1
AttendedHeld
1
Attended
M P Chellew
2
3322
R M Harding
3
22––
G A Fenn44––
M J Binns
4
––––
P S Garling
6
44––
T G Handicott––22
N M Hollows––22
A M Howse
5
––––
M J Menhinnitt
4
––––
P L Watson44––
1. These columns indicate the number of meetings held during the period each person listed was a Director or member of the relevant Board Committee.
2. Mr Chellew joined the Board on 1 September 2021.
3. Mr Harding retired on 30 September 2021.
4. Mr Binns and Mr Menhinnitt joined the Board on 1 March 2022.
5. Dr Howse joined the Board on 1 April 2022.
6. Mr Garling retired on 30 June 2022.
23Directors’ Report |
Indemnification of officers and auditors
During the financial year, the Company paid a premium in
respect of a contract insuring the Directors of the Company,
the Company Secretary, all officers of the Company and of any
related body corporate against a liability incurred as a Director,
secretary or executive officer to the extent permitted by the
Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).
The contract of insurance prohibits disclosure of the nature of
the liability and the amount of the premium.
Downer’s Constitution includes indemnities, to the extent
permitted by law, for each Director and Company Secretary
of Downer and its subsidiaries against liability incurred in the
performance of their roles as officers. The Directors and the
Company Secretaries listed on pages 6 to 10, individuals who
act as a Director or Company Secretary of Downer’s subsidiaries
and certain individuals who formerly held any of these roles also
have the benefit of the indemnity in the Constitution.
The Company has not otherwise, during or since the financial
year, indemnified or agreed to indemnify an officer or auditor of
the Company or of any related body corporate against a liability
incurred as such an officer or auditor.
Corporate Governance
In recognising the need for the highest standards of corporate
behaviour and accountability, the Board endorses the ASX
Corporate Governance Council’s Corporate Governance
Principles and Recommendations (ASX Principles). The Group’s
corporate governance statement is set out at pages 132 to 143
of this Annual Report.
Non-audit services
Downer is committed to audit independence. The Audit and
Risk Committee reviews the independence of the external
auditors on an annual basis. This process includes confirmation
from the auditors that, in their professional judgement, they are
independent of the Group. To ensure that there is no potential
conflict of interest in work undertaken by Downer’s external
auditors, KPMG, they may only provide services that are
consistent with the role of the Company’s auditor.
The Board has considered the position and, in accordance with
the advice from the Audit and Risk Committee, is satisfied that
the provision of non-audit services during the year is compatible
with the general standard of independence for auditors imposed
by the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).
The Directors are of the opinion that the services as disclosed
below do not compromise the external auditor’s independence,
based on advice received from the Audit and Risk Committee,
for the following reasons:
§All non-audit services have been reviewed and approved to
ensure that they do not impact the integrity and objectivity
of the auditor
§None of the services undermine the general principles
relating to auditor independence as set out in the Institute
of Chartered Accountants in Australia and CPA Australia’s
Code of Conduct APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional
Accountants issued by the Accounting Professional and
Ethical Standards Board, including reviewing or auditing
the auditor’s own work, acting in a management or decision-
making capacity for the Company, acting as advocate for
the Company or jointly sharing economic risks and rewards.
A copy of the auditor’s independence declaration is set out
on page 52 of this Annual Report.
During the year, details of the fees paid or payable for non-audit
services provided by the auditor of the parent entity, its related
practices and related audit firms were as follows:
Non-audit services
2022
$
2021
$
Tax services248,596205,795
Advisory services96,679506,977
345,275712,772
Rounding of amounts
The Company is of a kind referred to in ASIC Corporations
(Rounding in Financial/Directors’ reports) Instrument 2016/191,
relating to the ‘rounding off’ of amounts in the Directors’ Report
and consolidated financial statements. Unless otherwise stated,
amounts have been rounded off to the nearest whole number
of millions of dollars and one place of decimals representing
hundreds of thousands of dollars.
24
| Downer EDI Limited
Remuneration Report
Chairman’s Letter
Dear Shareholders,
Downer’s 2022 Remuneration Report provides information
about the remuneration of its most senior executives and
explains how performance has been linked to reward outcomes
at Downer for the 2022 financial year.
At the last Annual General Meeting in November 2021,
97.2% of all votes cast by shareholders were in favour of
the 2021 Remuneration Report.
A challenging but productive year
The 2022 financial year has been extremely challenging for
Downer and indeed most companies across the globe. The
impact of widespread COVID-19 infections within the community
and the restrictions placed on businesses and employees by
government were not anticipated at the time we set our targets
and forecasts for 2022. Additionally, the prolonged and severe
wet weather patterns experienced throughout Australia’s
eastern States have been debilitating and unprecedented.
The impact of COVID-19 and severe wet weather patterns
have materially impacted the Company’s financial performance
in 2022.
Notwithstanding the difficulties presented during the period
our staff and management responded outstandingly in
highly challenging circumstances, maximising outcomes for
shareholders, protecting not only the performance of your
Company but also the communities in which Downer operates,
all while delivering quality service outcomes for our customers.
If not for this ‘above and beyond’ effort, our Company would not
be in the strong position it is in today.
We remain leaders in the markets in which we operate,
strengthening our position over the past 12 months with
$36.1 billion work in hand. Our Net Debt to EBITDA is just
1.6x with available liquidity of $1.9 billion. We have won over
$3.5 billion in new work over the last quarter of 2022 setting
the Company up for a strong 2023 and beyond.
During the period our executive team have continued to
improve the portfolio by:
§Completing the exit of the Open Cut Mining East and Otraco
businesses, delivering on the strategy to exit capital-intensive
businesses and significantly decreasing the Group’s carbon
emissions profile
§Completing the exit of the Hospitality businesses,
improving the Group’s resilience and reducing volatility
§Acquiring Fowlers Asphalting in Victoria’s Gippsland
§Completing the sale of our Rosehill Asphalt Plant and the
construction of our new world leading replacement plant.
Many of the activities that Downer’s people perform every
day have potential risks and ensuring they remain safe is of
paramount importance. Downer’s Lost Time Injury Frequency
Rate for the year was 0.82 and the Total Recordable Injury
Frequency Rate was 2.35. Sadly, a long-term Downer employee
in New Zealand died in May 2022 following a fall at work.
Although the cause of death is not yet known, Downer has
treated this as a workplace fatality. Downer operates in sectors
that are exposed to high-risk activities and, while we have a
history of strong safety performance, we are determined to learn
from this loss. The health and safety of our people is Downer’s
number one priority.
The impact of divestments or acquisitions on executive
remuneration can be significant. The Board’s overarching
concern is to ensure executives:
§Are accountable for delivery of the annual budget
and business plan
§Consider potential acquisition or divestment
opportunities without the influence of their impact
on remuneration outcomes.
The Board’s policy is that:
§Where a transaction is both material and unbudgeted,
the impact of the transaction when calculating the key
performance indicators on which executive performance is
measured should be removed. This ensures that executives
are ‘no better or worse off’ due to the transaction
§For individually significant items, whether to adjust for their
impact (positive or negative) is considered having regard to
the circumstances relevant to each.
In 2022 the impact of the acquisition of Fowlers Asphalting, the
exit of the remaining Hospitality contracts, the divestments of
the Mining businesses of Otraco and Open Cut Mining East,
and the gain on the sale of the Rosehill Asphalt Plant have been
removed, in line with policy.
25Directors’ Report |
There were other unbudgeted individually significant items
in 2022 which also affected statutory results, being:
§The fair value adjustment on the Downer Contingent Share
Options issued as part of the consideration for acquisition of
the remaining interests in Spotless
§Bid costs for the Queensland Train Manufacturing Program.
The impact of these items on executive performance KPIs have
also been removed as they were either not contemplated at the
time KPI targets were set or were unable to be calculated at that
time. This is consistent with policy and past practice. More detail
can be found on these items at section 7.4.2 of this report.
Most importantly, the Board has assessed the impact of
COVID-19 and severe wet weather on executive performance
KPIs and formed the view that the executive was likely to
achieve at least target earnings performance in 2022, in the
absence of those impacts.
After extensive deliberation of these issues and the Company’s
financial and non-financial performance, the Board determined
it important and appropriate to exercise discretion and award
an STI outcome of 65% for the Executives, which is between
threshold and target. In keeping with policy, 50% of these
awards are deferred.
In assessing the appropriate level of award the Board has
balanced the challenging environment for shareholders and the
strong competition for talent and retention across Australia and
New Zealand, which is unparalleled in recent years.
Link between Downer performance and reward outcomes
Downer’s remuneration framework for key senior employees
has been very successful in aligning Downer’s strategy and
the creation of alignment between senior executives and
shareholders. As set out in this Remuneration Report, Downer’s
remuneration strategy continues to provide:
§A significant proportion of remuneration being ‘at risk’ linked
to clear, objective measures
§A profitability gateway as a precondition to any short-term
incentive entitlement
§For deferral of 50% of short-term incentive payments over
a further two-year period
§The delivery of a significant proportion of pay in equity.
We trust that this overview and the accompanying detailed
analysis are helpful when forming your own views on Downer’s
remuneration arrangements.
M P Chellew T G Handicott
Chairman Remuneration
Committee Chairman
26
| Downer EDI Limited
Remuneration Report – AUDITED
The Remuneration Report provides information about the
remuneration arrangements for key management personnel
(KMP), which means Non-executive Directors and the Group’s
most senior executives, for the year to 30 June 2022. The
term ‘executive’ in this Report means KMPs who are not
Non-executive Directors.
The Report covers the following matters:
1. Year in Review
2. Details of Key Management Personnel
3. Remuneration Policy, Principles and Practices
4. Relationship between Remuneration Policy
and Company Performance
5. The Board’s Role in Remuneration
6. Description of Executive Remuneration
7. Details of Executive Remuneration
8. Executive Equity Ownership
9. Key Terms of Employment Contracts
10. Related Party Information
11. Description of Non-executive Director Remuneration
27Directors’ Report |
1. Year in Review
1.1 Summary of changes to remuneration policy
Downer has continued to refine its remuneration policy during the period. The Board considered Company strategy and reward
plans based on performance measurement, competitive position and stakeholder feedback. Changes to policy are noted in the
relevant sections of this Report and are summarised in the table below.
PolicyEnhancements since 2021
Short-term incentive (STI) planThe environmental sustainability and critical risk measures for the Zero Harm element have
been further refined, building upon previous improvements to move with and support growth
in organisational maturity and ensure continual stretch and ongoing Zero Harm improvement
through, in addition to existing requirements:
§Introducing a requirement to undertake a climate-related risk and opportunity assessment,
and address one climate risk, progress one climate opportunity, and incorporate these into
the decarbonisation plan
§Reviewing the Sustainable Development Goal Improvement Plans developed in 2021 and
achievement of the Year 2 goals from those plans
§Undertaking a detailed analysis to understand the top three controls requiring improvement
within an area of responsibility and completion of projects to improve them
§Achievement of the stretch targets for the Group’s Sustainability Linked Loan Key Performance
Indicators, which include greenhouse gas emissions reductions and social sustainability
measures of Indigenous Cultural Awareness and Mental Health First Aid training targets.
Further detail on the measures for the STI plan are set out at section 6.3.4.
2. Details of Key Management Personnel
The following persons acted as Directors of the Company during or since the end of the most recent financial year:
DirectorRole
M P ChellewChairman, Independent Non-executive Director (commenced 1 September 2021)
R M HardingChairman, Independent Non-executive Director (retired 30 September 2021)
G A FennManaging Director and Chief Executive Officer
M J BinnsIndependent Non-executive Director (commenced 1 March 2022)
P S GarlingIndependent Non-executive Director (retired 30 June 2022)
T G HandicottIndependent Non-executive Director
N M HollowsIndependent Non-executive Director
A M HowseIndependent Non-executive Director (commenced 1 April 2022)
M J MenhinnittIndependent Non-executive Director (commenced 1 March 2022)
P L WatsonIndependent Non-executive Director
Downer undertook an organisational restructure which was implemented effective 1 July 2021. The restructure saw the
rationalisation of the management structure and the appointment of a Group Chief Operating Officer. Accordingly, the Executive
Key Management Personnel who have the authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the
Group were reassessed.
The named persons held their current executive position for the whole of the most recent financial year.
ExecutiveRole
M J FergusonChief Financial Officer
P J TompkinsChief Operating Officer
28
| Downer EDI Limited
3. Remuneration Policy, Principles and Practices
3.1 Executive remuneration policy
Downer’s executive remuneration policy and practices are summarised in the table below.
PolicyPractices aligned with policy
Retain experienced,
proven performers,
and those considered
to have high potential
for succession
§Provide remuneration that is internally fair
§Ensure remuneration is competitive with the external market
§Defer a substantial part of pay contingent on continuing service and sustained performance.
Focus performance §Provide a substantial component of pay contingent on performance against targets
§Focus attention on the most important drivers of value by linking pay to their achievement
§Require profitability to reach a challenging level before any bonus payments can be made
§Provide a LTI plan component that rewards consistent Scorecard performance over multiple years
and over which executives have a clear line of sight.
Provide a Zero
Harm environment
§Incorporate measures that embody Zero Harm for Downer’s employees, contractors, communities
and the environment as a significant component of reward.
Manage risk §Encourage sustainability by balancing incentives for achieving both short-term and longer-term
results, and deferring equity-based reward vesting after performance has been initially tested
§Set stretch targets that finely balance returns with reasonable but not excessive risk taking and
cap maximum incentive payments
§Do not provide excessive ‘cliff’ reward vesting that may encourage excessive risk taking as a
performance threshold is approached
§Diversify risk and limit the prospects of unintended consequences from focusing on just one
measure in both short-term and long-term incentive plans
§Stagger vesting of deferred short-term incentive payments to encourage retention and allow
forfeiture of rewards that are the result of misconduct or material adjustments
§Retain full Board discretion to vary incentive payments, including in the event of excessive
risk taking
§Restrict trading of vested equity rewards to ensure compliance with the Company’s Securities
Trading Policy.
Align executive interests
with those of shareholders
§Provide that a significant proportion of pay is delivered as equity so part of executive reward is
linked to shareholder value performance
§Provide a long-term incentive that is based on consistent Scorecard performance against
challenging targets set each year that reflect sector volatility and prevailing economic conditions
as well as relative TSR and earnings per share measures directly related to shareholder value
§Maintain a guideline minimum shareholding requirement for the Managing Director
§Exclude the short-term impact of unbudgeted and opportunistic acquisitions and divestments
from performance assessment to encourage agility and responsiveness
§Encourage holding of shares after vesting via a trading restriction for all executives and payment
of LTI components in shares
§Prohibit hedging of unvested equity and equity subject to a trading lock to ensure alignment
with shareholder outcomes.
Attract experienced,
proven performers
§Provide a total remuneration opportunity sufficient to attract proven and experienced executives
from secure positions in other companies and retain existing executives.
29Directors’ Report |
4. Relationship between Remuneration Policy
and Company Performance
4.1 Company strategy and remuneration
Downer’s business strategy includes:
§Maintaining focus on Zero Harm by continually improving
health, safety and environmental performance to achieve
Downer’s goal of zero work-related injuries and significant
environmental incidents
§Driving growth in core markets through focusing on serving
existing customers better across multiple products and
service offerings, growing capabilities and investing in
innovation, research and development and community
and Indigenous partnerships
§Creating new strategic positions through enhanced value-
add services that improve propositions for customers and
exporting established core competencies into new overseas
markets with current customers of the Company
§Reducing risk and enhancing the Company’s capability
to withstand threats, take advantage of opportunities and
reduce cyclical volatility
§Obtaining better utilisation of assets and improved margins
through simplifying and driving efficiency
§Identifying opportunities to manage the Downer portfolio
through partnering, acquisition and divestment that deliver
long-term shareholder value
§Maintaining flexibility to be able to adapt to the changing
economic and competitive environment to ensure Downer
delivers shareholder value.
The Company’s remuneration policy complements this
strategy by:
§Emphasis on Zero Harm measures across safety
performance, critical risk and environmental and social
sustainability and setting safety and environmental gateways
in the STI to maintain the Company’s position as a Zero Harm
leader, and employer and service provider of choice, thereby
delivering a competitive advantage
§Incorporating Company-wide performance requirements for
both STI and LTI reward vesting for earnings (NPATA), Free
Cash Flow (FFO) and People measures to encourage cross-
divisional collaboration
§Incorporating performance metrics that focus on cash flow
to reduce working capital and debt exposure
§Setting NPATA, EBITA and FFO STI performance and
gateway requirements based on effective application of funds
employed to run the business for better capital efficiency
§Employing FFO as the cash measure for the STI to provide
more emphasis on control of capital expenditure
§Excluding the short-term impacts of opportunistic and
unbudgeted acquisitions and divestments on incentive
outcomes to encourage flexibility, responsiveness and
growth consistent with strategy
§Deferring 50% of STI awards to encourage sustainable
performance and a longer-term focus
§Incorporating consistent financial performance in the LTIP
Scorecard measure
§Encouraging engagement with, and the development and
retention of, its people to help maintain a sustainable supply
of talent.
4.2 Remuneration linked to performance
The link to performance is provided by:
§Requiring a significant portion of executive remuneration
to vary with short-term and long-term performance
§Applying a profitability gateway to be achieved before
an STI calculation for executives is made
§Applying further Zero Harm gateways to be achieved
before calculating any reward for safety or environmental
performance
§Applying challenging financial and non-financial measures
to assess performance
§Ensuring that these measures focus management on
strategic business objectives that create shareholder value
§Delivering a significant proportion of payment in equity
for alignment with shareholder interests.
Downer measures performance on the following key
corporate measures:
§Earnings per share (EPS) growth
§Total shareholder return (TSR) relative to other ASX 100
companies (excluding ASX ‘Financials’ sector companies)
§G r o u p N PATA
§Divisional EBITA
§FFO
§Engagement with Downer’s people
§Zero Harm measures of safety and
environmental sustainability.
Remuneration for all executives varies with performance
on these key measures.
30
| Downer EDI Limited
31Directors’ Report |
The following graph shows the Company’s performance compared to the median performance of the ASX 100 over the five-year
period to 30 June 2022.
Downer EDI TSR compared to S&P/ASX 100 median*
Jun
2017
Dec
2017
Jun
2018
Dec
2018
Jun
2019
Dec
2019
Jun
2022
Jun
2020
Dec
2020
Jun
2021
Dec
2021
S&P/ASX 100 median TSR
Downer EDI TSR
0
50
100
150
200
Total Shareholder Return (Indexed to 100)
* S&P/ASX 100 companies as at 30/06/2017
The graphs below illustrate Downer’s performance against key financial and non-financial performance indicators over the last five years.
Net profit after tax
Free cash flow
-200
-100
0
100
200
300
235.5
1
178.1
1
247.8
1
258.3
2
(155.7)
$’m
2018
2019
2021
2020
2022
-300
-200
-100
0
100
200
300
400
500
429.3
4
178.3
3
185.7
4
431.5
3
(219.1)
$’m
2018
2019
2021
2020
2022
1. Adjusted for material unbudgeted transactions and individually significant
items. 2018: $176.7 million net increase, 2021: $51.8 million net increase and
2022: $26.1 million net increase.
2. Adjusted for material unbudgeted transactions by $18.0 million
net decrease.
3. Adjusted for material unbudgeted transactions, including payment for
Spotless shares. 2018: $324.6 million net decrease and 2021: $313.1 million
net decrease.
4. Adjusted for material unbudgeted transactions. 2019: $65.2 million net
increase and 2022: $104.5 million net decrease.
Basic earnings per share
5
Safety
6
-30
-20
-10
0
10
20
30
40
50
21.3
10.5
42.1
25.4
(26.1)
Cents per share
2018
2019
2021
2020
2022
1000
1200
Lost Time Injuries per 1,000,000 hours
Total Recordable Injuries
per 1,000,000 hours
2018
2020
2019
2021
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
0.99
0.57
0.78
0.67
2022
0.82
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
TRIFRLTIFR
5. Basic earnings per share for 2018 and 2019 were restated as a result
of 106.6 million shares issued from the capital raising as part of the
acquisition of the remaining shares in Spotless. The weighted average
number of shares (WANOS) to calculate EPS was adjusted by an
adjustment factor of 0.9817.
6. Safety data for 2021 and 2022 includes Hawkins and Spotless.
Safety data for 2018 to 2020 excludes Hawkins and Spotless.
5. The Board’s Role in Remuneration
The Board engages with shareholders, management and other stakeholders as required, to continuously refine and improve
executive and Director remuneration policies and practices.
Two Board Committees deal with remuneration matters. They are the Remuneration Committee and the Nominations and Corporate
Governance Committee.
The role of the Remuneration Committee is to review and make recommendations to the Board in relation to executives in
respect of:
§Executive remuneration and incentive policy
§Remuneration of senior executives of the Company
§Executive reward and its impact on risk management
§Executive incentive plans
§Equity-based incentive plans
§Superannuation arrangements
§Recruitment, retention, performance measurement and termination policies and procedures for all Key Management Personnel
and senior executives reporting directly to the Managing Director
§Disclosure of remuneration in the Company’s public materials including ASX filings and the Annual Report
§Retirement payments for all Key Management Personnel and senior executives reporting directly to the Managing Director.
The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee is responsible for recommending and reviewing remuneration
arrangements for the Executive Director and Non-executive Directors of the Company.
Each Committee has the authority to engage external professional advisors without seeking approval of the Board or management.
During the reporting period, the Remuneration Committee retained Guerdon Associates Pty Ltd as its advisor. Guerdon Associates
Pty Ltd does not provide services to management and is considered to be independent.
6. Description of Executive Remuneration
6.1 Executive remuneration structure
Executive remuneration has a fixed component and a component that varies with performance.
The variable component ensures that a proportion of pay varies with performance. Performance is assessed annually for
performance periods covering one year and three years. Payment for performance assessed over one year is an STI. Payment for
performance over a three-year period is an LTI.
In order for maximum STIs to be awarded, performance must achieve a stretch goal that is a clear margin above the planned budget
for the period. This enables the Company to attract and retain better performing executives, and ensures pay outcomes are aligned
with shareholder returns.
Target STIs are less than the maximum STI. Target STI is payable on achievement of planned objectives. For executives, the target
STI is 75% of the maximum STI. The maximum total remuneration that can be earned by an executive is capped. The maximums are
determined as a percentage of fixed remuneration.
Executive position
Target STI
% of fixed
remuneration
Maximum STI
% of fixed
remuneration
M a x i m u m LT I
% of fixed
remuneration
Maximum total
performance
based pay as a
% of fixed
remuneration
Managing Director75100100200
KMP56.257550125
The proportions of STI to LTI take into account:
§Market practice
§The service period before executives can receive equity rewards
§The behaviours that the Board seeks to encourage through direct key performance indicators
§The guideline for the Managing Director to maintain a shareholding as a multiple of pay after long-term incentive rewards
have vested.
32
| Downer EDI Limited
6.2 Fixed remuneration
Fixed remuneration is the sum of salary and the direct cost of providing employee benefits, including superannuation, motor
vehicles, car parking, living away from home expenses and fringe benefits tax.
The level of remuneration is set to be able to retain proven performers and when necessary to attract the most suitable external
candidates from secure employment elsewhere.
Remuneration is benchmarked against a peer group of direct competitors and a sector peer group. While market levels of
remuneration are monitored on a regular basis, there is no contractual requirement or expectation that any adjustments will
be made.
No adjustment has been made to remuneration for the Managing Director since July 2012, other than a voluntary reduction in
his fixed remuneration by 50% for the period 1 April 2020 to 30 June 2020 in recognition of the likely impact of the coronavirus
pandemic on Downer and its people. The funds from this voluntary remuneration reduction, along with contributions from Directors
and other executives, were used to establish a fund to provide financial assistance to employees experiencing severe hardship.
6.3 Short-term Incentive
6.3.1 STI tabular summary
The following table outlines the major features of the 2022 STI plan.
Purpose of STI plan §Focus performance on drivers of shareholder value over a 12-month period
§Improve Zero Harm and people related results
§Ensure a part of remuneration varies with the Company’s 12-month performance.
Minimum performance ‘gateway’
before any payments can
be made
Achievement of a gateway based on budgeted Group NPATA for corporate executives and
Division EBITA for divisional heads.
Maximum STI that can be earned §Managing Director: up to 100% of fixed remuneration
§KMP: up to 75% of fixed remuneration.
Percentage of STI that can
be earned on achieving
target expectations
75% of the maximum. For an executive to receive more, performance in excess of target
expectations will be required.
Individual Performance
Modifier (IPM)
§An IPM may be applied based on an executive’s individual key performance indicators and
relative performance
§Moderate individual performance may result in an IPM of less than 1 or outstanding
performance may result in an IPM greater than 1. The IPM must average 1 across
all participants
§Application of an IPM cannot result in an award greater than the maximum STI% level set
out in section 6.1.
Discretion to vary paymentsThe Board, in its discretion, may vary STI payments by up to + or – 100% from the payment
applicable to the level of performance achieved, up to the maximum for that executive.
Performance period1 July 2021 to 30 June 2022.
Performance assessedAugust 2022, following audit of accounts.
Additional service period after
performance period for payment
to be made
50% of the award is deferred with the first tranche of 25% vesting one year following award
and the second tranche of 25% vesting two years following award.
Payment timingSeptember 2022 for the first cash payment of 50% of the award. The deferred components
of the STI payments will be paid one and two years following the award, in equal tranches of
25% of the award.
Form of paymentCash for initial payment.
The value of deferred components will be settled in cash or shares, net of personal tax. An
eligible leaver’s deferred components will be settled in shares or in cash in the sole and
absolute discretion of the Board.
Performance requirementsGroup NPATA and divisional EBITA, FFO, Zero Harm and people measures.
33Directors’ Report |
Board discretionThe Board may exercise discretion to:
§Reduce partly or fully the value of the deferred components that are due to vest in certain
circumstances, including where an executive has acted inappropriately or where the Board
considers that the financial results against which the STI performance measures were tested
were incorrect in a material respect or have been reversed or restated
§Settle deferred components in shares or cash.
New recruitsNew executives (either new starts or promoted employees) are eligible to participate in the
STI in the year in which they commence in their position with a pro-rata entitlement.
Terminating executivesThere is no STI entitlement where an executive’s employment terminates prior to the end of
the financial year. Where an executive’s employment terminates prior to the vesting date, the
unvested deferred components will be forfeited. However, the Board has retained discretion
to vest deferred awards, in the form of shares or cash, in their ordinary course where the
executive is judged to be an eligible leaver.
6.3.2 STI overview
The STI plan provides for an annual payment that varies with annual performance. This has been applied to performance measured
over the Company’s financial year to 30 June 2022.
The basis of the plan is designed to align STI outcomes with financial results. No STI is paid unless a minimum profit gateway is
met. For corporate executives, the gateway is based on the Group budgeted profit target. For Divisional executives, the gateway
is based on the Division budgeted profit target. Profit for this purpose is defined as NPATA for Corporate executives and EBITA
for Divisional executives. This minimum must be at a challenging level to justify the payment of STI to an executive and deliver an
acceptable return for the funds employed in running the business. Positive and negative impacts from material but unbudgeted and
opportunistic transactions are excluded from gateway assessment. Whether to exclude the impact of significant items (positive or
negative) is considered on a case by case basis.
As noted in section 6.1, the maximum STI that can be earned is capped to minimise excessive risk taking.
Deferral is a key feature as part of the STI structure. Payment of 50% of the award is made at the time of award in cash and the
remaining 50% of the award earned is deferred over two years.
The first payment of 50% of the award will be in cash after finalisation of the annual audited results. The payment of the deferred
component of the award will be in the form of two tranches, each to the value of 25% of the award.
The deferred components represent an entitlement to cash or shares, subject to the satisfaction of a continued employment
condition. The first tranche will vest one year following award and the second tranche will vest two years following award, provided
an executive remains employed by the Group at the time of vesting.
The value of deferred components will generally be settled in shares, net of applicable personal tax. This is designed to encourage
executive share ownership, and not adversely impact executives who have to meet their taxation obligations arising from the
vesting of the deferred components. However, the Board retains the discretion to vest deferred awards, in the form of shares or
cash, and will generally have regard to an executive’s individual circumstances and existing level of equity ownership.
No dividend entitlements are attached to the deferred components during the vesting period.
Where an executive ceases employment with the Group prior to the vesting date, the deferred components will be forfeited.
However, the Board has retained the discretion to vest deferred awards, in the form of shares or cash, in their ordinary course
where the executive is judged to be an eligible leaver.
6.3.3 How STI payments are assessed
Target STI plan percentage
of pay
An individual’s target incentive under the STI plan is expressed as a percentage of fixed
remuneration. The STI plan percentage is set according to policy set out in section 6.1.
Organisational or divisional
scorecard result
As a principle, ‘target’ achievement would be represented at budget. Thresholds and maximums
are also set.
Individual Performance
Modifier (IPM)
At the end of the plan year, eligible employees are provided with an IPM against their key
performance indicators and relative performance. Individual key performance indicators are set
between the individual and the Managing Director (if reporting to the Managing Director) or the
Board (if the Managing Director) at the start of the performance period. IPMs must average to 1.
STI plan incentive calculationFixed remuneration x maximum STI plan percentage x scorecard result x IPM.
34
| Downer EDI Limited
6.3.4 STI performance requirements
Overall performance is assessed on Group NPATA, Divisional EBITA, FFO, Zero Harm and a measure of employee engagement.
NPATA and EBITA include joint ventures and associates and include, inter alia, changes in accounting policy. NPATA and EBITA
provide transparency on operational business performance, align with how Downer presents its results to the market and allow for
easier understanding of alignment between performance and remuneration outcomes. The Board considers this approach to be
appropriate as:
§The Board is the ultimate decision maker for transactions that give rise to acquired intangibles that result in the
amortisation expense
§The impact of amortisation of acquired intangibles, which in nature relate to long-term strategic decisions, remains reflected in
incentive outcomes through the EPS measure in the LTI plan.
FFO is defined as net cash from operating activities (i.e. EBIT plus non-cash items in operating profit plus distributions received
from JVs or associates plus movements in working capital plus movements in operating assets less net interest less tax paid), less
investing cash flow.
Zero Harm reflects Downer’s commitment to safety, environment, social and governance matters. The Zero Harm element includes
key safety performance indicators, safety and environmental risk and environmental sustainability measures, underscoring Downer’s
commitment to customers, employees, regulators and the communities in which it operates.
The measures for the Zero Harm element of the scorecard are as follows:
MeasureTarget
Safety
Total Recordable Injury
Frequency Rate (TRIFR)
Lost Time Injury
Frequency Rate (LTIFR)
Achieve TRIFR below 3.5 and LTIFR below 0.9 for area of responsibility.
TRIFR is calculated as the number of recordable injuries per million hours calculated over
12 months.
LTIFR is calculated as the number of lost time injuries per million hours calculated over
12 months.
Critical RiskCompletion of all actions arising from high potential incidents within a defined timeframe.
Lead and finalise a Group-wide Community of Practice (CoP) focusing on better control of one
critical risk. The CoP must deliver a set of minimum deliverables identified in the STI Guide.
The CoP must conduct a Downer Standard gap analysis, identify practice guidance and control
standard requirements, define master risks and controls and produce a training package.
Undertake detailed analysis to understand the top three controls requiring improvement within
an area of responsibility and completion of projects to improve them.
SustainabilityReview of the Sustainable Development Goal Improvement Plans developed in 2021 and
achievement of the Year 2 goals from those plans.
Undertake a climate related risk and opportunity assessment. Address one climate risk and
progress one opportunity and incorporate these into the decarbonisation plan.
Evidence that the relevant business unit is on track to achieve its science-based
decarbonisation target.
Achievement of the stretch targets for the Group’s Sustainability Linked Loan Key Performance
Indicators, which include greenhouse gas emissions reductions and social sustainability
measures of Indigenous Cultural Awareness and Mental Health First Aid training.
35Directors’ Report |
The Zero Harm measures have matured over time, with the Critical Risk and Sustainability measures now incorporating targets
across safety, environmental sustainability and social sustainability. Accordingly, the independent gateways have also been matured
to address this blend. Should a workplace fatality or serious environmental incident occur, 50% of the Zero Harm element is
foregone, with 100% foregone should both occur.
Weightings applied to the 2022 STI scorecard measures for all executives, including the Managing Director, are set out in the
table below.
ExecutiveG r o u p N PATADivisional EBITAFree cash flowZero HarmPeople
Corporate30%–30%30%10%
Business Unit7. 5%22.5%30%
( 7. 5% Group,
22.5% Division)
30%10%
(3% Group,
7% Division)
The Board has discretion to vary STI payments by up to + or – 100% from the payment applicable to the level of performance
achieved, up to the maximum for that executive.
The Board retains the right to vary from policy in exceptional circumstances. However, any variation from policy and the reasons for
it will be disclosed.
6.4 Long-term Incentive
6.4.1 LTI tabular summary
The following table outlines the major features of the 2022 LTI plan.
Purpose of LTI plan §Focus performance on drivers of shareholder value over a three-year period
§Manage risk by countering any tendency to over-emphasise short-term performance to the
detriment of longer-term growth and sustainability
§Ensure a part of remuneration varies with the Company’s longer-term performance.
Maximum value of equity
that can be granted
§Managing Director: 100% of fixed remuneration
§KMP: 50% of fixed remuneration.
Performance period1 July 2021 to 30 June 2024.
Performance assessedAugust 2024.
Additional service period
after performance period
for shares to vest
Performance rights for which the relevant performance vesting condition is satisfied will not vest
unless executives remain employed with the Group on 30 June 2025.
Performance rights vestJuly 2025.
Form of award and paymentPerformance rights.
Performance conditionsThere are three performance conditions. Each applies to one-third of the performance rights
granted to each executive.
Relative TSR
The relative TSR performance condition is based on the Company’s TSR performance relative to
the TSR of companies comprising the ASX 100 index, excluding financial services companies, at
the start of the performance period, measured over the three years to 30 June 2024.
The performance vesting scale that will apply to the performance rights subject to the relative
TSR test is shown in the table below:
Downer EDI Limited’s
TSR Ranking
Percentage of performance rights subject to TSR condition
that qualify for vesting
< 50th percentile0%
50th percentile30%
Above 50th and below
75th percentile
Pro-rata so that 2.8% of the performance rights in the tranche will
vest for every 1 percentile increase between the 50th percentile and
75th percentile
75th percentile and above100%
36
| Downer EDI Limited
Performance conditionsEPS growth
The EPS growth performance condition is based on the Company’s compound annual EPS growth
over the three years to 30 June 2024.
The performance vesting scale that will apply to the performance rights subject to the EPS growth
test is shown in the table below:
Downer EDI Limited’s EPS
compound annual growth
Percentage of performance rights subject
to EPS condition that qualify for vesting
< 5%0%
5%30%
Above 5% to < 10%Pro-rata so that 14% of the performance rights in the tranche will
vest for every 1% increase in EPS growth between 5% and 10%
10% or more100%
Scorecard
The Scorecard performance condition is based on the Group’s NPATA and FFO for each of the
three years to 30 June 2024. These measures are considered to be key drivers of shareholder value.
Accordingly, they have been included in the LTI plan to reward sustainable financial performance.
The performance vesting scale that will apply to the performance rights subject to the Scorecard
test is shown in the table below:
Scorecard result
Percentage of performance rights subject to
Scorecard condition that qualify for vesting
< 90%0%
90%30%
Above 90% to < 110%Pro-rata so that 3.5% of the performance rights in the tranche will vest
for every 1% increase in the Scorecard result between 90% and 110%
110% or more100%
How performance rights
and shares are acquired
The rights are issued by the Company and held by the participant subject to the satisfaction of
the vesting conditions. The number of rights held may be adjusted pro-rata, consistent with ASX
adjustment factors, for any capital restructures.
If the rights vest, executives can exercise them to receive shares that are normally acquired
on-market. The Board retains the discretion to vest awards in the form of cash.
Treatment of dividends
and voting rights on
performance rights
Performance rights do not have voting rights or accrue dividends.
Restriction on hedgingHedging of entitlements under the plan by executives is not permitted.
Restriction on tradingVested shares arising from the rights may only be traded with the approval of the Remuneration
Committee. Approval requires that trading complies with the Company’s Securities Trading Policy.
New participantsNew executives (either new starters or promoted employees) are eligible to participate in the LTI on
the first grant date applicable to all executives after they commence in their position. An additional
pro-rata entitlement if their employment commenced after the grant date in the prior calendar year
may be made on a discretionary basis.
Ceasing executivesWhere an executive ceases employment with the Group prior to the vesting date, the rights will
be forfeited. However, the Board will retain the discretion to retain executives in the plan in certain
circumstances including the death, total and permanent disability or retirement of an executive. In
these circumstances, the Board will also retain the discretion to vest awards in the form of cash.
Change of controlOn the occurrence of a change of control event and providing at least 12 months of the grants’
performance period have elapsed, unvested performance rights pro-rated with the elapsed service
period are tested for vesting with performance against the relevant relative TSR, EPS growth or
Scorecard requirements for that relevant period. Vesting will occur to the extent the performance
conditions are met. Performance rights that have already been tested, have met performance
requirements and are subject to the completion of the service condition, fully vest.
37Directors’ Report |
6.4.2 LT I o v e r v i e w
Executives participate in a LTI plan. This is an equity-based
plan that provides for a reward that varies with Company
performance over three-year measures of performance.
Three-year measures of performance are considered to be the
maximum reasonable time period for setting incentive targets
for earnings per share and are generally consistent with market
practice in the Company’s sector.
The payment is in the form of performance rights. The
performance rights do not have any dividend entitlements or
voting rights. If all the vesting requirements are satisfied, the
performance rights will vest and the executives will receive
shares in the Company or cash at the discretion of the Board.
The 2022 LTI represents an entitlement to performance rights
to ordinary shares exercisable subject to satisfaction of both a
performance condition and a continued employment condition.
Grants will be in three equal tranches, with each tranche subject
to an independent performance requirement. The performance
requirements for each tranche will share two common features:
§Once minimum performance conditions are met, the
proportion of performance rights that qualify for vesting
commences at 30% and gradually increases pro-rata with
performance. This approach provides a strong motivation for
meeting minimum performance, but avoids a large ‘cliff’ which
may encourage excessive risk taking
§The maximum reward is capped at a ‘stretch’ performance
level that is considered attainable without excessive
risk taking.
Performance for the 2022 LTI grants will be measured over
the three-year period to 30 June 2024.
The proportion of performance rights that can vest will be
calculated in August 2024, but executives will be required to
remain in service until 30 June 2025 to be eligible to receive
any shares.
Where an executive ceases employment with the Group prior
to the vesting date, the rights will be forfeited. However, the
Board will retain the discretion to retain executives in the plan in
certain circumstances such as the death, total and permanent
disability or retirement of an executive. In these circumstances,
the Board will also retain the discretion to vest awards in the
form of cash.
After vesting, any shares will remain subject to a trading
restriction that is governed by the Company’s Securities
Trading Policy.
All unvested performance rights will be forfeited if the Board
determines that an executive has committed an act of fraud,
defalcation or gross misconduct or in other circumstances at
the discretion of the Board.
6.4.3 Performance requirements
One tranche of performance rights in the 2022 LTI grant will
qualify for vesting subject to performance relative to other
companies, while the other two tranches of performance rights
will qualify for vesting subject to separate, independent absolute
performance requirements.
The relative performance requirement applicable to the first
tranche of performance rights is based on total shareholder
return (TSR). TSR is calculated as the difference in share
price over the performance period, plus the value of shares
earned from reinvesting dividends received over this period,
expressed as a percentage of the share price at the beginning
of the performance period. If the TSR for each company in the
comparator group is ranked from highest to lowest, the median
TSR is the percentage return to shareholders that exceeds the
TSR for half of the comparison companies. The 75th percentile
TSR is the percentage return required to exceed the TSR for
75% of the comparison companies.
Performance rights in the tranche to which the relative TSR
performance requirement applies will vest pro-rata between the
median and 75th percentile. That is, 30% of the tranche vest at
the 50th percentile, 32.8% at the 51st percentile, 35.6% at the
52nd percentile and so on until 100% vest at the 75th percentile.
The comparator group for the 2022 LTI grants will be the
companies, excluding financial services companies, in the ASX
100 index as at the start of the performance period on 1 July
2021. Consideration has been given to using a smaller group of
direct competitors for comparison, however:
§Limiting the comparator group to a small number of direct
competitors could result in very volatile outcomes from
period to period
§Management’s strong focus on improving the Company’s
ranking among ASX 100 companies has become embedded
in Company culture, so reinforcing this rather than trying to
dislodge it with another focus was considered desirable.
The absolute performance requirement applicable to the
second tranche of performance rights is based on Earnings per
Share (EPS) growth over the three-year performance period to
30 June 2024. The EPS measure is based on AASB 133 Earnings
per Share.
The tranche of performance rights dependent on the EPS
performance condition will vest pro-rata between 5% compound
annual EPS growth and 10% compound annual EPS growth.
Vesting applies on a pro-rata basis from 30% upon meeting
the minimum compound annual EPS growth performance level
of 5% to 100% at 10% compound annual EPS growth. Capping
reduces the tendency for excessive risk taking and volatility that
may be encouraged if the annual compound EPS growth bar is
set above 10%.
38
| Downer EDI Limited
The absolute performance requirement applicable to the
third tranche of performance rights is based on the Scorecard
condition over the three-year performance period to
30 June 2024.
The Scorecard condition is designed to:
§Strengthen retention through the setting of challenging
targets on an annual basis that reflect prevailing market
conditions, for a portion of LTI awards
§Align with the STI plan to encourage a long-term approach
to achieving annual financial performance targets
§Improve the line of sight for executives so as to increase
motivation and focus on consistent performance
§Focus on performance sustainability through reward of
consistent achievement of absolute performance targets
over the long term.
The Scorecard condition is comprised of two independent
absolute components of equal weighting. These components
are based on Group NPATA and Group FFO.
The performance of each component will be measured over
the three-year period to 30 June 2024.
NPATA and FFO targets are set at the beginning of each of the
three financial years. The performance of each component will
be assessed each year relative to the targets. Performance
of each component will be determined as the average of the
annual performance assessments for the three years. The
performance rights will vest on a pro-rata basis from 30%
upon meeting the minimum three-year average component
performance level of 90% of target to 100% at the capped
maximum three-year average component performance level
of 110% of target.
The processes and timing applicable for the Scorecard measure
are outlined below:
TimingActions
At the beginning
of the plan
Weighting of components is determined. In
2022 the components are equally weighted.
At the beginning
of each
financial year
NPATA and FFO target performance levels
are set.
At the end of each
financial year
§Calculate actual performance
§Assess actual performance compared
to target to determine performance
percentage for the year.
At the end of
three years
§Calculate average annual performance
for each component
§Calculate award based on performance
against the vesting range.
At the end of
four years
Consider the continued service condition
and determine vesting.
6.4.4 Post-vesting shareholding guideline
The Managing Director is required to continue to hold shares
after they have vested until the shareholding guideline has been
attained. This guideline requires that the Managing Director
holds vested long-term incentive shares equal in value to 100%
of his fixed remuneration. The Managing Director’s shareholding
is currently well in excess of the guideline.
The guideline requirement has been developed to reinforce
alignment with shareholder interests. The Remuneration
Committee has discretion to allow variations from this
guideline requirement.
The Board retains the right to vary from policy in exceptional
circumstances. However, any variation from policy and the
reasons for it will be disclosed.
6.5 Treatment of major transactions
Downer has delivered significant shareholder value through a
long history of strategic mergers, acquisitions and divestments.
On each occasion, the Board considers the impact of these
transactions. Where a transaction is both material and
unbudgeted, the Board considers whether it is appropriate
to adjust for its impact on the key performance indicators on
which executive performance is measured. The objective of
any adjustment is to ensure that opportunities to add value
through an opportunistic divestment or acquisition should
not be fettered by consideration of the impact on incentive
payments. That is, executives should be ‘no better or worse
off’ as a result of the transaction. No adjustments are made for
market reactions to a transaction as the Board believes that
management is accountable for those outcomes.
The Board considers this approach to be appropriate as it:
§Ensures that executives and the Board consider these
transactions solely based on the best interests of Downer
§Means executives remain accountable for transaction
execution and post-transaction performance from the
next budget cycle
§Ensures that executives complete opportunistic transactions
that are in the long-term interests of shareholders
§Is consistent with the Board’s long-term view when
considering the value of major transactions to
Downer’s shareholders
§Ensures Downer remains agile and responsive in managing its
portfolio by pursuing opportunities as and when they emerge
rather than being constrained by the annual budget process.
39Directors’ Report |
In assessing Zero Harm performance of executives, the results of acquired businesses are excluded for a period of 12 months
post acquisition to ensure that management is accountable for the objectives set in the annual business planning process and
in recognition that an integration period during which Downer’s Zero Harm framework (including systems, processes, definitions
and measurement and reporting methods) is implemented through the acquired business is appropriate. Where this transition to
Downer’s framework takes place over a longer period due to the complexity of the implementation or the maturity profile of the
acquired business, the Board will consider an extension to a more appropriate period.
6.6 Treatment of significant items
From time to time, Downer’s performance is impacted by significant items. Where these occur, the Board considers whether to
adjust for their impact (positive or negative) on a case by case basis, having regard to the circumstances relevant to each item.
The Board considers this approach to be appropriate as it ensures that executives and the Board make decisions solely based on
the best interests of Downer.
7. Details of Executive Remuneration
7.1 Remuneration received in relation to the 2022 financial year
Executives receive a mix of remuneration during the year, comprising fixed remuneration, an STI paid in cash, and a LTI in the form
of performance rights that vest four years later, subject to meeting performance and continued employment conditions.
The table below lists the remuneration actually received in relation to the 2022 financial year, comprising fixed remuneration, cash
STIs relating to 2022, deferred STIs payable in 2022 in respect of prior years and the value of LTI grants that vested during the
2022 financial year. This information differs to that provided in the statutory remuneration table at section 7.2 which shows the
accounting expense of LTIs and deferred STIs for 2022 determined in accordance with accounting standards rather than the value
of LTI grants that vested during the year.
Fixed
Remuneration
1
$
Cash Bonus
paid or
payable in
respect of
current year
2
$
Deferred Bonus
paid or payable
in respect of
prior years
4
$
To t a l
payments
$
Equity that
vested during
2022
3
$
To t a l
remuneration
received
$
G A Fenn2 ,091,147650,000430,7503,171,897–3,171,897
M J Ferguson1,000,000243,750161,5311,405,281–1,405,281
P J Tompkins1,000,000243,750160,6131,404,363–1,404,363
4,091,1471,137,500752,8945,981,541–5,981,541
1. Fixed remuneration comprises salary and fees, payment of leave entitlements, non-monetary benefits and superannuation payments.
2. Cash Bonus paid or payable in respect of current year represents cash payments in relation to the 2022 financial year. These comprise the 50% cash component
of the award. The remaining 50% of the total award is deferred as described in Section 6.3.
3. Represents the value of performance rights granted in previous years that vested during the year, calculated as the number of performance rights that vested
multiplied by the closing market prices of Downer shares on the vesting date.
4. Deferred Bonus represents the deferred cash bonus amount to be paid in September 2022, being the first deferred component of the 2021 award, being 25%
of the award.
40
| Downer EDI Limited
7. 2 Remuneration of executive key management personnel required under the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth)
2022Short-term employee benefitsPost-employment benefits
Salary
and fees
$
Cash
Bonus
paid or
payable
in respect
of current
year
1
$
Deferred
Bonus
paid or
payable
3
$
Non-
monetary
$
Super-
annuation
$
Other
benefits
$
Te r m -
ination
Benefits
$
Subtotal
$
Share-
based
payment
transac-
tions
2
$
To t a l
$
G A Fenn1,691,432650,000629,792376,14723,568––3,370,939395,8883,766,827
M J Ferguson964,390243,750236,17212,04223,568––1,479,922110,1531,590,075
P J Tompkins952,209243,750235,40620,29527,496––1,479,15698,9741,578,130
3,608,0311,137,5001,101,370408,48474,632––6,330,017605,0156,935,032
1. Cash Bonus paid or payable in respect of current year represents cash payments in relation to the 2022 financial year. These comprise the 50% cash component
of the award.
2. Represents the value of vested and unvested equity expensed during the period including reversal for forfeited equity incentives and the probability of the incentives
vesting, in accordance with AASB 2 Share-based Payment, related to grants made to the executive, as outlined in section 8.3. Vesting of the majority of securities
remains subject to significant performance and service conditions as outlined in section 6.4.
3. Deferred Bonus represents the value of deferred components attributable to the 2022 financial year based on amortisation of deferred components over the period
from the commencement of the relevant performance year to the end of financial year to which payment of the relevant deferred component relates.
2021Short-term employee benefitsPost-employment benefits
Salary
and fees
$
Cash
Bonus
paid or
payable in
respect of
current
year
1
$
Deferred
Bonus
paid or
payable
3
$
Non-
monetary
$
Super-
annuation
$
Other
benefits
$
Te r m -
ination
Benefits
$
Subtotal
$
Share-
based
payment
transac-
tions
2
$
To t a l
$
G A Fenn1,723,306861,500483,425339,30221,694––3,429,227(116,059)3,313,168
S Cinerari1,078,306473,82527 7,69115,56626,051––1,871,439(61,165)1,810, 274
M J Ferguson965,904323,063181,28412,40221,694––1,504,3474,0981,508,445
S L Killeen905,749306,36017 7, 8 417232 ,478––1,422,5001,7331,424,233
P J Tompkins959,525321,225167,10318,78121,694––1,488,32821,0391,509,367
5,632,7902,285,9731 , 287, 344386,123123,611––9,715,841(150,354)9,565,487
1. Cash Bonus paid or payable in respect of current year represents cash payments in relation to the 2021 financial year. These comprise the 50% cash component
of the award.
2. Represents the value of vested and unvested equity expensed during the period including reversal for forfeited equity incentives and the probability of the incentives
vesting, in accordance with AASB 2 Share-based Payment, related to grants made to the executive, as outlined in section 8.3. Vesting of the majority of securities
remains subject to significant performance and service conditions as outlined in section 6.4.
3. Deferred Bonus represents the value of deferred components attributable to the 2021 financial year based on amortisation of deferred components over the period
from the commencement of the relevant performance year to the end of financial year to which payment of the relevant deferred component relates.
7. 3 Performance related remuneration
7. 3 .1 Performance outcomes required under the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth)
The table below lists the proportions of remuneration paid during the year ended 30 June 2022 that are performance
and non-performance related and the proportion of STIs that were earned during the year ended 30 June 2022 due
to the achievement of the relevant performance targets.
Proportion of 2022
remuneration2022 Short-term incentive
Performance
Related
1
%
Non-
performance
Related
%
Paid
%
Forfeited
%
G A Fenn44566535
M J Ferguson37636535
P J Tompkins37636535
1. Performance related portion includes the reversal of expense for forfeited equity incentives described in section 6.4.
41Directors’ Report |
7. 3 . 2 STI performance outcomes
In order for an STI to be paid, a minimum of 90% of the budgeted profit target must be met. For KMP, the hurdle is 90% of the Group
budgeted profit target. Profit for this purpose is defined as NPATA.
Further information on the financial element and assessment of STI outcomes is set out at section 7.4.
For the Zero Harm element, performance between target and stretch of the individual safety and sustainability measures was
achieved. Sadly, a long-term Downer employee in New Zealand died in May 2022 following a fall at work. Although the cause of
death is not yet known, Downer has treated this as a workplace fatality. Accordingly, it was determined that the safety gate was not
met and 50% of the total Zero Harm achievement is forgone.
For the People element, threshold performance was achieved.
Specific STI financial and commercial targets remain commercially sensitive and so have not been reported..
7.3.3 LTI performance outcomes
The table below summarises LTI performance measures tested and the outcomes for each executive.
Relevant executives
1
Relevant LTI measurePerformance outcome% LTI tranche that vested
G A Fenn,
M J Ferguson,
P J Tompkins
2019 plan – performance period 1 July 2018 to 30 June 2021
TSR tranche – percentile ranking
of Downer’s TSR relative to the
constituents of the ASX 100 over
a three-year period.
Actual performance ranked
at the 30th percentile based
on a TSR result of –8.4%.
0% became provisionally
qualified. 100% were forfeited.
EPS tranche – compound annual
earnings per share growth
against absolute targets over
a three-year period.
Actual performance
was –4.3%.
0% became provisionally
qualified. 100% were forfeited.
Scorecard tranche – sustained NPAT
and FFO performance against budget
over a three-year period.
Actual performance was 54.3%
for NPAT and 63.6% for FFO.
0% became provisionally
qualified. 100% were forfeited.
G A Fenn,
M J Ferguson,
P J Tompkins
2020 plan – performance period 1 July 2019 to 30 June 2022
2
TSR tranche – percentile ranking
of Downer’s TSR relative to the
constituents of the ASX 100 over
a three-year period.
Actual performance ranked at
the 26th percentile based on a
TSR result of –18.3%.
0% became provisionally
qualified. 100% were forfeited.
EPS tranche – compound annual
earnings per share growth
against absolute targets over
a three-year period.
Actual performance was –4.1%.0% became provisionally
qualified. 100% were forfeited.
Scorecard tranche – sustained NPATA
and FFO performance against budget
over a three-year period.
Actual performance was 57.6%
for NPATA and 62.9% for FFO.
0% became provisionally
qualified. 100% were forfeited.
1. Relevant executives refers to members of the KMP who are participants in the plan tested.
2. Test outcomes for the 2020 plan are provisional and will be confirmed following release of the Company’s audited 2022 results. Accordingly, the outcomes are not
reflected in the disclosures in section 8.
42
| Downer EDI Limited
7. 4 Major transactions and significant items
In 2022 there were five major unbudgeted transactions and three unbudgeted significant items. Each of these items is described
below at sections 7.4.1 and 7.4.2 of this report, along with the impact of the item and effect on remuneration outcomes at
section 7.4.3.
7.4 .1 Major transactions
In 2022 Downer continued to optimise its portfolio in keeping with its Urban Services strategy through restructuring, partnering,
acquisition and divestment.
Downer undertook five major unbudgeted transactions during 2022. These transactions were the acquisition of Fowlers Asphalting,
the exit of the Hospitality businesses, the divestments of the Mining businesses of Otraco and Open Cut Mining East, and the sale
of the Rosehill Asphalt Plant.
In accordance with its policy, the Board considered the impact of each major transaction on incentive outcomes and
determined that:
§The Fowlers Asphalting acquisition was a material, unbudgeted transaction for which it was appropriate to adjust
incentive outcomes
§The exit of Hospitality businesses was a material, unbudgeted transaction for which it was appropriate to adjust
incentive outcomes
§The divestment of the Otraco business was a material, unbudgeted transaction for which it was appropriate to adjust
incentive outcomes
§The divestment of the Open Cut Mining East business was a material, unbudgeted transaction for which it was appropriate
to adjust incentive outcomes
§The gain on sale of the Rosehill site was a material, unbudgeted transaction for which it was appropriate to adjust
incentive outcomes.
7.4 . 2 Significant items
During the year, three unbudgeted items had a significant impact. The Board considers such items at the end of each performance
period and whether it is appropriate to adjust for their impact on incentive outcomes.
The Board considered it was appropriate to adjust incentive outcomes for the following items:
ItemDescription
Fair value adjustment on
the Downer Contingent
Share Options
In September 2020, Downer issued contingent share options as part of the consideration for its
acquisition of the remaining interests in Spotless.
The options are required to be remeasured to fair value at each reporting date. For 2022, the options
were revalued downwards by $3.7 million post-tax, resulting in an unbudgeted gain.
Issuing the securities in order to acquire the remaining interests in Spotless was considered to be
in the best interests of Downer.
It was determined that it was appropriate to adjust incentive outcomes for this item.
Bid costsDowner is in the process of tendering for the Queensland Train Manufacturing Program.
This opportunity was identified in the business planning process, however crystallised earlier
than expected. In order to secure this opportunity, it was necessary to incur bid costs of $12.7 million
(post-tax $8.9 million) which was unbudgeted in 2022.
Securing this opportunity is considered to be in the best interest of Downer. Accordingly, it was
determined that it was appropriate to adjust incentive outcomes for this item.
Credit risk loss
– Probuild
In November 2018, Downer entered contracts with Probuild Constructions (Australia) Pty Ltd
(Probuild) for the provision of mechanical and electrical services for the new Victoria Police building
in Melbourne. On 23 February 2022 Probuild entered voluntary administration and appointed
an Administrator.
Downer achieved Practical Completion of its services on 9 July 2020 with the defect liability
period ending on 9 July 2022. There are outstanding claims which are unpaid by Probuild, of which
post-tax $27.7 million has been recognised by Downer and recovery is now subject to risk due to
the administration.
The Board determined that no adjustment be made for this item.
43Directors’ Report |
7.4 . 3 Adjustments made to incentive calculations for major transactions and significant items
The Board determined that the following adjustments be made to KPI calculations for the impact of major transactions and
significant items. The adjustments mean that executives are ‘no better or worse off’ as a result of the transactions and significant
items so that performance is measured against delivery of the Company’s budget and business plan.
MeasureAdjustmentImpact on STIImpact on LTI
N PATANet increase of $26.1 million comprised of:
§Exclusion of $3.7 million of fair value movement on Downer Contingent Share
Options (DCSO) liability
§Exclusion of net loss on exit of the Open Cut Mining East, Otraco and
Hospitality businesses, including the loss of operating earnings since the
divestment net of interest expense of $83.2 million (post-tax)
§Exclusion of operating earnings from Fowlers Asphalting net of transaction
costs and net interest expense of $2.2 million
§Exclusion of bid costs in relation to tendering for the Queensland Train
Manufacturing Program of $8.9 million (post-tax)
§Exclusion of the gain on sale of the Rosehill Asphalt Plant of
$60.1 million (post-tax).
No change.No change.
FFONet decrease of $104.5 million comprised of:
§Exclusion of $105.8 million proceeds from the divestment of the Open Cut
Mining East, Otraco and Hospitality businesses (net of transaction and other
exit costs) including the loss of operating cash since the divestment
§Exclusion of the cash flow impact on Fowlers Asphalting (transaction costs,
net interest expense, operating cash and payment for business acquisition)
of $18.4 million
§Exclusion of payment for bid costs in relation to tendering for the
Queensland Train Manufacturing Program of $8.9 million
§Exclusion of the net cash inflow impact of the sale of the Rosehill Asphalt
Plant of $26.0 million.
No change.No change.
EPSThe use of NPAT adjusted as set out above.Not applicable.No change.
TSRNo adjustments were made.Not applicable.Not applicable.
44
| Downer EDI Limited
The Board’s determination to adjust incentive outcomes for major transactions and significant items as set out in sections 7.4.1
and 7.4.2 did not impact incentive outcomes for executives as the earnings gate was not met.
The Board considered this outcome and whether it was appropriate.
The impact of widespread COVID-19 infections within the community and the restrictions placed on businesses and employees
by government was not anticipated at the time targets and forecasts for 2022 were set. Additionally, the prolonged and severe
wet weather patterns experienced throughout Australia’s eastern States have been debilitating and unprecedented. The impact
of COVID-19 and severe wet weather patterns materially impacted the Company’s financial performance.
Notwithstanding the difficulties presented during the period our staff and management responded outstandingly in highly
challenging circumstances, maximising outcomes for shareholders, protecting not only the performance of the Company but also
the communities in which Downer operates, all while delivering quality service outcomes for customers. If not for this ‘above and
beyond’ effort, Downer would not be in the strong position it is in today.
During the period the executive team continued to improve the Company by:
§Completing the exit of the Open Cut Mining East and Otraco businesses, delivering on the strategy to exit capital-intensive
businesses and significantly decreasing the Group’s carbon emissions profile
§Completing the exit of the Hospitality businesses, improving the Group’s resilience and reducing volatility
§Acquiring Fowlers Asphalting in Victoria’s Gippsland
§Completing the sale of our Rosehill Asphalt Plant and the construction of a world-leading replacement plant.
The Board assessed the impact of COVID-19 and severe wet weather on executive performance KPIs and formed the view that the
executive was likely to achieve at least target earnings performance in 2022, in the absence of those impacts.
After extensive deliberation of these issues and the Company’s financial and non-financial performance, the Board determined it
important and appropriate to exercise discretion to award an STI outcome of 65% for the executives, which is between threshold
and target. In keeping with policy, 50% of these awards are deferred.
In assessing the appropriate level of award the Board has balanced the challenging environment for shareholders and the strong
competition for talent and retention across Australia and New Zealand, which is unparalleled in recent years.
7.4.4 Future periods
For major transactions completed in 2022, the impact on operational performance is included in the 2023 budget and accordingly
no adjustments are expected in respect of FY23 operational performance.
7.5 Variations from policy
There were no variations from policy in 2022.
45Directors’ Report |
8. Executive Equity Ownership
8.1 Ordinary shares
KMP equity holdings in fully paid ordinary shares and performance rights issued by Downer EDI Limited are as follows:
Ordinary sharesPerformance rights
Balance at
1 July 2021
No.
Net Change
No.
Balance at
30 June 2022
No.
Balance at
1 July 2021
No.
Net Change
No.
Balance at
30 June 2022
No.
G A Fenn2,049,772–2,049,772625,748276,744902,492
M J Ferguson92,69411,279103,973152,59173,031225,622
P J Tompkins286,004–286,004156,43769,185225,622
8.2 Options and rights
No performance options were granted by Downer EDI Limited or exercised during the 2021 financial year.
As outlined in section 6.4.1, the LTI plan for the 2022 financial year is in the form of performance rights. Relief from certain
regulatory requirements was applied for and has been received from the Australian Securities and Investments Commission.
During the year, the LTI plan for the 2022 financial year was approved as outlined in section 6.4 of this report, however grants of
performance rights have not yet been made to KMP, however they are expected to be made early in the 2023 financial year. This
means that grants in relation to 2022 and 2023 are expected to be made during the 2023 financial year.
Consistent with the ASX Listing Rules for the adjustment of the quantity of rights and options on issue at the time of new share
issues, the quantity of unlapsed rights granted to executives under the 2019 plan was adjusted by the ASX Adjustment Factor
of 0.9812 in respect of the bonus element of the accelerated non-renounceable entitlement offer made during the 2021 year.
The following table shows the number of performance rights granted by Downer EDI Limited and percentage of performance rights
that vested or were forfeited during the year for each grant that affects compensation in this or future reporting periods.
2019 Plan2020 Plan
Number of
performance
rights
1
Vested
%
Forfeited
%
Number of
performance
rights
2
Vested
%
Forfeited
%
G A Fenn307, 573–100318,175––
M J Ferguson73,048–10079,543––
P J Tompkins76,894–10079,543––
1. Grant date 3 June 2019. Expiry date is 1 July 2022. The fair value of shares granted was $5.93 per share for the EPS and Scorecard tranches and $2.22 per share
for the TSR tranche.
2. Grant date 21 October 2020. Expiry date is 1 July 2023. The fair value of shares granted was $4.36 per share for the EPS and Scorecard tranches and $1.14 per share
for the TSR tranche.
46
| Downer EDI Limited
2021 Plan
Number of
performance
rights
1
Vested
%
Forfeited
%
G A Fenn584,317––
M J Ferguson146,079––
P J Tompkins146,079––
1. Grant date 30 September 2021. Expiry date is 1 July 2024. The fair value of shares granted was $5.73 per share for the EPS and Scorecard tranches and $3.86 per share
for the TSR tranche.
The maximum number of performance options and rights that may vest in future years that will be recognised as share-based
payments in future years is set out in the table below:
Maximum number of shares for the vesting year
202320242025
G A Fenn–318,175584,137
M J Ferguson–79,543146,079
P J Tompkins–79,543146,079
The maximum expense for performance options and rights that may vest in future years that will be recognised as share-based
payments in future years is set out in the table below. The amount reported is the value of share-based payments calculated in
accordance with AASB 2 Share-based Payment over the vesting period. In respect of the 2022 plan an estimated expense has
been recognised that will be trued up following formal valuation after the grants have been made.
202320242025
G A Fenn1, 507,4121,245,978500,000
M J Ferguson376,852311,494125,000
P J Tompkins376,852311,494125,000
8.3 Remuneration consultants
Guerdon Associates Pty Ltd was engaged by the Board Remuneration Committee to provide remuneration advice in relation to
KMP, but did not provide the Board Remuneration Committee with remuneration recommendations as defined under Division 1,
Part 1.2, 9B (1) of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).
The Board was satisfied that advice received was free from any undue influence by KMP to whom the advice may relate, because
strict protocols were observed and complied with regarding any interaction between Guerdon Associates Pty Ltd and management,
and because all remuneration advice was provided to the Board Remuneration Committee chair.
47Directors’ Report |
9. Key Terms of Employment Contracts
9.1 Notice and termination payments
Executives are on contracts with no fixed end date.
The following table captures the notice periods applicable to termination of the employment of executives.
Termination notice
period by Downer
Termination notice
period by employee
Termination payments
payable under contract
Managing Director12 months6 months12 months
Other Executives12 months6 months12 months
Termination payments are calculated based upon total fixed remuneration at the date of termination. No payment is made for
termination due to gross misconduct.
9.2 Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer of Downer’s employment agreement
Mr Fenn was appointed as the Managing Director of Downer commencing on 30 July 2010. The following table sets out the key
terms of the Managing Director’s employment agreement.
Te r mUntil terminated by either party.
Fixed
remuneration
$2.0 million per annum. This has remained unchanged since July 2012.
Fixed remuneration includes superannuation and non-cash benefits but excludes entitlements to
reimbursement for Mr Fenn’s home telephone rental and call costs, home internet costs and medical, life and
salary continuance insurance. Mr Fenn may also be accompanied by his wife when travelling on business, at
the Chairman’s discretion. There was no such travel during the year.
STI opportunityMr Fenn is eligible to receive an annual STI and the maximum STI opportunity is 100% of fixed remuneration.
Any entitlement to an STI is at the discretion of the Board, having regard to performance measures and
targets developed in consultation with Mr Fenn including Downer’s financial performance, safety, people,
environmental and sustainability targets and adherence to risk management policies and practices. The Board
also retains the right to vary the STI by + or – 100% (up to the 100% maximum) based on its assessment of
performance. The STI deferral arrangements in place for KMP apply to Mr Fenn.
There is no STI entitlement where the Managing Director’s employment terminates prior to the end of the
financial year, other than in the event of a change in control or by mutual agreement.
LTI opportunityMr Fenn is eligible to participate in the annual LTI plan and the value of the award is 100% of fixed
remuneration calculated using the volume weighted average price after each year’s half-yearly
results announcement.
Mr Fenn’s performance requirements have been described in section 6.4.
In the event of a change of control, providing at least 12 months of a grant’s performance period have elapsed,
unvested shares and performance rights pro-rated with the elapsed service period are tested for vesting with
performance against the relevant hurdles for that period and vest, as appropriate. Shares that have already
been tested, have met performance requirements, and are subject to the completion of the service condition,
fully vest.
48
| Downer EDI Limited
Te r m i n a t i o nMr Fenn can resign:
(a) By providing six months’ written notice; or
(b) Immediately in circumstances where there is a fundamental change in his role or responsibilities.
In these circumstances, Mr Fenn is entitled to a payment in lieu of 12 months’ notice.
Downer can terminate Mr Fenn’s employment:
(a) Immediately for misconduct or other circumstances justifying summary dismissal; or
(b) By providing 12 months’ written notice.
When notice is required, Downer can make a payment in lieu of notice of all or part of any notice period
(calculated based on Mr Fenn’s fixed annual remuneration).
If Mr Fenn resigns because ill health prevents him from continuing his duties, he will receive a payment in
recognition of his past services equivalent to 12 months’ fixed remuneration. At the discretion of the Board,
his shares under the LTI plan may also vest.
If Downer terminates Mr Fenn’s employment on account of redundancy, in addition to the notice (or payment
in lieu of notice) required to be given by Downer, Mr Fenn will receive a payment in recognition of his past
services equivalent to 12 months’ fixed remuneration.
If Mr Fenn resigns he will be subject to a six-month post-employment restraint in certain areas where the
Downer Group operates, where he is restricted from working for competitive businesses.
OtherThe agreement contains provisions regarding leave entitlements, duties, confidentiality, intellectual property,
moral rights and other facilitative and ancillary clauses. It also contains provisions regarding corporate
governance and a provision dealing with the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) limits on termination benefits
to be made to Mr Fenn.
10. Related Party Information
10.1 Transactions with other related parties
Transactions entered into during the year with Directors of Downer EDI Limited and the Group are within normal employee,
customer or supplier relationships on terms and conditions no more favourable than dealings in the same circumstances
on an arm’s length basis and included:
§The receipt of dividends from Downer EDI Limited
§Participation in the Long-Term Incentive Plan
§Terms and conditions of employment
§Reimbursement of expenses.
A number of Directors of the Company hold directorships in other entities. Several of these entities transacted with the Group
on terms and conditions no more favourable than those available on an arm’s length basis.
49Directors’ Report |
11. Description of Non-executive Director Remuneration
11.1 Non-executive Director remuneration policy
Downer’s Non-executive Director remuneration policy is to provide fair remuneration that is sufficient to attract and retain Directors
with the experience, knowledge, skills and judgement to steward the Company.
Fees for Non-executive Directors are fixed and are not linked to the financial performance of the Company. The Board believes this
is necessary for Non-executive Directors to maintain their independence.
Non-executive Directors are not entitled to retirement benefits. Shareholders approved an annual aggregate cap of $2.0 million
for Non-executive Director fees at the 2008 AGM. The allocation of fees to Non-executive Directors within this cap has been
determined after consideration of a number of factors, including the time commitment of Directors, the size and scale of the
Company’s operations, the skill sets of Board members, the quantum of fees paid to Non-executive Directors of comparable
companies and participation in Board Committee work.
The Chairman receives a fee of $410,625 per annum (inclusive of all Committee fees) and superannuation. The other Non-executive
Directors each receive a base fee of $164,250 per annum. Additional fees are paid for Committee duties: $35,000 for the chair of the
Audit and Risk Committee; $27,000 for the chair of each of the Zero Harm Committee and Remuneration Committee, and $17,000
for the chair of the Tender Risk Evaluation Committee.
The basis of fees and the fee pool are reviewed when new Directors are appointed to the Board, when the structure of the Board
changes, or at least every three years. Reference is made to individual Non-executive Director fee levels and workload (i.e. number
of meetings and the number of Directors) at comparably sized companies from all industries other than the financial services sector,
and the fee pools at these companies. In addition, an assessment is made on the extent of flexibility provided by the fee pool to
recruit any additional Directors for planned succession after allocation of fees to existing Directors.
A review of fees was conducted in 2021. The review found that base fees paid to the Chairman and Non-executive Directors
remained appropriate however fees paid for chairing or serving as a member of a committee were below market levels. Accordingly,
as foreshadowed in the 2021 Remuneration Report, the following changes in fees were applied from 1 July 2021:
§Fees set at a fixed value inclusive of superannuation, rather than a fee plus superannuation at the superannuation guarantee rate
§Increase in the Chairman fees for the Remuneration Committee to $27,000 from $16,425
§Increase in the Chairman fees for the Zero Harm Committee to $27,000 from $16,425
§Increase in the Chairman fees for the Tender Risk Evaluation Committee to $17,000 from $16,425
§Introduction of fees for committee members at the rate of 50% of the respective committee Chairman fee.
50
| Downer EDI Limited
11.2 Non-executive Directors’ remuneration
The table below sets out the remuneration paid to Non-executive Directors for the 2022 and 2021 financial years.
Short-term benefitsPost-employment benefits
Ye a r
Board
fee
$
Committee
fee
$
To t a l
fees
$
Super-
annuation
$
Termination
benefits
$
To t a l
$
M P Chellew
1
2022302,736–302,73618,920–321,656
2021––––––
R M Harding
1
202293,324–93,3249,332–102,656
2021375,000–375,00035,625–410,625
M J Binns
1
202253,6402,34855,9881,345–57,333
2021––––––
P S Garling
1
2022149,31822,500171,81817,182–189,000
2021150,00013,750163,75015,556–179,306
T G Handicott2022149,31841,966191,28419,128–210,412
2021150,00015,000165,00015,675–180,675
N M Hollows2022149,31854,841204,15920,416–224,575
2021150,00035,000185,00017, 575–202,575
A M Howse
1
202237, 3 303,61740,9474,095–45,042
2021––––––
M J Menhinnitt
1
202249,7734,01753,7905,379–59,169
2021––––––
C G Thorne
1
2022––––––
20215,766–5,766548–6,314
P L Watson2022149,31857,421206,73920,674–2 27,413
2021150,00028 , 3 47178 , 3 4716,943–195,290
1. Amounts represent the payments relating to the period during which the individual was a Non-executive Director.
11.3 Equity held by Non-executive Directors
The table below sets out the equity in Downer held by Non-executive Directors for the 2022 and 2021 financial years.
20222021
Balance at
1 July 2021Net change
Balance at
30 June 2022
1
Balance at
1 July 2020Net change
Balance at
30 June 2021
M P Chellew–18,00018,000–––
R M Harding34,028–34,02828,8565,17234,028
M J Binns––––––
P S Garling23,540–23,54019,9623,57823,540
T G Handicott20,0471,05321,10017,0003 ,04720,047
N M Hollows15,53810,00025,5383,00012,53815,538
A M Howse–5,0005,000–––
M J Menhinnitt–21,74821,748–––
P L Watson17,93 3–17,93 36,32911,60417,93 3
1. Balance at 30 June 2022 for R M Harding and P S Garling represents the number of shares held as at their retirement date.
Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors made pursuant to section 298(2) of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).
On behalf of the Directors.
M P Chellew
Chairman
Sydney, 17 August 2022
51Directors’ Report |
Auditor’s Independence Declaration
for the year ended 30 June 2022
52
| Downer EDI Limited
KPMG, an Australian partnership and a member firm of the KPMG global organisation of independent member firms affiliated
with KPMG International Limited, a private English company limited by guarantee. All rights reserved. The KPMG name and
logo are trademarks used under license by the independent member firms of the KPMG global organisation. Liability limited by
a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.
Lead Auditor’s Independence Declaration under
Section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001
To the Directors of Downer EDI Limited
I declare that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, in relation to the audit of Downer EDI Limited for
the financial year ended 30 June 2022 there have been:
i.no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements as set out in the
Corporations Act 2001 in relation to the audit; and
ii.no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit.
KPMG Nigel Virgo
Partner
Sydney
17 August 2022
Independent Auditor’s Report
for the year ended 30 June 2022
53Auditor’s Signed Reports |
KPMG, an Australian partnership and a member firm of the KPMG global organisation of independent member firms affiliated
with KPMG International Limited, a private English company limited by guarantee. All rights reserved. The KPMG name and
logo are trademarks used under license by the independent member firms of the KPMG global organisation. Liability limited by
a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.
Independent Auditor’s Report
To the shareholders of Downer EDI Limited
Report on the audit of the Financial Report
Opinion
We have audited the Financial Report of
Downer EDI Limited (the Company).
In our opinion, the accompanying
Financial Report of the Company is in
accordance with the Corporations Act
2001, including:
• giving a true and fair view of the
Group's financial position as at 30
June 2022 and of its financial
performance for the year ended on
that date; and
• complying with Australian
Accounting Standards and the
Corporations Regulations 2001.
The Financial Report comprises:
• Consolidated statement of financial position as at 30
June 2022
• Consolidated statement of profit or loss and other
comprehensive income, Consolidated statement of
changes in equity, and Consolidated statement of cash
flows for the year then ended
• Notes including a summary of significant accounting
policies
• Directors' Declaration.
The Group consists of Downer EDI Limited (the Company)
and the entities it controlled at the year end or from time to
time during the financial year.
Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. We believe that the audit
evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the
audit of the Financial Report section of our report.
We are independent of the Group in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 and the ethical
requirements of the Accounting Professional and Ethical Standards Board’s APES 110 Code of Ethics for
Professional Accountants (including Independence Standards) (the Code) that are relevant to our audit of
the Financial Report in Australia. We have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with
these requirements.
Independent Auditor’s Report – continued
for the year ended 30 June 2022
54
| Downer EDI Limited
Key Audit Matters
The Key Audit Matters we identified
are:
• Recognition of revenue
• Value of goodwill
Key Audit Matters are those matters that, in our
professional judgement, were of most significance in our
audit of the Financial Report of the current period.
These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of
the Financial Report as a whole, and in forming our opinion
thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these
matters.
Recognition of revenue
Refer to Note B2 ‘Revenue’ ($10,989.0m)
The key audit matter How the matter was addressed in our audit
Recognition of revenue is a key audit matter
due to the:
• Significance of revenue to the financial
statements
• Large number of contracts with
numerous estimation events potentially
occurring over the course of the
contract’s life. This results in complex and
judgemental revenue recognition from
rendering of services and construction
contracts and therefore significant audit
effort is required to gather sufficient audit
evidence for revenue recognition.
We focused on the Group’s assessment of
the following elements of revenue recognition
for rendering of services and construction
contracts, as applicable:
• Revisions to total expected costs for
certain events or conditions occurring
during the performance of the contract, or
are expected to occur to complete the
contract, which is difficult to estimate;
• The Group’s assessment of when a
modification to the contract scope and/or
price for variations and claims is approved
and enforceable. The Group’s
consideration of the enforceability or
approval may include evidence that is
written, oral or implied by customary
business practice and therefore requires a
degree of judgement. The Group’s
Our procedures included:
• We obtained an understanding of the Group’s
process of accounting for rendering of services
and construction contract revenues. We
considered the appropriateness of the Group’s
accounting policy for rendering of services and
construction contract revenues, including
variations and claims and variable consideration,
against the requirements of the accounting
standards. We tested key controls such as:
- Management’s review and approval of
information for key bids including estimated
project milestones, projected Earnings Before
Interest and Tax (EBIT), Net Present Value
(NPV), Return On Funds Employed (ROFE),
and potential legal risks;
- Management’s review of key contracts where
events or conditions have occurred that
require changes to revenue recognition;
- The Group’s requirement to obtain customer
acceptance prior to billing an invoice.
• We selected a statistical sample of revenue
recognised and checked to evidence of the service
being performed such as customer approval.
• We used data analytic routines to select a sample
of contracts for testing based on a number of
quantitative and qualitative factors. These factors
included contracts with significant deterioration in
margin, significant variations and claims or variable
consideration. We also included factors which
55Auditor’s Signed Reports |
assessment of the enforceability of
variations and claims can drive different
accounting treatments, increasing the risk
of inappropriately recognising revenue;
and
• The Group’s policy for the determination
of the amount of revenue recognised
from variable consideration which is
highly probable of not reversing. Variable
consideration is contingent on the
Group’s performance and includes key
performance payments, abatements
offsetting revenue under the contract and
liquidated damages. The Group's
determination that variable consideration
is highly probable requires a degree of
estimation and judgement. This increased
the audit effort we applied to gather
sufficient audit evidence.
indicated to us a greater level of judgement was
required by the Group when assessing the
revenue recognition based on the estimates
developed for current and forecast contract
performance. For the samples selected, where
relevant:
- we read the selected contract terms and
conditions to evaluate the individual
characteristics of each contract reflected in the
Group’s estimate of revenue;
- we assessed the estimation of total expected
costs, including cost contingencies for
contracting risks, by challenging the Group’s
project and finance managers on their
estimations. We also checked key forecast
cost assumptions to independent sources and
underlying documentation such as inflation,
Enterprise Bargaining Agreements for wage
rates, salary costs and agreements with
subcontractors;
- we evaluated the Group’s assessment of
when a modification to the contract scope
and/or price for variations and claims is
approved and enforceable. This included
assessing the underlying records, legal
documents, customer correspondence and
contracts. We recalculated the amount of
revenue using the modified features of the
contract. We compared the recalculated
amounts against the amounts recorded by the
Group;
- we assessed the Group’s estimation of the
highly probable amount of revenue for
variations and claims. This included comparing
underlying evidence such as correspondence
with customers, and reports from objective
time and cost claim experts (where applicable)
for consistency with contract terms;
- we evaluated the Group’s legal and external
experts’ reports received on contentious
matters to identify conditions indicating
inappropriate recognition of variations and
claims. We checked the consistency of this to
the inclusion or not of an amount in the
estimates used for revenue recognition;
Independent Auditor’s Report – continued
for the year ended 30 June 2022
56
| Downer EDI Limited
- we assessed the scope, competency and
objectivity of the legal and external experts
engaged by the Group; and
• We evaluated the method applied by the Group to
estimate the highly probable amount of the key
performance payments, liquidated damages and
abatements against the specific contract terms.
This included gathering underlying evidence in
relation to the Group’s performance against the
terms of the contract. We then recalculated the
amount of variable consideration. We compared
the recalculated amounts to the amounts recorded
by the Group as offsets to revenue.
Value of goodwill
Refer to Note C7 ‘Intangible assets’ ($2,285.0m)
The key audit matter How the matter was addressed in our audit
The value of goodwill is a key audit matter
due to the size of the balance (being 30.6% of
total assets) and the significant audit effort
arising from:
• The Group having 5 groups of Cash
Generating Units (CGUs) for which the
impairment of goodwill is assessed;
• The risk that a reasonably possible
unfavourable change in certain key
assumptions for the Facilities CGU in the
absence of mitigating factors, may result
in nil headroom for that CGU; and
• The Group reorganising its internal
reporting structure during the year,
necessitating our consideration of the
changes to the Group’s segments and
composition of the Group’s CGUs and the
level at which goodwill was assessed.
We focused on the following key forward
looking assumptions in the Group’s value in
use models:
• Forecast cash flows including revenue
growth rate and EBIT margin
improvement in the forecast years, with
greater focus on the Facilities CGU and
Our procedures included:
• We obtained an understanding of the Group’s
goodwill impairment assessment process and
tested key controls such as the review and
approval of the budget by management and the
Board.
• We considered the appropriateness of the value in
use method applied by the Group to perform the
annual test of goodwill for impairment against the
requirements of the accounting standards.
• We considered the Group’s determination of their
CGUs based on our understanding of the
operations of the Group and how independent
cash inflows were generated, against the
requirements of the accounting standards.
• We analysed the Group’s reorganised segments
and the Group’s internal reporting to assess the
Group’s monitoring and management of activities,
and the allocation of goodwill to Groups of CGUs.
• We assessed the integrity of the value in use
model used, including the accuracy of the
underlying calculation formulas.
• We obtained the Group’s value in use model and
checked amounts to the Board approved FY23
budget and the FY24-FY25 business plan. We
57Auditor’s Signed Reports |
the expected outcome of tenders and
contract renewals.
• Discount rates – these are complicated in
nature and vary according to the
conditions and environment the specific
CGU is subject to from time to time; and
• Long-term growth rates – certain
valuations for CGUs of the Group are
highly sensitive to changes in this
assumption.
Using forward-looking assumptions tends to
be prone to greater risk for potential bias,
error and inconsistent application. These
conditions necessitate additional scrutiny by
us, in particular to address the objectivity of
sources used for assumptions, and their
consistent application.
The significant judgement involved in key
assumptions required the involvement of
valuation specialists to supplement our senior
audit team members in assessing this key
audit matter.
challenged the Group’s projected cash flows by
comparing the budget and business plan to our
understanding of the business. We compared
actual performance in FY22 to the budget for
FY23. We also considered the revenue growth rate
and EBIT margin between FY22 and the terminal
year in the models through our sensitivity analysis.
• We considered the sensitivity of the models by
varying key assumptions including revenue growth
rate and EBIT margin, long-term growth rates and
discount rates, within a reasonably possible range.
We considered the interdependencies of key
assumptions when performing the sensitivity
analysis. We did this to identify those CGUs at
higher risk of impairment and those assumptions
at higher risk of bias or inconsistency in application
to focus our further procedures.
• We obtained independent economic views on the
expected revenue growth rates for the CGUs in
the forecast years to challenge the forecast
cashflows.
• For the Facilities CGU with a higher risk of
impairment we performed a range of sensitivity
analyses to identify those assumptions at higher
risk of bias or inconsistency in application. This
included the discount rate, long-term growth rate,
revenue growth rate and EBIT margin. We
assessed the inclusion of expected tender wins
and contract renewals by comparing to historical
win and renewal rates to inform this testing. We
considered the sensitivity of the models by varying
key assumptions within a reasonably possible
range.
• Working with our valuation specialists we:
o independently developed a discount rate
range using publicly available market data
for comparable entities, adjusted by risk
factors specific to the Group and the
industry it operates in; and
o independently assessed the long-term
growth rate for each of the CGUs against
publicly available data and compared this
to the Group’s assumption.
• We assessed the Group’s disclosures of the
quantitative and qualitative considerations in
relation to the valuation of goodwill, by comparing
these disclosures to our understanding and the
requirements of the accounting standards.
Independent Auditor’s Report – continued
for the year ended 30 June 2022
58
| Downer EDI Limited
Other Information
Other Information is financial and non-financial information in Downer EDI Limited’s annual reporting which
is provided in addition to the Financial Report and the Auditor’s Report. The Directors are responsible for
the Other Information.
Our opinion on the Financial Report does not cover the Other Information and, accordingly, we do not
express an audit opinion or any form of assurance conclusion thereon, with the exception of the
Remuneration Report and our related assurance opinion.
In connection with our audit of the Financial Report, our responsibility is to read the Other Information. In
doing so, we consider whether the Other Information is materially inconsistent with the Financial Report or
our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.
We are required to report if we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this Other Information,
and based on the work we have performed on the Other Information that we obtained prior to the date of
this Auditor’s Report we have nothing to report.
Responsibilities of the Directors for the Financial Report
The Directors are responsible for:
• preparing the Financial Report that gives a true and fair view in accordance with Australian Accounting
Standards and the Corporations Act 2001
• implementing necessary internal control to enable the preparation of a Financial Report that gives a
true and fair view and is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error
• assessing the Group and Company's ability to continue as a going concern and whether the use of the
going concern basis of accounting is appropriate. This includes disclosing, as applicable, matters
related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless they either intend to
liquidate the Group and Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the Financial Report
Our objective is:
• to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the Financial Report as a whole is free from material
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; and
• to issue an Auditor’s Report that includes our opinion.
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in
accordance with Australian Auditing Standards will always detect a material misstatement when it exists.
Misstatements can arise from fraud or error. They are considered material if, individually or in the
aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the
basis of the Financial Report.
A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the Financial Report is located at the Auditing
and Assurance Standards Board website at:
https://www.auasb.gov.au/admin/file/content102/c3/ar1_2020.pdf. This description forms part of our
Auditor’s Report.
59Auditor’s Signed Reports |
Report on the Remuneration Report
Opinion
In our opinion, the Remuneration
Report of Downer EDI Limited for the
year ended 30 June 2022, complies
with Section 300A of the Corporations
Act 2001.
Directors’ responsibilities
The Directors of the Company are responsible for the
preparation and presentation of the Remuneration Report in
accordance with Section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001.
Our responsibilities
We have audited the Remuneration Report included in pages
27 to 51 of the Directors’ report for the year ended 30 June
2022.
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the
Remuneration Report, based on our audit conducted in
accordance with Australian Auditing Standards.
KPMG
Nigel Virgo Stephen Isaac
Partner Partner
Sydney
17 August 2022
Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income 61
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 62
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 63
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 64
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Directors’ Declaration 125
60
| Downer EDI Limited
Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 June 2022
A
About this
report
Page 65-66
B
Business
performance
Page 67-80
C
Operating assets
and liabilities
Page 81-95
D
Employee
benefits
Page 96-97
E
Capital structure
and financing
Page 98-105
F
Group
structure
Page 106-116
G
Other
Page 117-124
B1
Segment
information
C1
Reconciliation
of cash and cash
equivalents
D1
Employee benefits
E1
Borrowings
F1
Joint arrangements
and associate
entities
G1
New accounting
standards
B2
Revenue
C2
Trade receivables
and contract assets
D2
Defined
benefit plan
E2
Financing facilities
F2
Controlled entities
G2
Capital and financial
risk management
B3
Individually
significant items
C3
Inventories
D3
Key management
personnel
compensation
E3
Lease liabilities
F3
Related party
information
G3
Other financial
assets and
liabilities
B4
Earnings per share
C4
Trade payables and
contract liabilities
D4
Employee discount
share plan
E4
Commitments
F4
Parent entity
disclosures
B5
Taxation
C5
Property, plant and
equipment
E5
Issued capital
F5
Acquisition
of businesses
B6
Remuneration
of auditor
C6
Right-of-use assets
E6
Reserves
F6
Disposal of
businesses
B7
Subsequent events
C7
Intangible assets
E7
Dividends
C8
Other provisions
C9
Contingent liabilities
Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income
for the year ended 30 June 2022
61Financial Statements |
Note
2022
$’m
2021
$’m
RevenueB210,989.011,530.2
Other incomeB2165.553.9
Total revenue and other income11,154.511,584.1
Employee benefits expenseD1(3,581.2)(3,859.5)
Subcontractor costs(4,430.5)(4 ,1 3 2 .7 )
Raw materials and consumables used(1,381.3)(1,594.6)
Plant and equipment costs(468.5)(590.2)
Depreciation on leased assetsC6(160.3)(180.6)
Other depreciation and amortisationC5,C7(181.9)(313.8)
Impairment of non-current assetsC5,C6,C7(42.0)(20.2)
Other expenses from ordinary activities(615.3)(579.9)
Total expenses(10,861.0)(11,271.5)
Share of net profit of joint ventures and associatesF1(a)29.722.2
Earnings before interest and tax323.2334.8
Finance income2.44.2
Lease finance costs(22.0)(27.7 )
Other finance costs(65.8)(81 .4)
Net finance costs(85.4)(104.9)
Profit before income tax237. 8229.9
Income tax expenseB5(a)(85.8)(4 6 . 2)
Profit after income tax152.0183.7
Profit for the year is attributable to:
– Non-controlling interest0.42.1
– Members of the parent entity151.6181.6
Profit for the year152.0183.7
Other comprehensive income
Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:
– Actuarial movement on net defined benefit plan obligationsD26.85.0
– Income tax effect of actuarial movement on defined benefit plan obligations(2.1)(1.5)
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:
– Exchange differences arising on translation of foreign operations(16.9)1.1
– Net gain on foreign currency forward contracts taken to equity2.41.4
– Net gain on cross currency and interest rate swaps taken to equity41.18.4
– Change in fair value of unquoted equity investments0.2–
– Income tax effect of items above(13.0)(2.9)
Other comprehensive income for the year (net of tax)18.511.5
Other comprehensive income for the year is attributable to:
– Non-controlling interest(0.3)0.5
– Members of the parent entity18.811.0
Other comprehensive income for the year18.511.5
Total comprehensive income for the year170.5195.2
Earnings per share (cents)
Basic earnings per shareB421.325.4
Diluted earnings per shareB421.224.8
The consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with the
accompanying notes on pages 65 to 124.
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
as at 30 June 2022
62
| Downer EDI Limited
Note
2022
$’m
2021
$’m
ASSETS
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalentsC 1(c)738.5811.4
Trade receivables and contract assetsC21,953.02,121.0
Other financial assetsG328.262.7
InventoriesC3208.9254.2
Lease receivables–0.1
Current tax assets40.148.6
Prepayments and other assets59.363.7
Assets held for sale–41. 5
Total current assets3,028.03,403.2
Non-current assets
Trade receivables and contract assetsC2121.6109.2
Equity accounted investmentsF1(a)162.8155.1
Property, plant and equipmentC5924.4994.7
Right-of-use assetsC6436.2546.5
Intangible assetsC72 ,741.42,782.9
Other financial assetsG332.77. 8
Deferred tax assetsB 5 (b)3.865.3
Prepayments and other assets10.17.4
Total non-current assets4,433.04,668.9
Total assets7,461.08,072.1
LIABILITIES
Current liabilities
Trade payables and contract liabilitiesC42,208.12,363.0
BorrowingsE1–296.2
Lease liabilitiesE3132.4157.7
Other financial liabilitiesG326.449.0
Employee benefits provisionD1303.5353.6
Other provisionsC854.564.4
Current tax liabilities5.27. 9
Liabilities held for sale–17. 2
Total current liabilities2,730.13,309.0
Non-current liabilities
Trade payables and contract liabilitiesC446.534.2
BorrowingsE11,361.71,185.4
Lease liabilitiesE3411.5505.1
Other financial liabilitiesG35.018.3
Employee benefits provisionD118.735.3
Other provisionsC818.821.6
Deferred tax liabilitiesB 5 (b)34.75.8
Total non-current liabilities1,896.91,805.7
Total liabilities4 ,627.05,114.7
Net assets2,834.02 , 957.4
EQUITY
Issued capitalE52,660.22,802.6
ReservesE612.1(31.2)
Retained earnings161.7181.5
Parent interests2,834.02,952.9
Non-controlling interest–4.5
Total equity2,834.02 , 957.4
The consolidated statement of financial position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes on pages 65 to 124.
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
for the year ended 30 June 2022
63Financial Statements |
2022
$’m
Issued
capitalReserves
Retained
earnings
To t a l
attributable
to owners of
the parent
Non-
controlling
interestTo t a l
Balance at 1 July 20212,802.6 (31.2)181.5 2,952.9 4.5 2 ,957. 4
Profit after income tax– – 151.6 151.6 0.4 152.0
Other comprehensive income for the year (net of tax)– 18.8 – 18.8 (0.3)18.5
Total comprehensive income for the year– 18.8 151.6 170.4 0.1 170.5
Vested executive incentive share transactions0.2 (0.2)– – – –
Vested Downer Contingent Share Options
(i)
– 16.0 – 16.0 – 16.0
Share-based employee benefits expense– 4.2 – 4.2 – 4.2
Income tax relating to share-based transactions
during the year– (2.7)– (2.7)– (2.7)
Group on-market share buy-back(142.6)– – (142.6)– (142.6)
Disposal of business– 7. 2 – 7. 2 (4.6)2.6
Payment of dividends
(ii)
– – (171.4)(171.4)– (171.4)
Balance at 30 June 20222,660.2 12.1 161.7 2,834.0 – 2,834.0
(i) On 24 August 2021, the Target Price Condition of Tranche 1 of the Downer Contingent Share Options (DCSO) was satisfied resulting in 2,499,264 shares exercised
at $6.382 per share.
(ii) Relates to the 2021 final dividend, 2022 interim dividend and $5.9 million ROADS dividends paid during the financial year.
2021
$’m
Issued
capitalReserves
Retained
earnings
To t a l
attributable
to owners of
the parent
Non-
controlling
interestTo t a l
Balance at 1 July 20202,429.7 (47.7 )68.8 2,450.8 144.2 2,595.0
Profit after income tax– – 181.6 181.6 2.1 183.7
Other comprehensive income for the year (net of tax)– 11.0 – 11.0 0.5 11.5
Total comprehensive income for the year– 11.0 181.6 192.6 2.6 195.2
Capital raising (net of transaction costs and tax)393.2 – – 393.2 – 393.2
Vested executive incentive share transactions4.5 (4 . 5 )– – – –
Share-based employee benefits expense– (0.4)– (0.4)– (0.4)
Income tax relating to share-based transactions
during the year– 1.2 – 1.2 – 1.2
Group on-market share buy-back(24.8)– – (24.8)– (24.8)
Acquisition of non-controlling interest (net of tax)– 9.2 – 9.2 (140.9)(131.7)
Payment of dividends
(i)
– – (68.9)(68.9)(1 .4)(70.3)
Balance at 30 June 20212,802.6 (31.2)181.5 2,952.9 4.5 2 ,957. 4
(i) Relates to the 2021 interim dividend and $5.8 million ROADS dividends paid during the financial year.
The consolidated statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes on pages 65 to 124.
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
for the year ended 30 June 2022
64
| Downer EDI Limited
Note
2022
$’m
2021
$’m
Cash flows from operating activities
Receipts from customers12 ,416.312,988.8
Payments to suppliers and employees(11,845.2)(12,173. 2)
Distributions from equity accounted investeesF1(a) 21.9 11.6
Net cash generated by operating cash flow before interest and tax593.0827.2
Interest received2.2 2.9
Interest paid on lease liabilities(22.0)(27.7 )
Interest and other costs of finance paid(61.9)(73.8)
Income tax paid(15.9)(19.9)
Net cash generated by operating activitiesC1(a)495.4 708.7
Cash flows from investing activities
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment99.6 69.6
Payments for property, plant and equipment(243.3)(250.2)
Payments for intangible assets(36.5)(28 .4)
Payment to acquire remaining shares in NCI
(i)
– (134.5)
Payments of deferred consideration on acquisition of businessesF5 (0.1)(14.3)
Payments for acquisition of businesses (net of cash acquired)F5 (24.0)–
Proceeds from sale of business (net of cash disposed)F6 245.4 395.9
Proceeds from sale of equity accounted investments– 20.2
Investment in equity accounted and other investments( 7.5)(9.8)
Advances from/(to) equity accounted investments4.8 (5.9)
Purchases of assets as a lessor– (6.7)
Net cash generated by investing activities38.4 35.9
Cash flows from financing activities
Group on-market share buy-backE5 (142.6)(24.8)
Proceeds from issue of shares (net of costs)– 390.4
Proceeds from borrowings11,413.0 6,653.0
Repayments of borrowings(11,535.6)( 7,193 .7 )
Payment of principal of lease liabilitiesC 1(b) (163.6)(194.5)
Dividends paid(171.4)(153.6)
Net cash used in financing activities(600.2)(523.2)
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents(66.4)221.4
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year811.4 588.5
Effect of exchange rate changes(6.5)1.5
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the yearC 1(c) 738.5 811.4
(i) Represents the amount paid on 7 October 2020 when the Group completed the acquisition of the remaining 12.198% interest in Spotless.
The consolidated statement of cash flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes on pages 65 to 124.
Statement of compliance
These financial statements represent the consolidated results
of Downer EDI Limited (ABN 97 003 872 848).
The consolidated Financial Report (Financial Report) is a
general purpose financial report which has been prepared in
accordance with Australian Accounting Standards adopted by
the Australian Accounting Standards Board (AASB) and the
Corporations Act 2001 (Cth). The Financial Report complies with
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) adopted by
the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).
The Financial Report was authorised for issue by the Board
of Directors on 17 August 2022.
Rounding of amounts
Downer is a company of the kind referred to in ASIC
Corporations (Rounding in Financial/Directors’ reports)
Instrument 2016/191, relating to the ‘rounding off’ of amounts
in the Directors’ Report and consolidated financial statements.
Unless otherwise expressly stated, amounts have been rounded
off to the nearest whole number of millions of dollars and one
place of decimals representing hundreds of thousands of
dollars in accordance with that Instrument. Amounts shown
as $- represent amounts less than $50,000 which have been
rounded down.
Basis of preparation
The Financial Report has been prepared on a historical cost
basis, except for the revaluation of certain financial instruments.
Cost is based on the fair values of the consideration given in
exchange for assets. All amounts are presented in Australian
dollars, unless otherwise noted.
Certain comparative balances have been reclassified to
ensure consistency with the classification in the 30 June 2021
Financial Report.
The accounting policies used in the preparation of the
Financial Report are consistent with those adopted and
disclosed in Downer’s Annual Report for the financial year
ended 30 June 2021, except in relation to the relevant new and
amended accounting standards adopted by the Group and their
effects on the current period or prior periods as described in
Note G1.
Accounting estimates and judgements
Preparation of the Financial Report requires management to
make judgements, estimates and assumptions about future
events. Information on material estimates and judgements
considered when applying the accounting policies can be found
in the following notes:
Accounting estimates
and judgementsNote Page
Revenue recognitionB273
Recovery of deferred tax assetsB578
Income taxesB578
Credit riskC284
Useful lives and residual valuesC5 to C786, 87, 90
Impairment of assetsC790
Other provisionsC894
Employee benefits obligationsD196
Valuation of the defined benefit
plan assets and obligationsD297
Lease liabilitiesE3101
Acquisition of businessesF5113
Notes to the consolidated
financial statements
for the year ended 30 June 2022
A
About this report
65Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
66
| Downer EDI Limited
A. About this report – continued
Significant accounting policies
Accounting policies are selected and applied in a manner that
ensures that the resulting financial information satisfies the
concepts of relevance and reliability, thereby ensuring that the
substance of the underlying transactions or other events is
reported. Other significant accounting policies are contained
in the notes to the Financial Report to which they relate.
(i) Principles of consolidation
The Financial Report incorporates the financial statements
of the Company and entities controlled by the Group and its
subsidiaries. The Group controls an entity when it is exposed
to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with
the entity and has the ability to affect those returns from its
involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those
returns through its power over the entity.
The Financial Report includes the information and results of
each subsidiary from the date on which the Company obtains
control and until such time as the Company ceases to control
such entity.
In preparing the Financial Report, all intercompany balances
and transactions, and unrealised profits arising within the
consolidated entity, are eliminated in full.
(ii) Foreign currency
Transactions, assets and liabilities denominated in foreign
currencies are translated into Australian dollars at reporting
date using the following applicable exchange rates:
Foreign currency amountApplicable exchange rate
TransactionsDate of transaction
Monetary assets and liabilitiesReporting date
Non-monetary assets and
liabilities carried at fair value
Date fair value
is determined
Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from translation are
recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and
Other Comprehensive Income, except for qualifying cash flow
hedges which are deferred to equity.
On consolidation the assets, liabilities, income and expenses of
foreign operations are translated into Australian dollars using
the following applicable exchange rates:
Foreign currency amountApplicable exchange rate
Income and expensesAverage exchange rate
Assets and liabilitiesReporting date
EquityHistorical date
Foreign exchange differences resulting from translation are
initially recognised in the foreign currency translation reserve
and subsequently transferred to the profit or loss on disposal
of the foreign operation.
(iii) Finance and borrowing costs
Finance costs comprise interest expense on borrowings, unwind
of discounts on provisions, cost to establish financing facilities
(which are expensed over the term of the facility), losses on
ineffective hedging instruments that are recognised in profit
or loss and finance lease charges.
B
Business performance
This section provides the information that is most relevant to understanding the financial performance of the Group during
the financial year and, where relevant, the accounting policies applied and the critical judgements and estimates made.
B1. Segment information
B2. Revenue
B3. Individually significant items
B4. Earnings per share
B5. Taxation
B6. Remuneration of auditor
B7. Subsequent events
67Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
B1. Segment information
Identification of reportable segments
An operating segment is a component of an entity that engages
in business activities from which it may earn revenue and incur
expenses, whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the
Group’s chief operating decision maker in order to effectively
allocate Group resources and assess performance.
The Group has identified its operating segments based on the
internal reports that are reviewed and used by the Group CEO
in assessing performance and in determining the allocation
of resources. The operating segments are identified by the
Group based on the nature of the services provided. Discrete
financial information about each of these operating businesses
is reported to the Group CEO on a recurring basis.
The reportable segments are based on a combination of
operating segments determined by the similarity of the services
provided, the sources of the Group’s major risks that could
therefore have the greatest effect on the rates of return and
their quantitative contribution to the Group’s results.
During the year, the composition of business units within
operating segments were realigned to better reflect how the
Group’s chief operating decision maker assesses performance
and allocates Group resources. As a result, the Asset Services
business unit (previously reported as part of the Engineering,
Construction and Maintenance (EC&M) segment) was
reallocated to the Facilities segment. The Mining business unit
(previously a separate reportable segment) and the Engineering
and Construction business unit (previously reported as part
of the EC&M segment), have been included within All other
segments following the reduction in their contribution to the
Group’s performance following divestments and wind-down of
contracts. The new structure aligns the segment reporting with
Downer’s end markets and management reporting structure.
The Group has restated the previously reported segment
information for the year ended 30 June 2021.
68
| Downer EDI Limited
B1. Segment information – continued
The reportable segments identified within the Group are outlined as follows:
SegmentSegment description
TransportComprises the Group’s road services, transport infrastructure and rail businesses. Downer’s road and transport
infrastructure services include: road network management; routine road maintenance; asset management
systems; spray sealing; asphalt laying; manufacture and supply of bitumen-based products and asphalt products;
the use of recycled products and environmentally sustainable methods to produce asphalt; landfill diversion
solutions; intelligent transport systems; design and construction of light rail and heavy rail networks; signalling;
track and station works; rail safety technology; and bridges. The Rail business spans all light rail and heavy rail
sectors, from rollingstock to infrastructure; from design and manufacture to through-life-support including fleet
maintenance, operations and comprehensive overhaul of assets.
UtilitiesComprises the Group’s power, gas, water and telecommunications businesses. This includes: planning, designing,
constructing, operating, maintaining, managing and decommissioning power and gas network assets; providing
complete water lifecycle solutions for municipal and industrial water users including water and wastewater
treatment, network construction and rehabilitation; and end-to-end technology and communications solutions
including design, civil construction, network construction, operations and maintenance across fibre, copper and
radio networks.
FacilitiesFacilities operates in Australia and New Zealand and provides outsourced facility services to customers across
a diverse range of industry sectors including: defence; education; government; healthcare; resources; leisure;
assets services and hospitality. Facilities provides technical and engineering services; maintenance and
asset management services including shutdowns, turnaround and outage delivery; operations maintenance,
refrigeration solutions and ongoing management of strategic assets across a range of sectors. It also provides
feasibility studies; engineering design; procurement and construction; commissioning and decommissioning
services; and design and manufacture of mineral process equipment as well as building and construction
solutions across a variety of sectors in New Zealand. 70% of the laundries business was disposed of on
31 March 2021.
All other
segments
Include the Group’s Mining and Engineering and Construction operating segments. The Mining divestment
is complete with Otraco and Open Cut Mining East disposed of during the financial year ended 30 June
2022 while Snowden, RTL JV, Open Cut Mining West, Underground and Downer Blasting Services have been
disposed of during the year ended 30 June 2021. There is no contribution from Engineering and Construction
in FY22 as Downer no longer tenders for construction contracts in the coal, iron ore and industrial Electrical &
Instrumentation and Structural, Mechanical and Piping sectors.
69Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
2022
$’mTransportUtilitiesFacilities
All other
segmentsUnallocatedTo t a l
Segment revenue and other income4,959.61,769.7 4,159.6 248.2 17. 411,154.5
Share of sales revenue from joint ventures
and associates
(i)
762.1 – 1.6 – 68.9 832.6
Total revenue including joint ventures
and other income
(i)
5,721.71,769.7 4,161.2 248.2 86.311,987.1
Share of net profit from joint ventures
and associates34.6 – 0.1 – (5.0)29.7
Depreciation and amortisation185.0 28.8 56.2 19.7 52.5 342.2
EBIT before amortisation of acquired
intangibles (EBITA) 254.6 73.7 163.3 8.1 (141.7)358.0
Amortisation of acquired intangibles(4.4)(0.3)(5.7)– (24.4)(34.8)
Total reported segment results (EBIT)250.2 73.4 157.6 8.1 (166.1)323.2
Net finance costs(85.4)
Total profit before income tax237. 8
Acquisition of segment assets247. 8 8.4 14.1 7.6 32.5 310.4
Segment assets3,236.3 873.2 2,758.3 5.5 587.7 7,461.0
Segment liabilities1,348.9 460.5 1,064.6 12.8 1,740. 2 4 ,627.0
Carrying value of equity accounted investees134.4 – – – 28.4 162.8
2021 (restated)
$’mTransportUtilitiesFacilities
All other
segmentsUnallocatedTo t a l
Segment revenue and other income4,658.2 1,881.7 3,566.71,455.921.6 11,584.1
Share of sales revenue from joint ventures
and associates
(i)
6 37.0 – 5.6 7. 5 – 650.1
Total revenue including joint ventures and
other income
(i)
5,295.2 1,881.7 3,572.31,463.421.6 12,234.2
Share of net profit from joint ventures
and associates22.0 – (0.1)0.3 – 22.2
Depreciation and amortisation168.5 34.8 99.3 111.0 80.8 494.4
EBIT before amortisation of acquired
intangibles (EBITA) 250.2 94.8 184.0 41. 5 (169.5)401.0
Amortisation of acquired intangibles( 7. 3)(0.7)(8.6)– (4 9 . 6)(66. 2)
Total reported segment results (EBIT)242.9 94.1 175.4 41. 5 (219.1)334.8
Net finance costs(104.9)
Total profit before income tax229.9
Acquisition of segment assets199.9 16.2 47.0 44.8 30.2 338.1
Segment assets3,178.4 971.9 2,380.5 767. 3 7 74.0 8,072.1
Segment liabilities1,628.0 415 . 5 842.6 291.4 1, 937. 2 5,114.7
Carrying value of equity accounted investees121.7 – – – 33.4 155.1
(i) This is a non-statutory disclosure as it relates to Downer’s share of revenue from equity accounted joint ventures and associates.
70
| Downer EDI Limited
B1. Segment information – continued
Reconciliation of segment EBIT to net profit after tax:
Note
Segment results
2022
$’m
2021
$’m
Segment EBIT489.3 553.9
Unallocated:
Fair value movement on DCSO liabilityB3 3.7 (16.6)
Divestments and exit costsB3 (75.8)–
Portfolio restructure costsB3 ( 7.6)–
Probuild credit lossB3 (34.6)–
Bid costsB3 (12.7)–
Gain on sale of property, plant and equipmentB3 85.8 –
SaaS arrangementsB3 – (14.0)
Laundries divestmentB3 – (16.2)
Mining divestment B3 – (19.5)
Amortisation of Spotless and Tenix acquired intangible assets(24.4)(4 9 . 6)
Corporate costs(100.5)(103.2)
Total unallocated(166.1)(219.1)
Earnings before interest and tax323.2 334.8
Net finance costs(85.4)(104.9)
Profit before income tax237. 8 229.9
Income tax expenseB5(a) (85.8)(4 6 . 2)
Profit after income tax152.0 183.7
Segment assets by geographical location
Segment assets
Non-current
(ii)
Acquisition of
segment assets
Non-current
2022
$’m
2021
$’m
2022
$’m
2021
$’m
Geographical location
(i)
Australia3 ,747. 23,925.5 255.6 271.9
New Zealand and Pacific521.8 554.3 54.3 65.7
Rest of the world0.5 6.8 0.5 0.5
To t a l4,269.54,486.6 310.4 338.1
(i) Assets are allocated based on the geographical location of the legal entity.
(ii) Total of non-current assets other than deferred tax assets, financial instruments, post-employment benefit assets and trade and other receivables.
71Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
B2. Revenue
Revenue and other income
2022
$’mTransportUtilitiesFacilities
All other
segmentsUnallocatedTo t a l
Rendering of services2,758.5 1,758.3 3,382.8 241.9 – 8,141.5
Construction contracts
(i)
1,842.7 – 720.1 – – 2,562.8
Sale of goods213.6 4.0 43.1 0.7 – 261.4
Total revenue from contracts
with customers4,814.8 1,762.3 4,146.0 242.6 – 10,965.7
Other revenue6.9 0.5 0.7 6.2 9.0 23.3
Total revenue4,821.7 1,762.8 4,146.7 248.8 9.0 10,989.0
Government grants
(ii)
8.2 6.0 4.0 – – 18.2
Insurance recoveries4.0 – 5.6 – 3.3 12.9
Gain/(loss) on sale of property,
plant and equipment120.6 0.5 0.3 (0.5)1.2 122.1
Other5.1 0.4 3.0 (0.1)3.9 12.3
Other income137.9 6.9 12.9 (0.6)8.4 165.5
Total revenue and other income4,959.6 1,769.7 4,159.6 248.2 17. 4 11,154.5
Share of sales revenue from joint
ventures and associates
(iii)
762.1 – 1.6 – 68.9 832.6
Total revenue including joint
ventures and other income
(iii)
5,721.7 1,769.7 4,161.2 248.2 86.3 11,987.1
2021 (restated)
(iv)
$’mTransportUtilitiesFacilities
All other
segmentsUnallocatedTo t a l
Rendering of services2,908.8 1,687. 2 2,805.0 1,156.6 0.1 8 , 5 57.7
Construction contracts1,540.6 188.3 695.5 251.7 – 2,676.1
Sale of goods188.8 5.0 57.7 27. 5 – 279.0
Total revenue from contracts
with customers4,638.2 1,880.5 3,558.2 1,435.8 0.1 11,512.8
Other revenue4.8 0.2 0.1 7.4 4.9 17.4
Total revenue4,643.0 1,880.7 3,558.3 1,443.2 5.0 11,530.2
Government grants
(ii)
0.3 0.3 4.4 – – 5.0
Gain on divestments of equity
accounted investee– – 0.9 10.7 – 11.6
Insurance recoveries10.2 – – – 13.6 23.8
Other4.7 0.7 3.1 2.0 3.0 13.5
Other income15.2 1.0 8.4 12.7 16.6 53.9
Total revenue and other income4,658.2 1,881.7 3,566.7 1,455.9 21.6 11,584.1
Share of sales revenue from joint
ventures and associates
(iii)
6 37.0 – 5.6 7. 5 – 650.1
Total revenue including joint
ventures and other income
(iii)
5,295.2 1,881.7 3,572.3 1,463.4 21.6 12,234.2
(i) Downer has updated the definition of ‘construction’ for the purposes of this disclosure to be consistent with published external information relating to services and
construction work-in-hand.
(ii) Government grants represents incentives received under the New Zealand Government’s wage subsidy scheme, COVID leave support scheme available to eligible
businesses impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic as well as in relation to the New Zealand Government’s Apprentice Boost Scheme.
(iii) This is a non-statutory disclosure as it relates to Downer’s share of revenue from equity accounted joint ventures and associates.
(iv) Revenue disclosures have been restated for the change in Operating Segments detailed in Note B1.
72
| Downer EDI Limited
B2. Revenue – continued
Revenue from contracts with customers by geographical location
2022
$’mTransportUtilitiesFacilities
All other
segmentsUnallocatedTo t a l
Geographical location
(i)
Australia3,568.01,265.0 3,070.9 229.0 – 8,132.9
New Zealand and Pacific1,246.8 497. 3 1,048.8 – – 2,792.9
Rest of the world– – 26.3 13.6 – 39.9
Total revenue from contracts
with customers4,814.81,762.3 4,146.0 242.6 – 10,965.7
2021 (restated)
(ii)
$’mTransportUtilitiesFacilities
All other
segmentsUnallocatedTo t a l
Geographical location
(i)
Australia3,353.8 1,318.0 2,884.41,384.90.1 8 , 941. 2
New Zealand and Pacific1,284.4 562.5 673.8 – – 2,520.7
Rest of the world– – – 50.9 – 50.9
Total revenue from contracts
with customers4,638.2 1,880.5 3,558.21,435.80.1 11,512.8
(i) Revenue is allocated based on the geographical location of the legal entity.
(ii) Revenue disclosures have been restated for the change in Operating Segments detailed in Note B1.
Recognition and measurement
Revenue
The Group recognises revenue when a customer obtains control
of the goods or services, in accordance with AASB 15 Revenue
from Contracts with Customers (AASB 15). Revenue is measured
at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable.
Determining the timing of the transfer of control – at a point in
time or over time – requires judgement. Revenue is recognised
if it meets the criteria below.
(i) Rendering of services
The Group primarily generates service revenue from the
following activities:
§Maintenance and management of transport infrastructure
§Utilities infrastructure maintenance services (gas, power
and water)
§Maintenance and installation of infrastructure in the
telecommunications sector
§Industrial plant maintenance
§Rollingstock maintenance and rail asset
management services
§Engineering and consultancy services
§Facilities management
§Contract mining services, mining assets maintenance
services, tyre management and blasting.
Typically, under the performance obligations of service
contracts, the customer consumes and receives the benefit
of the service as it is provided. As such, service revenue is
recognised over time as the services are provided.
(ii) Construction contracts
The contractual terms and the way in which the Group operates
its construction contracts are predominantly derived from
projects containing one performance obligation. Under these
performance obligations, customers either simultaneously
receive and consume the benefits as the Group performs them
or performance creates or enhances an asset that the customer
controls as the asset is created or enhanced. Therefore,
contracted revenue is recognised over time based on stage
of completion of the contract.
(iii) Sale of goods
Revenue is recognised at a point in time when the customer
obtains control of goods.
(iv) Other revenue
Other revenue primarily includes rental income.
(v) Other income
Other income primarily includes insurance recoveries,
government grants and gains on sale of property, plant
and equipment.
Insurance recoveries relate to insurance refunds received
for claims lodged that met the recoverability criteria of being
‘virtually certain’ following confirmation of indemnity received
from insurers.
Government grants relate to income received under the
New Zealand Government’s Wage Subsidy Scheme, COVID
leave support scheme available to eligible businesses that were
adversely impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic as well as in
relation to the New Zealand Government’s apprentice boost
scheme. The Group elects to present these subsidies in ‘Other
income’ as allowed under AASB 120 Accounting for Government
grants and disclosure of Government assistance.
73Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
Gain on sale of property, plant and equipment primarily relates
to the compulsory acquisition of Downer’s land at Rosehill.
For more details, see Note B3.
Contract modifications
For services and construction contracts, revenue from variations
and claims is recognised to the extent they are approved or
enforceable under the contract. The amount of revenue is then
recognised to the extent it is highly probable that a significant
reversal of revenue will not occur.
In making this assessment, the Group considers a number
of factors including nature of the claim, formal or informal
acceptance by the customer of the validity of the claim, stage
of negotiations, or the historical outcome of similar claims
to determine whether the enforceable and ‘highly probable’
threshold has been met.
Revenue in relation to modifications, such as a change in the
scope of the contract, will only be included in the transaction
price when it is approved by the parties to the contract or the
modification is enforceable and the amount becomes highly
probable. Modifications may also be recognised when client
instruction has been received in line with customary business
practice for the customer.
Contract costs (tender costs)
Costs incurred during the tender/bid process are expensed,
unless they are incremental to obtaining the contract and
the Group expects to recover those costs or where they are
explicitly chargeable to the customer regardless of whether
the contract is obtained.
Performance obligations and contract duration
Revenue is allocated to each performance obligation and
recognised as the performance obligation is satisfied which
may be at a point in time or over time.
AASB 15 requires a granular approach to identify the different
revenue streams (i.e. performance obligations) in a contract by
identifying the different activities that are being undertaken
and then aggregating only those where the different activities
are significantly integrated or highly interdependent. Revenue
will be recognised, on certain contracts over time, as a single
performance obligation when the services are part of a series
of distinct goods and services that are substantially integrated
with the same pattern of transfer.
AASB 15 provides guidance in respect of the term over which
revenue may be recognised and is limited to the period for
which the parties have enforceable rights and obligations. When
the customer can terminate a contract for convenience (without
a substantive penalty), the contract term and related revenue is
limited to the termination period.
The Group has elected to apply the practical expedient to
not adjust the total consideration over the contract term for
the effect of a financing component if the period between
the transfer of services to the customer and the customer’s
payment for these services is expected to be one year or less.
Measure of progress
The Group recognises revenue using the measure of progress
that best reflects the Group’s performance in satisfying
the performance obligation within the contracts over time.
The different methods of measuring progress include an
input method (e.g. costs incurred) or an output method (e.g.
milestones reached). The same method of measuring progress
will be consistently applied to similar performance obligations.
Variable consideration
Variable consideration that is contingent on the Group’s
performance, including key performance payments, liquidated
damages and abatements that offset revenue under the
contract, is recognised only when it is highly probable that
a reversal of that revenue will not occur.
In addition, where the identified revenue stream is determined
to be a series of distinct goods or services that are substantially
the same and that have the same pattern of transfer to the
customer (e.g. maintenance services), variable consideration is
recognised in the period/(s) in which the series of distinct goods
or services subject to the variable consideration are completed.
Loss-making contracts
Loss-making contracts are recognised under AASB 137
Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets
as onerous contracts.
Key estimate and judgement: Revenue recognition
Stage of completion
Determining the stage of completion requires an estimate of expenses incurred to date as a percentage of total estimated costs.
Modifications
When a contract modification exists and the Group has an approved enforceable right to payment, revenue in relation to claims
and variations is only included in the transaction price when the amount claimable becomes highly probable. Management uses
judgement in determining whether an approved enforceable right exists.
Variable consideration
Determining the amount of variable consideration requires an estimate based on either the ‘expected value’ or the ‘most likely
amount’. The estimate of variable consideration can only be recognised to the extent it is highly probable that a significant
revenue reversal will not occur in future.
Changes in these estimates or judgements could have a material impact on the financial statements of the Group.
74
| Downer EDI Limited
B3. Individually significant items
The following material items of expense, forming part of the unallocated segment are relevant to an understanding of the Group’s
financial performance:
2022
$’m
Fair value
movement
on DCSO
liability
Divestments
and exit
costs
Portfolio
restructure
costs
Probuild
credit
lossBid costs
Gain
on sale
of PP&ETo t a l
Revenue and other income(3.7) – – – (4.0) (104.8)(112.5)
Loss on disposal of businesses– 17. 3 – – – – 17. 3
Impairment of non-current assets– 38.8 – – – – 38.8
Employee benefits expense– 6.8 7.6 – 4.3 – 18.7
Subcontractors costs– – – – 12.2 – 12.2
Other expenses from
ordinary activities–12.9 – 34.6 0.2 19.0 66.7
Loss/(profit) before interest
and tax(3.7)75.8 7.6 34.6 12.7 (85.8)41.2
Income tax (benefit)/expense– (5.0)(2.3)(6.9)(3.8)25.7 7.7
Loss/(profit) after income tax(3.7)70.8 5.3 27.7 8.9 (60.1)48.9
Fair value movement on Downer Contingent
Share Options (DCSO) liability
As part of the consideration to acquire the shares in Spotless
that it did not already own, the Group granted three tranches
of 2.5 million share options to the previous minority interest
shareholders which are exercisable within four years of issue
on achievement of three prescribed share price targets (the
Downer Contingent Share Options or DCSO). The fair value at
issue date of these options was recognised as a liability arising
on the acquisition of the shares. The DCSO are classified as a
liability, with subsequent changes in the fair value recognised
in the Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other
Comprehensive Income. Since 30 June 2021, the fair value
of the DCSO has decreased by $3.7 million, which has been
recognised in ‘Other income’ in the Consolidated Statement
of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income during
the year. This income is primarily driven by the decrease in
Downer’s share price from $5.59 at 30 June 2021 to $5.05
at 30 June 2022.
Divestments and exit costs
The divestment program has been completed following the
disposal of Otraco on 1 December 2021, the sale of Open Cut
Mining East (OCE) on 17 December 2021, and the exit from a
number of Hospitality contracts. Assets previously utilised by
those businesses which will no longer be utilised by the Group
have been written off. The material elements of divestment and
exit costs include:
§$17.3 million net pre-tax loss (including disposal costs) from
the disposal of Otraco and OCE. Refer to Note F6.
§$58.5 million pre-tax exit costs, relating to impairments of IT
infrastructure and applications ($25.5 million), impairment of
right-of-use assets and leasehold improvements for leased
properties ($13.3 million); and inventory write-offs and other
exit costs totalling $19.7 million.
§A net income tax benefit of $5.0 million arising on divestment
and exit costs. This is comprised of an income tax benefit
of $22.6 million on divestment costs offset in part by
income tax expense of $17.6 million on derecognition of
deferred tax balances in the AE Smith Construction tax-
consolidated group due to a change in strategic direction
of these companies.
Portfolio restructure costs
As a result of the divestment program, Downer has reduced
management overhead with restructuring costs of $7.6 million
expensed during the year.
Probuild credit loss
In November 2018, the Group entered into contracts with
Probuild Constructions (Australia) Pty Ltd (Probuild) as a
subcontractor for the provision of mechanical and electrical
services for the new Victoria Police building in Melbourne. On
23 February 2022 Probuild entered into voluntary administration
and appointed an Administrator. The Practical Completion of
services was achieved on 9 July 2020.
There are outstanding claims which are unpaid by Probuild,
of which approximately $29.4 million had previously been
recognised as a contract asset by the Group. Recovery is now
subject to risk due to the administration. The total expense
recognised in the year of $34.6 million includes the impairment
of this contract asset, trade receivables balances as well as legal
costs incurred.
The net income tax benefit arising on the Probuild credit loss
is $6.9 million. No income tax benefit has been recognised on
unrecoverable Probuild costs in the AE Smith Construction tax-
consolidated group as a consequence of the change in strategic
direction of these companies.
75Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
Bid costs
Downer is in the process of tendering for the State of
Queensland Train Manufacturing Program, for which a net
$12.7 million in bid costs were expensed during the year.
Gain on sale of property, plant and equipment
Downer received notice from Sydney Metro of its intention
to compulsorily acquire Downer’s land at 1A Unwin Street,
Rosehill for the purposes of the Sydney Metro West project.
The site was used to operate Downer’s primary Asphalt and
recycling operations in Sydney.
Sydney Metro and Downer reached agreement under the
Land Acquisition (Just Terms Compensation) Act on the
compensation payable to Downer for the acquisition.
The transaction has resulted in Sydney Metro reimbursing
Downer, on a like-for-like basis, for the actual costs incurred on
the construction and commissioning of a replacement facility.
Downer has completed the construction of replacement facility,
also in Rosehill, without any disruptions to its operations.
The difference between the historical written-down book
value of the existing facility, the reimbursement of costs
for the replacement facility and relocation costs has been
recognised as a $60.1 million after-tax gain for the year ended
30 June 2022.
2021
The Group recognised the following items as individually significant items as at 30 June 2021:
2021
$’m
Fair value
movement on
DCSO liability
Termination of
Spotless
financing
arrangements
Software-
as-a-Service
(SaaS)
arrangements
Mining
divestments
Laundries
divestmentTo t a l
Loss on disposal of businesses
(i)
– – – 7.1 16.2 23.3
Gain on divestment of equity
accounted investee– – – (10.7)– (10.7)
Depreciation and amortisation– – (3.6)– – (3.6)
Impairment of non-current assets– – – 20.2 – 20.2
Other expenses from ordinary activities16.6 – 17.6 2.9 – 37.1
Loss before interest and tax16.6 – 14.0 19.5 16.2 66.3
Other finance costs– 4.3 – – – 4.3
Income tax benefit– (1.3)(4 .1)(17. 5)(16.5)(3 9.4)
Loss/(profit) after income tax16.6 3.0 9.9 2.0 (0.3)31.2
(i) Refer to Note F6 for additional information on disposal of businesses.
Fair value movement on Downer Contingent Share
Options (DCSO) liability
Since grant date, and primarily driven by the movement
in Downer’s share price from $4.30 at grant date to $5.59
at 30 June 2021, the fair value of the DCSO increased by
$16.6 million, which has been expensed through ‘Other
expenses’ in the Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss
and Other Comprehensive Income.
Termination of Spotless financing arrangements
Following the purchase of the Non-Controlling Interest (NCI)
in Spotless, the Group extinguished the Spotless financing
arrangements. As a result, the unamortised deferred financing
costs related to the extinguished facilities were immediately
written-off to the ‘Other finance costs’ line in the Consolidated
Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income,
with the tax effect of $1.3 million being credited to the income
tax expense line.
Mining divestments
The divestment program for the Mining division has resulted
in a number of material transactions netting to a pre-tax
$19.5 million expense. These include:
§$7.1 million representing the net loss made from the disposal
of Open Cut Mining West, Downer Blasting Services,
Underground and Snowden businesses. This individually
significant item is disclosed as part of ‘Other expenses from
ordinary activities’ in the Consolidated Statement of Profit or
Loss and Other Comprehensive Income
§$10.7 million gain on the divestment of the equity accounted
investment in RTL JV. This individually significant item is
disclosed as part of ‘Other income’ in the Consolidated
Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income
§$20.2 million impairment charge to adjust the carrying value
of the property, plant and equipment and other assets of the
Open Cut Mining West business to its expected recoverable
value on the earlier classification of this business as a
Disposal group held for sale
§$2.9 million representing transaction, redundancies and other
costs incurred as part of the divestment program.
76
| Downer EDI Limited
B3. Individually significant items – continued
The net income tax benefit arising on the Mining divestments
is $17.5 million. This is comprised of a tax benefit of $5.4 million
attributable to net non-taxable accounting gains on divestments
and a net tax benefit of $5.9 million arising on associated
divestment costs. A tax benefit of $6.2 million has also been
recognised in respect of previously unbooked capital losses
used to offset capital gains arising on the Mining divestments.
Laundries divestment
On 31 March 2021, the Group completed the share sale of
70% of Spotless’ Laundries business to Adamantem Capital
(Adamantem) and recognised a 30% interest in the remaining
Laundries business as an equity accounted investment (refer
to Note F1(a)). The transaction resulted in a pre-tax loss of
$16.2 million net of transaction costs and stamp duty costs
incurred. This individually significant item is disclosed as part
of ‘Other expenses from ordinary activities’ in the Consolidated
Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income.
The net income tax benefit arising on the Laundries divestment
is $16.5 million. This is primarily comprised of a tax benefit
of $12.8 million in respect of capital losses arising on the
divestment and a net tax benefit of $3.7 million arising on
associated divestment costs.
Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) arrangements
The IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) issued an agenda
decision in April 2021 which impacts whether a customer
can recognise an intangible asset in relation to configuration
or customisation of cloud computing arrangements (CCA),
specifically for Software-as-a-Service (SaaS). The Group’s
accounting policy had historically been to capitalise costs
related to the configuration and customisation of SaaS
arrangements as intangible assets in the Statement of
Financial Position.
Downer used SaaS across a range of businesses and functions.
Following the adoption of the above IFRIC agenda decision,
current SaaS arrangements were identified and assessed
to determine if the Group has control of the software. For
those arrangements where control does not exist, the Group
derecognised the intangible previously capitalised. The
adoption of the above agenda decisions has resulted in
recognition of costs to configure SaaS arrangements as a pre-
tax expense of $14.0 million in the Consolidated Statement of
Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income in the year.
Following the implementation of the IFRIC interpretation around
SaaS arrangements in FY21, the interpretation now forms part
of the Group’s recurring accounting treatment for these costs
(refer to Note C7).
B4. Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share
The calculation of basic earnings per share (EPS) is based on the profit attributable to ordinary shareholders and the weighted-
average number of ordinary shares outstanding.
2022 2021
Profit attributable to members of the parent entity ($’m)151.6 181.6
Adjustment to reflect ROADS dividends paid ($’m)(5.9)(5.8)
Profit attributable to members of the parent entity used in calculating basic EPS ($’m)145.7 175.8
Weighted average number of ordinary shares (WANOS) on issue (m’s)
(i)
684.2 692.9
Basic earnings per share (cents)21.3 25.4
Diluted earnings per share
The calculation of diluted earnings per share is based on the following profit attributable to ordinary shareholders and the
weighted-average number of ordinary shares outstanding after adjustments for the effects of all dilutive potential ordinary shares.
2022 2021
Profit attributable to members of the parent entity used in calculating basic EPS ($’m)151.6 181.6
Weighted average number of ordinary shares
– Weighted average number of ordinary shares (WANOS) on issue (m’s)
(i)
684.2 692.9
– WANOS adjustment to reflect potential dilution for ROADS (m’s)
(ii)
32.2 38.0
WANOS used in the calculation of diluted EPS (m’s)716.4 730.9
Diluted earnings per share (cents)21.2 24.8
(i) The WANOS on issue has been adjusted by the weighted average effect of on-market share buy-back and the unvested executive incentive shares.
(ii) The WANOS adjustment is the value of ROADS that could potentially be converted into ordinary shares at the reporting date. It is calculated based on the issued value
of ROADS in New Zealand dollars converted to Australian dollars at the spot rate prevailing at the reporting date, which was $180.4 million (2021: $186.2 million), divided
by the average market price of the Company’s ordinary shares for the period 1 July 2021 to 30 June 2022 discounted by 2.5% according to the ROADS contract terms,
which was $5.60 (2021: $4.90).
77Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
B5. Taxation
(a) Reconciliation of income tax expense
The prima facie income tax expense on the pre-tax result for the year reconciles to the income tax expense in the financial
statements as follows:
2022
$’m
2021
$’m
Profit before income tax237. 8 229.9
Tax using the Company’s statutory tax rate71.3 69.0
Effect of tax rates in foreign jurisdictions(1.8)(2.6)
Non-deductible expenses4.1 5.6
Profits and franked distributions from joint ventures and associates(6.8)(5.2)
Non-assessable income(3.9)–
Tax effect of divestments–(17.1)
Tax effect of previously unrecognised capital losses(2.6)(6. 2)
Derecognition of temporary differences17.6 –
Other items3.7 0.9
Under provision of income tax in previous year4.2 1.8
Total income tax expense85.8 46.2
Current tax expense23.9 36.7
Deferred tax expense61.9 9.5
The tax rate used in the above reconciliation is the corporate tax rate of 30% payable by Australian corporate entities on taxable
profits under Australian tax law. There has been no change in the corporate tax rate when compared with the previous year.
Recognition and measurement
Current tax
Current tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount of income taxes payable or recoverable in respect of the taxable profit
or tax loss for the period; this is calculated using tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the
reporting date.
Deferred tax
Deferred tax is accounted for in respect of temporary differences arising from differences between the carrying amount of assets
and liabilities and the corresponding tax base.
Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable temporary differences. Deferred tax assets are recognised for all deductible
temporary differences, unused tax and capital losses and tax offsets, to the extent that it is probable that sufficient taxable profits
will be available to utilise them.
However, deferred tax assets and liabilities are not recognised for:
§Temporary differences that arise from the initial recognition of assets or liabilities in a transaction that is not a business
combination which affects neither taxable income nor accounting profit
§Temporary differences relating to investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures to the extent that the Group
is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable that they will not reverse in the
foreseeable future
§Temporary differences arising from goodwill.
Deferred tax assets for temporary differences, including tax losses, of $17.6 million in relation to the AE Smith Construction tax-
consolidated group have been derecognised in the year following an assessment that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable
profits will be available against which these will be utilised due to a change in strategic direction of these companies.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates and tax laws that are expected to apply in the year when the asset is
utilised or liability is settled, based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date.
Income taxes relating to items recognised directly in equity are recognised in equity and not in the income statement.
78
| Downer EDI Limited
B5. Taxation – continued
(a) Reconciliation of income tax expense – continued
Recognition and measurement – continued
Offsetting deferred tax balances
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the
Company/consolidated entity intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.
Tax consolidation
Downer EDI Limited and its wholly owned Australian entities are part of a tax-consolidated group under Australian taxation law.
Downer EDI Limited is the head entity in the tax-consolidated group. Entities within the tax-consolidated group have entered into
a tax funding agreement and a tax sharing agreement with the head entity. Under the terms of the tax funding agreement, Downer
EDI Limited and each of the entities in the tax-consolidated group have agreed to pay (or receive) a tax equivalent payment to (or
from) the head entity, based on the current tax liability or current tax asset of the entity.
Key estimates and judgements:
Recovery of deferred tax assets
Deferred tax assets are recognised for deductible temporary differences, unused tax and capital losses and tax offsets, to the
extent it is probable that sufficient future taxable profits will be available to utilise them. Judgement is required to determine
the amount of deferred tax assets that can be recognised, based upon the likely timing, nature and level of future taxable profits.
Income taxes
The Group is subject to income taxes in Australia and jurisdictions where it has foreign operations. Judgement is required
to determine the worldwide provision for income taxes and to assess whether deferred tax balances are recognised on the
statement of financial position. Changes in circumstances will alter expectations, which may impact the amount of provision
for income taxes and deferred tax balances recognised.
79Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
(b) Movement in deferred tax balances2022$'m
At 30
June 2021
Recognised in
profit or loss
Recognised
in other
comprehensive
income and
equity
Net foreign
currency
exchange
differences
Acquisition
and disposal
Net
balance at
30 June 2022
Deferred tax
assets
Deferred tax
liabilities
Trade receivables and contract assets
(129.5)
(3.1)
–
0.6
0.1
(131.9)
–
(131.9)
Property, plant and equipment, Right-of-use assets and Lease liabilities
(36.5)
8.0
–
(0.3)
(0.1)
(28.9)
–
(28.9)
Intangible assets
(83.9)
7. 8
–
0.1
–
(76.0)
–
(76.0)
Tax losses and other attributes
87.5
(37.1)
–
–
–
50.4
50.4
–
Trade payables and contract liabilities
15.1
(1.9)
–
0.2
–
13.4
13.4
–
Employee benefits and other provisions
182.1
(16.4)
(4.1)
(0.5)
(10.3)
150.8
150.8
–
Other
24.7
(19.2)
(14.3)
–
0.1
(8.7)
–
(8.7)
Net deferred tax assets/(liabilities)
59.5
(61.9)
(18.4)
0.1
(10.2)
(30.9)
214.6
(245.5)
Set-off of DTA against DTL
(210.8)
210.8
Net tax assets/(liabilities)
(30.9)
3.8
(34.7)
2021$'m
At 30 June
2020
Recognised in profit or loss
Recognised
in other
comprehensive
income
Recognised
in equity
Net foreign
currency
exchange
differences
Acquisition
and disposal
Assets held
for sale
Net balance at30 June 2021
Deferred
tax assets
Deferred
tax liabilities
Trade receivables and contract assets
(133.3)
(8.2)
0.9
11.2
0.1
(0. 2)
–
(129.5)
–
(129.5)
Property, plant and equipment, Right-of-use assets and Lease liabilities
(42 .1)
(6.8)
–
13.3
(0.1)
0.8
(1.6)
(36.5)
–
(36.5)
Intangible assets
(108 .4)
24.5
–
–
–
–
–
(83.9)
–
(83.9)
Tax losses and other attributes
96.6
(9.1)
–
–
–
–
–
87. 5
87. 5
–
Trade payables and contract liabilities
37.1
(21.0)
(0. 2)
–
–
(0.8)
–
15.1
15.1
–
Employee benefits and other provisions
192.9
(0. 2)
(1.5)
–
(0.1)
(9.0)
–
182.1
182.1
–
Other
14.8
11.3
(1.6)
0.3
0.2
(0.3)
–
24.7
24.7
–
Net deferred tax assets/(liabilities)
57.6
(9.5)
(2 .4)
24.8
0.1
(9.5)
(1.6)
59.5
309.4
(249.9)
Set-off of DTA against DTL
(244.1)
244.1
Net tax assets/(liabilities)
59.5
65.3
(5.8)
80
| Downer EDI Limited
B6. Remuneration of auditor
2022
$
2021
$
Audit and review of financial statements4,938,095 5,355,264
Assurance services:
Regulatory assurance services20,000 20,000
Other assurance services445,278 325,566
Total assurance services465,278 345,566
Other services:
Tax services248,596 205,795
Advisory services96,679 506,977
Total other services345,275 712,772
The auditor of the Group is KPMG.
B7. Subsequent events
At the date of this report, there is no matter or circumstance that has arisen since the end of the financial year, that has significantly
affected, or may significantly affect, the operations of the Group, the results of those operations, or the state of affairs of the Group
in subsequent financial years.
C
Operating assets and liabilities
This section provides information relating to the operating assets and liabilities of the Group. Downer has a strong focus
on maintaining a strong balance sheet through continued focus on cash conversion. The Group’s strategy also considers
expenditure, growth and acquisition requirements.
C1. Reconciliation of cash and
cash equivalents
C2. Trade receivables and contract assets
C3. Inventories
C4. Trade payables and contract liabilities
C5. Property, plant and equipment
C6. Right-of-use assets
C7. Intangible assets
C8. Other provisions
C9. Contingent liabilities
81Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
C1. Reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents
(a) Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities
Note
2022
$’m
2021
$’m
Profit after tax for the year152.0183.7
Adjustments for:
Share of joint ventures and associates’ profits net of distributionsF1(a) ( 7. 8)(10.6)
Depreciation on leased assetsC6 160.3180.6
Depreciation and amortisation of other non-current assetsC5,C7 181.9313.8
Impairment of other non-current assets 42.020.2
Amortisation of deferred borrowing costs4.4 8.4
Net loss on disposal of businessesF6 17. 3 –
Movement in current tax balances6.1 14.3
Movement in deferred tax balances61.91.0
Movements on net defined benefit plan obligationD2 1.61.7
Share-based employee benefits expenseD1 4.2 (0.4)
Other4.1( 7.0)
476.0522.0
Changes in net assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisition and disposal
of businesses:
(Increase)/decrease in assets:
Current trade receivables and contract assets61.9115.7
Current inventories2.8 –
Other current assets3.5 (9.5)
Non-current trade receivables and contract assets(13.7)(14.0)
Other non-current assets(3.6)4.7
Increase/(decrease) in liabilities:
Current trade payables and contract liabilities(172.7)(15.6)
Current financial liabilities34.9 (16 .4)
Shareholder class action payable– (34.0)
Current provisions(27.5)0.7
Non-current trade payables and contract liabilities11.8 4.2
Non-current financial liabilities(13.4)3.8
Non-current provisions(16.6)(36.6)
(132.6)3.0
Net cash generated by operating activities495.4 708.7
82
| Downer EDI Limited
C1. Reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents – continued
(b) Reconciliation of liabilities arising from financing activities
$’m
1 July
2021
Net cash
flows
Lease net
additions and
remeasure
Other
non-cash
changes
Disposal of
businesses
30 June
2022
Interest bearing loans1,481.6 (122.6)–2.7 –1,361.7
Lease liabilities662.8 (163.6)107. 2 (21.7)(4 0. 8)543.9
Total liabilities from
financing activities2,144.4 (286.2)107. 2 (19.0)(40.8)1,905.6
(c) Cash and cash equivalents
2022
$’m
2021
$’m
For the purpose of the statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents comprises:
Cash716.2563.8
Short-term deposits22.3247.6
Total cash and cash equivalents738.5 811.4
C2. Trade receivables and contract assets
2022
$’m
2021
$’m
Trade receivables682.9 685.4
Contract assets
(i)
1,383.6 1,493.8
2,066.5 2,179.2
Other receivables40.5 71.6
Loss allowance on trade receivables and contract assets arising from contracts with customers(32.4)(20.6)
Total trade receivables and contract assets2,074.6 2,230.2
Included in the financial statements as:
Current
(i)
1,953.0 2,121.0
Non-current121.6 109.2
(i) Current contract assets: $1,263.0 million (2021: $1,386.5 million).
Allowance for credit losses:
The Group’s trade receivables and contract assets are disaggregated based on their expected credit risks between Government
and Private (non-government) customers. An analysis of the balances is presented below:
2022
$’m
2021
$’m
Government – not due831.2 938.7
Government – less than 90 days past due29.8 29.5
Government – more than 90 days past due23.8 35.0
Private – not due1,096.6 1,078.6
Private – less than 90 days past due62.4 63.0
Private – more than 90 days past due22.7 34.4
Total Gross Carrying Amount2,066.5 2,179.2
Credit impaired – specific allowance29.8 13.2
Not credit impaired – lifetime expected credit loss2.6 7.4
Loss allowance on trade receivables and contract assets arising from contracts with customers32.4 20.6
83Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
The Group has policies to manage its overall exposure to credit
risk as set out in Note G2(e).
In assessing lifetime expected credit losses (ECL) as at 30 June
2022, the Group has considered the risk arising from the
economic impacts of COVID-19 and potential defaults occurring
within the smaller construction environment in which Downer
operates. The Group has assessed ECLs by segmenting the
portfolio of trade receivables and contract assets by customer
(i.e. Government and Private) as well as by geography to better
assess inherent credit risk. The Company defines counterparties
as ‘Government’ if the contract is with a Federal, State or Local
Government body. Any counterparties other than those defined
as ‘Government’ are classified as ‘Private’, and includes sectors
heavily regulated by Government organisations (such as Gas
and Electricity), Blue-Chip listed companies, contracts run
under the Public-Private-Partnership model ((PPPs) for which
Government organisations are often the end customer), large
multinational companies, network infrastructure companies, as
well as other private sector businesses.
The credit risk associated with Government balances is
considered to be negligible (2021: negligible) due to the high
creditworthiness of the counterparties. No ‘Government’ related
balances are currently in default.
For ‘Private’ balances, the Group has assessed the potential
credit risk of default on key customers utilising credit ratings
provided by financial institutions. For those ‘Private’ receivables/
contract assets that are ultimately backed by the Government
or a Government body, the credit risk is considered to be low or
negligible. For those counterparties that are currently in default
or a risk of default is determined, the Group has recognised
specific impairment/credit allowances. As at 30 June 2022,
the $32.4 million loss allowance includes a specific provision of
$29.4 million in relation to Probuild Pty Ltd as this customer is
currently under administration.
The ECLs have decreased from $7.4 million at 30 June 2021
to $2.6 million at 30 June 2022 reflecting a lower credit risk in
the current portfolio of trade receivables and contract assets,
determined based on the above methodology and in reference
to past default experience.
Credit losses on ‘Private’ counterparty balances have historically
averaged less than 1%. The allowance for credit losses,
excluding specific provisions, is 0.3% (2021: 0.6%) of the trade
receivables and contract assets.
Remaining performance obligations
As of 30 June 2022, the aggregate amount of the transaction
price allocated to the remaining performance obligations
is $15,973.1 million (2021: $13,572.6 million). The Group will
recognise this revenue when the performance obligations
are satisfied. Approximately ~40% of remaining performance
obligations are expected to occur within the next five years;
with the remaining ~60% related to long-term service/
maintenance contracts ranging up to 40 years.
The remaining performance obligations balances for both
30 June 2022 and 30 June 2021 presented above relate to the
revenue expected to be recognised from ongoing contracts with
an expected duration of more than 12 months.
During the current financial year revenue of $2,696.3 million has
been recognised in relation to performance obligations satisfied
or partially satisfied in previous periods.
Recognition and measurement
Trade receivables
Trade receivables and other receivables are initially recognised
at fair value and subsequently at amortised cost using the
effective interest rate method, less an allowance for impairment.
Contract assets
Contract assets primarily relate to the Group’s rights to
consideration for work performed but not billed at the reporting
date. The contract assets are transferred to trade receivables
when the rights have become unconditional. This usually
occurs when the Group issues an invoice in accordance with
contractual terms to the customer.
Payments from customers are received based on a billing
schedule/milestone basis, as established in our contracts.
Costs to obtain or fulfil contracts
Costs incremental to obtaining a contract and that are expected
to be recovered or are explicitly chargeable to the customer
regardless of whether the contract is obtained are capitalised.
Financial assets and liabilities
AASB 9 Financial Instruments (AASB 9) contains a classification
and measurement approach for financial assets that reflects
the business model in which assets are managed and their cash
flow characteristics.
AASB 9 contains three principal classification categories for
financial assets: measured at amortised cost, fair value through
other comprehensive income (FVOCI) and fair value through
profit or loss (FVTPL).
Fair value
Due to the short-term nature of these financial rights, the
carrying amounts of the trade receivables and contract assets
are estimated to represent their fair values.
84
| Downer EDI Limited
C2. Trade receivables and contract assets – continued
Recognition and measurement – continued
Impairment
The Group has applied the simplified approach to recognise lifetime expected credit losses for trade receivables, contract assets
and finance lease receivables as permitted by AASB 9.
The Group considers the relevant credit risk associated with disaggregated portions of the financial assets and after considering
specific provisions against counterparties and defaults, applies an expected credit loss (ECL) percentage derived from recorded
historic credit losses associated with specific population. The key disaggregation of the balances is between those that are backed
by Government funding and those that are not and between those that are current or are overdue less than 90 days or become
more than 90 days overdue. The Group exercises considerable judgement about how economic factors (such as the economic
impact triggered by the COVID-19 pandemic) affect the ECL of each of the disaggregated balances independently, and applies a
premium as deemed appropriate to adjust the historically determined default rates to present the total expected credit losses on
the current balances.
This impairment model applies to financial assets measured at amortised cost or FVOCI (except for investments in equity instruments).
Key estimate and judgement: Credit risk
Credit risk represents the risk that a counterparty will fail to perform an obligation causing a financial loss to the Group. The
Group minimises credit risk by undertaking transactions with a large number of customers in various industries and geographical
areas. A credit risk management policy is in place and exposure to credit risk is monitored on an ongoing basis.
The Group uses historical information as a basis for the estimation of expected credit losses and then adjusts its assessment
of credit risk based on current macro/micro-economic conditions; however, judgement is applied in doing this assessment.
C3. Inventories
2022
$’m
2021
$’m
Current
Raw materials39.2 74.4
Work in progress3.9 4.3
Finished goods55.6 54.4
Components and spare parts110.2 121.1
Total inventories208.9 254.2
Recognition and measurement
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Net realisable value represents the estimated selling price less
all estimated costs of completion and costs to be incurred in marketing, selling and distribution.
C4. Trade payables and contract liabilities
2022
$’m
2021
$’m
Trade payables785.0 670.5
Contract liabilities364.6 444.3
Accruals949.1 1,091.5
Other payables155.9 190.9
Total trade payables and contract liabilities2,254.6 2 , 3 97. 2
Included in the financial statements as:
Current2,208.1 2,363.0
Non-current46.5 34.2
85Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
Recognition and measurement
Trade payables, accruals and other payables
Trade payables, accruals and other payables are recognised when the Group becomes obliged to make future payments resulting
from the purchase of goods and services.
Contract liabilities
Contract liabilities primarily relate to the Group’s obligation to transfer goods or services to a customer for which the Group has
received consideration (or an amount of consideration is due) from the customer. Contract liabilities are recognised as revenue
when work is performed under the contract.
If the net amount of the Company’s rights to consideration for work performed after deduction of progress payments received
is negative, the difference is recognised as a liability and included as part of Contract liabilities.
Of the Contract liabilities balance of $444.3 million at 30 June 2021, substantially all of this revenue has been recognised in the
current year.
Fair value
Due to the short-term nature of these financial obligations, their carrying amounts are estimated to represent their fair values.
C5. Property, plant and equipment
2022
$’mNote
Freehold
land and
buildings
Plant,
equipment
and leasehold
improvementsTo t a l
Balance as at 1 July 202167.1 927.6 994.7
Additions29.0 221.5 250.5
Acquisition of businesses6.3 9.3 15.6
Disposals at net book value(12.3)(18.4)(30.7)
Disposal of businesses
(i)
F6– (164.7)(164.7)
Depreciation expense(2.2)(122.5)(124.7)
Impairment charge
(ii)
– (10.4)(10.4)
Net foreign currency exchange differences at net book value(0.4)(5.5)(5.9)
Net book value as at 30 June 202287.5 836.9 924.4
Cost118.6 1,748.0 1,866.6
Accumulated depreciation and impairment(31.1)(911.1)(942.2)
2021
$’mNote
Freehold
land and
buildings
Plant,
equipment
and leasehold
improvements
Laundries
rental stockTo t a l
Balance as at 1 July 2020123.1 1,187. 9 39.2 1,350.2
Additions0.7 281.4 27.6 309.7
Disposals at net book value(1.8)(59.6)– (61.4)
Disposal of businessesF6(52.2)(247.7 )(4 0. 9)(340.8)
Depreciation expense(2.6)(196.2)(25.8)(224.6)
Impairment charge
(iii)
B3 – (20.2)– (20.2)
Transferred to disposal group assets held for sale– (9.4)– (9.4)
Reclassification at net book value
(iv)
– (8.2)– (8.2)
Net foreign currency exchange differences at net book value(0.1)(0.4)(0.1)(0.6)
Net book value as at 30 June 202167.1 927.6 – 994.7
Cost96.5 2,005.4 – 2,101.9
Accumulated depreciation and impairment(29.4)(1,07 7. 8)– (1,107. 2)
(i) A further $9.4 million of Otraco assets classified as Assets Held for Sale at 30 June 2021 were also disposed. Refer to Note F6.
(ii) Impairment includes $7.2 million in relation to leasehold improvements write-off as a result of divestments (Note B3) and to assets damaged following the flooding/wet
weather events in Queensland.
(iii) Impairment relates to the divestment of Open Cut Mining West.
(iv) Reclassifications of software from Capital work in progress to Intangible assets.
86
| Downer EDI Limited
C5. Property, plant and equipment – continued
Recognition and measurement
The value of property, plant and equipment is measured as the cost of the asset less accumulated depreciation and impairment.
The expected useful life and depreciation methods used are listed below:
ItemUseful lifeDepreciation method
Freehold land n/aNo depreciation
Buildings20 to 50 yearsStraight-line
Leasehold improvementsLife of leaseStraight-line
Plant and equipment – power and gasWorking hoursBased on hours of use
Plant and equipment – other3 to 25 years Straight-line
Key estimate and judgement: Useful lives and residual values
The estimation of the useful lives and residual values of assets has been based on historical experience as well as manufacturers’
warranties (for plant and equipment), lease terms (for leasehold improvements) and turnover policies. In addition, the condition
of the assets is assessed at least annually and considered against the remaining useful life. Adjustments to useful lives and
residual values are made when considered necessary.
C6. Right-of-use assets
The Group leases many assets including property, motor vehicles and plant and equipment. Information about leased assets for
which the Group is a lessee is presented below:
2022
$’mNote
Leasehold
property
Motor
vehicles
Plant and
equipmentTo t a l
Balance as at 1 July 2021281.6 120.3 144.6 546.5
Additions17.0 47. 3 15.9 80.2
Remeasure11.2 7. 2 8.6 27.0
Depreciation expense(56.0)(61.2)(43.1)(160.3)
Impairment charge
(i)
B3( 7.0)– – ( 7.0)
Disposals at net book value(1.9)(2.0)(1.5)(5.4)
Disposal of businesses
(ii)
F6– (0.7)(38.8)(39.5)
Net foreign currency exchange differences at net book value(2.6)(0.8)(1.9)(5.3)
Net book value as at 30 June 2022242.3 110.1 83.8 436.2
Cost418.0 258.8 177. 2 854.0
Accumulated depreciation and impairment(175.7)(148.7)(93.4)(417.8)
2021
$’mNote
Leasehold
property
Motor
vehicles
Plant and
equipmentTo t a l
Balance as at 1 July 2020340.9 109.1 142.6 592.6
Additions35.3 53.2 7 7. 3 165.8
Remeasure(1 .4)25.7 12.8 37.1
Depreciation expense(61.1)(61.4)(58.1)(180.6)
Transferred to disposal group assets held for sale(0. 2)(1.1)(0.9)(2.2)
Disposals at net book value(5 .4)(2.6)(2.1)(10.1)
Disposal of businessesF6(25.8)(2.5)(26.9)(55.2)
Net foreign currency exchange differences at net book value(0.7)(0.1)(0.1)(0.9)
Net book value as at 30 June 2021281.6 120.3 144.6 546.5
Cost401.6 226.7 224.0 852.3
Accumulated depreciation and impairment(120.0)(10 6 .4)(79.4)(305.8)
(i) Impairment relates to Property rationalisation as a result of divestments.
(ii) A further $2.2 million of Otraco assets classified as Assets Held for Sale at 30 June 2021 were also disposed. Refer to Note F6.
87Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
Recognition and measurement
The right-of-use assets are initially measured at cost, which comprises:
§The amount of the initial measurement of the lease liability
§Any lease payments made at or before the commencement date, less any lease incentives and any initial direct costs incurred by
the lessee
§An estimate of the costs to dismantle and remove the underlying asset or to restore the underlying asset.
Subsequently the right-of-use asset is measured at cost less any accumulated depreciation and impairment losses and adjusted for
certain remeasurements of the lease liability.
The right-of-use asset is depreciated over the shorter period of the lease term and the economic useful life of the underlying asset.
If a lease transfers ownership of the underlying asset or the costs of the right-of-use asset reflect that the Group will exercise a
purchase option, the asset will be depreciated from the commencement date to the end of the useful life of the underlying asset.
The depreciation starts at the commencement date of the lease.
Where the initially anticipated lease term is subsequently reassessed, any changes are reflected in a remeasurement of the lease
liability and a corresponding adjustment to the asset.
If the recoverable amount of a right-of-use asset is less than its carrying value, an impairment charge is recognised in the profit
or loss, and the carrying value of the asset written-down to its recoverable amount. Should the recoverable amount increase in
future periods the carrying value may be adjusted to the lower of the recoverable value or the amortised cost of the asset had it not
been impaired.
Key estimate and judgement: Useful lives/lease term and recoverable value
The estimation of the useful lives has been based on the assets’ lease terms. There are a number of judgements made
in determining the lease terms as noted in the Key estimates and judgements section of Note E3.
The expected useful life of the asset includes a judgement as to whether available extension changes will be exercised.
Changes to this assessment are reflected as a remeasurement, with a corresponding adjustment for the liability.
In assessing whether a right-of-use asset is impaired, judgement is required to determine the recoverable value of the asset.
For corporate right-of-use assets, impairment is assessed against the recoverable amount of cash-generating units to which
they are allocated.
88
| Downer EDI Limited
C7. Intangible assets
2022
$'m
Goodwill
Customer
contracts
and
relationships
Brand
names on
acquisition
Intellectual
property on
acquisition
Software
and system
developmentTo t a l
Balance as at 1 July 20212,280.8 203.2 63.0 1.6 234.3 2,782.9
Additions – – – – 36.5 36.5
Acquisition of businesses
(i)
7. 8 – – – – 7. 8
Amortisation expense – (30.7)(4.0)(0.1)(22.4)(57. 2)
Impairment charge
(ii)
– – – – (24.6)(24.6)
Net foreign currency exchange
differences at net book value(3.6) – (0.3) – (0.1)(4.0)
Net book value as at 30 June 20222,285.0 172.5 58.7 1.5 223.7 2 ,741.4
Cost2,602.4 515.1 78.5 2.4 504.6 3,703.0
Accumulated amortisation
and impairment(317. 4)(342.6)(19.8)(0.9)(280.9)(961.6)
2021
$'mGoodwill
Customer
contracts
and
relationships
Brand
names on
acquisition
Intellectual
property on
acquisition
Software
and system
developmentTo t a l
Balance as at 1 July 20202,281.3 280.6 67.0 1.8 229.3 2,860.0
Additions – – – – 28.4 28.4
Amortisation expense – (62.0)(4 .0)(0. 2)(23.0)(89.2)
Transferred to disposal group assets held
for sale – – – – (0.5)(0.5)
Reclassification at net book value
(iii)
– – – – 8.2 8.2
Disposal of businesses – (15 .4) – – (8.2)(23.6)
Net foreign currency exchange
differences at net book value(0.5) – – – 0.1 (0.4)
Net book value as at 30 June 20212,280.8 203.2 63.0 1.6 234.3 2,782.9
Cost2,598.2 471. 2 79.0 2.4 436.6 3 , 5 87.4
Accumulated amortisation
and impairment(317.4)(268.0)(16.0)(0.8)(202.3)(804.5)
(i) This relates to goodwill on acquisition of Fowlers. Refer to Note F5.
(ii) Impairment relates to ERP systems write-off as a result of divestments. Refer to Note B3.
(iii) Reclassifications of software from Capital work in progress to Intangible assets.
89Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
Recognition and measurement
Goodwill
Goodwill acquired in a business combination is measured at
cost and subsequently measured at cost less any impairment
losses. The cost represents the excess of the cost of a business
combination over the fair value of the identifiable assets,
liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired.
Customer contracts and relationships on acquisition
Customer contracts and relationships acquired as part of
a business combination are recognised separately from
goodwill and are carried at fair value at date of acquisition
less accumulated amortisation and any accumulated
impairment losses.
Brand names on acquisition
Brand names acquired as part of a business combination are
recognised separately from goodwill and are carried at fair value
at date of acquisition less accumulated amortisation and any
accumulated impairment losses.
Intellectual property on acquisition
Intellectual property acquired as part of a business combination
is recognised separately from goodwill and is carried at fair
value at date of acquisition less accumulated amortisation and
any accumulated impairment losses.
Intellectual property, software and system development
Intangible assets acquired by the Group, including intellectual
property (purchased patents and trademarks) and software
are initially recognised at cost, and subsequently measured at
cost less accumulated amortisation and any impairment losses.
Internally developed systems are capitalised once the project is
assessed to be feasible. The costs capitalised include consulting
and direct labour costs. Costs incurred in determining project
feasibility are expensed as incurred.
Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) arrangements
SaaS arrangements are service contracts providing the Group
with the right to access the cloud provider’s application software
over the contract period. As such the Group does not receive a
software intangible asset at the contract commencement date.
For SaaS arrangements, the Group assesses if the contract will
provide a resource that it can ‘control’ to determine whether
an intangible asset is present. If the Group cannot determine
control of the software, the arrangement is deemed a service
contract and any implementation costs including costs to
configure or customise the cloud provider’s application software
are recognised as operating expenses when incurred.
Amortisation
Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortised on a
straight-line basis over their useful lives. The estimated useful
lives are generally:
ItemUseful life
Customer contracts and relationships1-20 years
Brand names20 years
Intellectual property acquired15-20 years
Software and system development5-15 years
Other intangible assets20 years
The estimated useful life and amortisation method are reviewed
at the end of each annual reporting period.
Impairment of assets
Goodwill and intangible assets that have an indefinite useful
life are tested annually for impairment, or more frequently if
events or changes in circumstances indicate that they might
be impaired.
Other assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount
may not be recoverable.
An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which
the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount.
For the purpose of assessing impairment, assets are grouped
at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable
cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows
from other assets or groups of assets (cash-generating units or
CGUs). Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered
impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment
at each reporting date.
90
| Downer EDI Limited
C7. Intangible assets – continued
Allocation of goodwill to Groups of
Cash-Generating Units
Goodwill has been allocated for impairment testing purposes
to Groups of CGUs that represent the lowest level within
the Group at which goodwill is monitored for internal
management purposes.
The final stage of the Spotless integration into the Group
occurred on 1 July 2021 which enabled a number of operational
changes and business unit structures to be reorganised.
This restructure impacted the Group’s internal reporting
structure and the level at which performance and goodwill is
monitored. This has resulted in a change to the manner in which
impairment testing of goodwill has been performed.
The Group has reassessed its Groups of CGUs with five Groups
of CGUs (previously eight) identified.
The goodwill allocation to each of the Groups of CGUs
(hereafter ‘CGUs’) is presented below:
Carrying value of
consolidated goodwill
2022
$’m
2021
restated
(i)
$’m
Transport Australia435.8 428.0
Rail and Transit Systems 55.3 55.3
Utilities Australia294.4 294.4
New Zealand193.1 196.7
Facilities1,306.4 1,306.4
2,285.0 2,280.8
(i) FY21 goodwill has been reallocated to reflect the changes to the CGUs.
Key estimates and judgements:
Impairment of assets
Determination of potential impairment requires an estimation
of the recoverable amount of the CGUs to which the goodwill
and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are allocated.
Key assumptions requiring judgement include projected cash
flows, discount rates, budgeted revenue growth rate and
EBIT margin, and the long-term growth rate.
Estimation of useful life
The estimation of the economic useful life of software is
initially determined based on historical experience. The
useful lives of intangible assets recognised on business
combinations is independently determined based on detailed
reviews of similar assets and underlying factors. These useful
lives are regularly reassessed for indicators of any change
to the initial assessments. If the economic useful lives are
determined to have changed, the amortisation of the assets
is adjusted to reflect the new expected useful life, impacting
the future amortisation recognised.
Recoverable amount testing
The recoverable amount of the identified CGUs has been
assessed using the higher of ‘value in use’ (VIU) and ‘fair value
less cost of disposal’ (FVLCD). For each CGU, this has resulted
in a ‘value in use’ methodology being used.
Value in use calculation
In assessing VIU, the estimated future cash flows are discounted
to their present value using a discount rate that uses current
market assessments of the time value of money and the risks
specific to the CGU.
The Group determines the recoverable amount, using three-
year cash flow projections based on the FY23 budget and the
business plans for the years ending 30 June 2024 and 2025 (as
approved by the Board). For FY26 onwards, the Group assumes
a long-term growth rate of 2.5% to reflect the organic growth
expectations of the industry.
Cash flow projections are determined utilising budgeted
Earnings Before Interest and Tax (EBIT) less tax, capital
maintenance spending and working capital changes, adjusted
to exclude any uncommitted restructuring costs and future
benefits to provide a ‘free cash flow’ estimate. This calculated
‘free cash flow’ is then discounted to its present value using a
post-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments
of the time value of money and the risks specific to the
asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not
been adjusted.
91Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
Results of impairment testing
No impairment has been identified for any of the CGUs.
For all CGUs, sensitivities were made around discount rate, long-term growth rate and cash flow assumptions as discussed in the
Sensitivity section below.
Recoverable amount testing – Key assumptions
The table below summarises the key assumptions utilised in the VIU calculations.
20222021
Budgeted
revenue
(i)
EBIT
margin
(ii)
Long-term
growth rate
Discount rate
(post-tax)
Budgeted
revenue
(iii)
EBIT
margin
(ii)
Long-term
growth rate
Discount rate
(post-tax)
Transport Australia3.9%6.3%2.50%8.5%2.6%6.6%2.25%8.5%
Rail and
Transit Systems8.2%5 .4%2.50%8.7%3.3%5.5%2.25%8.7%
Utilities Australia3.7%4.7%2.50%8.8%5.6%5.3%2.25%8.3%
New Zealand2.1%5.7%2.50%8.9%4.9%4.9%2.25%8.6%
Facilities6.4%5.9%2.50%8.7%7. 2%7. 8%2.25%8 .4%
(i) Budgeted revenue for 2022 is expressed as the compound annual growth rates (CAGR) from FY22 to terminal year forecast based on the CGUs business plan.
(ii) EBIT margin represents the terminal year forecast margin based on the CGUs business plan.
(iii) Budgeted revenue for 2021 is expressed as the compound annual growth rates (CAGR) from FY21 to terminal year forecast based on the CGUs business plan.
(i) Projected cash flows – including budgeted revenue
and EBIT margin and the impact of COVID-19
COVID-19 Impact on projected cash flows
The ongoing disruptions related to the COVID-19 pandemic
throughout FY22 across Australia and New Zealand have
impacted the Group’s business lines to varying degrees, with
impacts including supply chain restrictions, labour shortages
and deferral of contracts.
Downer continues to be vigilant around the management of
COVID-19 and maintaining the highest levels of controls in line
with expert advice and Government guidance.
Whilst the near-term consequences of COVID-19 remain
uncertain, the experience to date of the impacts of COVID-19
on FY20, FY21 and FY22 financial performance have been taken
into consideration in the preparation of the projected cash flows
for the FY23 budget.
The majority of Downer’s businesses were impacted by
COVID-19 in FY22 to varying degrees. Those with a higher
proportion of the customer base being Government Agencies
or Government-owned corporations in the provision of critical
services were the least impacted and include businesses within
the Transport Australia and Rail and Transit Systems CGUs, in
addition to the Facilities Management (Government and Health
& Education) businesses within the Facilities CGU. The Utilities
Australia CGU was modestly impacted by COVID-19 in FY22,
most notably within the Meter Reading and Water Services
businesses. New Zealand was more materially impacted due to
the extent of lockdowns across the country, whilst the Facilities
CGU also experienced meaningful impacts in Hospitality
and Asset Services due to event cancellations and deferred
maintenance expenditure.
The business plans for FY24 onwards assume no material
COVID-19 disruptions.
Inflation and price escalation
The Group’s exposure to inflationary pressures in labour,
material and other costs in its long-term services contracts is
mitigated via contractual mechanisms and allowances for price
movements. These mechanisms typically include one of, or
multiple of, the following: consumer price index, labour index,
relevant materials indices (such as bitumen) or contractual price
rebasing at select intervals. In addition, the Group has a number
of ‘cost-plus’ reimbursable contracts where inflation does not
represent a risk.
Ongoing cash flow forecasts
The cash flow projections through to the terminal year are
based on the Group’s past experience and assessment of
economic and regulatory factors affecting the business in which
the Downer businesses operate. Specifically, for each CGU:
§Transport Australia is expected to benefit from activity/
volume growth in road infrastructure post the impact of
severe wet weather in FY22 and from increased Government
investment in Western Melbourne and Western Sydney as
well as in regional Australia.
§Rail and Transit Systems is expected to benefit from new
opportunities on rail fleet extensions and maintenance
contracts, increased work opportunities in Queensland and
from emerging trends on energy consumption and energy
saving initiatives across rail and transit system sectors.
§Utilities Australia is expected to benefit from an increase in
activity from existing customers in the wireless programs and
in the water sector including increased levels of activity in
maintenance work contracts.
92
| Downer EDI Limited
C7. Intangible assets – continued
Recoverable amount testing – Key assumptions
– continued
Ongoing cash flow forecasts – continued
§New Zealand is expected to benefit from increased
investment in infrastructure, particularly in the transport and
utilities sectors with an expected recovery of activity to a pre-
COVID-19 level and an increase on maintenance contracts
in the transport sector.
§Facilities is expected to benefit from a pipeline of
opportunities across its diverse operations as well as from a
rebound in activity as follows:
–Health & Education has a favourable market outlook
with increased Government spend to fulfil growing
structural demand for these services, underpinned by an
ageing population and higher community expectations
relating to health following COVID-19 as well as from
contract renewals/extensions
–Government sector has significant growth opportunities
to service an increasing public sector asset base and
ageing of existing buildings, leveraging its assets and
management expertise and national footprint
–Power & Energy sector has opportunities from the
decarbonisation of energy generators’ owners as well as
a strong rebound in activity following deferrals of plant
shutdowns and maintenance stemming from COVID-19
related disruptions
–Defence will benefit from increased Government
investment on new military capability, upgrades to
base infrastructure and estate management services.
(ii) Long-term growth rates
The long-term annual growth rates, applicable for the periods
after which detailed forecasts have been prepared, are based
on the long-term expected GDP rates for the country of
operation, adjusted as necessary to reflect industry-specific
considerations. The Group assumes a long-term growth rate of
2.50% (FY21: 2.25%) to allow for organic growth on the existing
asset base. The increase in the rate is in line with economic
conditions and ending of a sustained period of suppressed
inflation rates.
(iii) Discount rates
Post-tax discount rates of between 8.5% and 8.9% reflect
the Group’s estimate of the time value of money and risks
associated with each CGU.
In determining the appropriate discount rate for each CGU,
consideration has been given to the estimated weighted
average cost of capital (WACC) for the Group adjusted for
country and business risks specific to that CGU. The post-tax
discount rate is applied to post-tax cash flows that include
an allowance for tax based on the respective jurisdiction’s tax
rate. This method is used to approximate the requirement of
the accounting standards to apply a pre-tax discount rate to
pre-tax cash flows.
(iv) Budgeted capital expenditure
The expected cash flows for capital expenditure are based
on past experience and the amounts included in the terminal
year calculation are for maintenance capital used for existing
plant and replacement of plant as it is retired from service.
The resulting expenditure has been compared against the
annual depreciation charge to ensure that it is reasonable.
(v) Budgeted working capital
Working capital has been maintained at a level required to
support the business activities of each CGU, taking into account
changes in the business cycle. It has been assumed to be in line
with historic trends given the level of operating activity.
Sensitivities
The recoverable amount of the Facilities CGU currently exceeds
its carrying value by $197.3 million. Based on the modelling
and analysis performed utilising a ‘value in use’ model, the
recoverable amount of the Facilities CGU is expected to be
greater than its carrying value.
Management has identified that a reasonably possible
unfavourable change in the three-year compound annual
revenue growth rate, EBIT margin assumption, long-term
terminal growth rate and discount rate assumptions, in isolation,
and in the absence of any mitigating factors or unchanged
circumstances, would result in the carrying value of the Facilities
CGU becoming equal to the recoverable amount.
The following table shows the approximate individual change in
key assumptions under a downside sensitivity scenario for the
estimated recoverable amount of the Facilities CGU to be equal
to the carrying amount.
Individual changes in key assumptions
that would result in nil headroom
Decrease in assumed revenue or
EBIT margin percentage(8.7%)
Decrease in long-term growth rate from 2.5% to 1.6%
Increase in the post-tax discount rate from 8.7% to 9.3%
Other than as disclosed above the Group believes that for all
CGUs, any reasonably possible change in the key assumptions
would not cause the carrying value of the CGUs to exceed their
recoverable amounts.
93Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
Impact of climate change
The Group recognises that an integrated approach to managing
risks and opportunities is essential. The Downer Board, through
its oversight functions, has ensured Downer appropriately
considers Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) risks,
including those related to climate change. Climate-related
risks and opportunities are incorporated into Downer’s broader
corporate strategy, planning and risk management processes.
This includes through the development of decarbonisation
strategies, plans to mitigate exposure to physical and transition
risks, and consideration of embedding emissions reduction
targets into capital allocation and decision-making process.
Downer is committed to decarbonising its operations,
recognising the need to develop emissions reduction targets
that align with the 2015 Paris Agreement goals to pursue efforts
to limit the temperature increase to 1.5°C by the end of this
century. To guide its ambition, Downer has set an absolute
near-term target of 50% reduction of its Scope 1 and 2 GHG
emissions by 2032 and an absolute near-term target of 30%
reduction of its Scope 3 emissions by 2032. Downer has set
a long-term target to be Net Zero
1
in Scope 1, 2 and 3 GHG
emissions by 2050, subject to future available technologies.
Both the near-term and the long-term targets have a base year
of 2020.
In FY22, Downer completed a detailed review of its most
material climate-related risks and opportunities in line with
the Taskforce for Climate-related Financial Disclosures
(TCFD), building on the work that Downer completed and
disclosed through the Downer Sustainability Report in 2019.
There remains uncertainty regarding the pace of global and
local efforts to decarbonise, the economic and policy tools
which may be used by governments and regulators, customer
requirements, and the technology available to be applied.
Therefore, Downer undertook scenario analysis to test the
resilience of its business strategy, leveraging prioritised climate
related risk and opportunities. In addition, the scenario analysis
was used to assess and quantify the estimated financial impact
of different climate scenarios across Downer’s operations and
value chain, including potential mitigation costs arising from
physical and transition risks, and the opportunities arising from
new and existing business lines.
To assess the physical risks, Downer used a moderate emission
scenario (rise between 2°C and 3°C by 2100) and a high
emission scenario (rise above 4°C by 2100). To assess the
transition risk, Downer chose two of the Network for Greening
the Financial System (NGFS) 1.5°C aligned scenarios consisting
of the Net Zero 2050
2
scenario and the Divergent Net Zero
3
scenario. The NGFS climate scenarios have been selected
to provide insights into the risks and opportunities of the
transition to a low carbon future. The NGFS dataset contains
1 Net Zero is defined as the mitigation of direct emissions to as low a level as possible and offsetting the remainder through carbon removals. Downer has utilised the
Science Based Target Initiative’s threshold of a 90% reduction in its emissions as being ‘as low a level as possible’.
2 NGFS Net Zero 2050 is an ambitious scenario that limits global warming to 1.5°C through stringent climate policies and innovation, reaching net zero CO
2
emissions
around 2050. This scenario assumes that ambitious climate policies are introduced immediately.
3 NGFS Divergent Net Zero reaches net zero by 2050 but with higher costs due to divergent policies introduced across sectors and a quicker phase out of fossil fuels.
This scenario differentiates itself from the Net Zero 2050 by assuming that climate policies are more stringent in the transportation and buildings sectors, while
decarbonisation of energy supply and industry is less stringent.
multiple parameters (e.g. emissions trajectory, carbon price
and fuel mix) at the sub sectoral and country levels for each of
the geographies being investigated, allowing the comparison
of difference across geographies within the same plausible
future scenario.
Not all assumptions used in scenario modelling (for TCFD
purposes) are appropriate for incorporation in impairment
models required by accounting standards. The modelled
scenarios set out below were not included in the Group’s
impairment model assumptions relating to asset values
or cashflow.
The scenario analysis performed considered the following
impacts to asset values and cashflows:
§Physical risks to Downer’s non-current assets, including key
sites and locations, from events such as extreme heat, an
increased frequency and severity of bushfires, and severe
weather events. The scenario analysis quantified a physical
risk which is not material to the Group’s future cashflows.
The analysis confirmed no change to the expected useful
economic lives of non-current assets as disclosed in Note C5.
§Transition risks are primarily associated with decarbonising
Downer’s carbon intensive non-current assets, in the
Transport CGU’s asphalt manufacturing process, and
transitioning from internal combustion engine to an electric
one for the light and heavy vehicle fleets. The analysis
determined that the impact of decarbonising the asphalt
plants through energy efficiency measures, using alternate
or emerging fuels, or new technology, is not expected to
materially impact the Group’s forecast cash flows.
§Light vehicle fleet replacement from internal combustion
engines to electric vehicles is anticipated to occur from
2025 onwards, with heavy vehicle replacements anticipated
to commence from 2030 onwards. Management continues
to assess options for fleet replacement in the short term;
however, any acceleration from these dates is limited by
technology and global supply constraints.
The modelled impact is not material to the Group’s cashflows,
with the analysis reaffirming that the anticipated response to
climate change presents a net opportunity for Downer. This
net opportunity is likely to increase as efforts to decarbonise
accelerate, due to the significant opportunities for Downer’s
business lines to support both new and existing customers’
decarbonisation transitions.
94
| Downer EDI Limited
C8. Other provisions
2022
$'m
Decomm-
issioning
and
restoration
Warranties
and
contract
claims
Onerous
contracts
and otherTo t a l
Balance as at 1 July 202125.1 26.3 34.6 86.0
Additional provisions recognised4.0 8.7 32.0 44.7
Unused provisions reversed(0.6)(2.7)(10.3)(13.6)
Utilisation of provisions(2.3)(12.8)(28.7)(43.8)
Disposal of businesses – – (0.2)(0.2)
Net foreign currency exchange differences – 0.2 – 0.2
Balance as at 30 June 202226.2 19.7 27. 4 73.3
Included in the financial statements as:
Current12.8 15.0 26.7 54.5
Non-current13.4 4.7 0.7 18.8
Recognition and measurement
Provisions
Provisions are recognised when:
§The Group has a present obligation as a result of a past event
§It is probable that resources will be expended to settle
the obligation
§The amount of the provision can be measured reliably.
(i) Decommissioning and restoration
Provisions for decommissioning and restoration are made
for close down, restoration and environmental rehabilitation
costs, including the cost of dismantling and demolition of
infrastructure, removal of residual materials and remediation of
disturbed areas.
Future rectification costs are reviewed annually and any
changes are reflected in the present value of the rectification
provision at the end of the reporting period.
The provision is discounted using a pre-tax rate that reflects
current market assessments of the time value of money and the
risks specific to the liability.
(ii) Warranties and contract claims
Provisions for warranties and contract claims are made for
the estimated liability on all products still under warranty at
balance sheet date and known claims arising under service and
construction contracts.
(iii) Onerous contracts and other
Provisions primarily include amounts recognised in relation to
onerous customer contracts.
The onerous contract provision is discounted using a pre-tax
rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value
of money and the risks specific to the liability.
Key estimates and judgements: Other provisions
(i) Decommissioning and restoration
Judgement is required in determining the expected
expenditure required to settle rectification obligations at
the reporting date, based on current legal requirements,
technology and estimates of inflation.
(ii) Warranties and contract claims
The provision is estimated having regard to previous
claims experience.
(iii) Onerous contracts and other
These provisions have been calculated based on
management’s best estimate of discounted net cash outflows
required to fulfil the contracts. The status of these contracts
and the adequacy of provisions are assessed at each
reporting date. Any change in the assessment of provisions
impacts the results of the business.
95Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
C9. Contingent liabilities
BondingNote
2022
$’m
2021
$’m
The Group has bid bonds and performance bonds issued in respect of contract
performance in the normal course of business for controlled entitiesE2 1,372.9 1,376.3
The Group is called upon to give guarantees and indemnities to
counterparties, relating to the performance of contractual and
financial obligations (including for controlled entities and related
parties). Other than as noted above, these guarantees and
indemnities are indeterminable in amount.
Other contingent liabilities
(i) The Group is subject to design liability in relation to
completed design and construction projects. The Directors
are of the opinion that there is adequate insurance to cover
this area and accordingly, no amounts are recognised in the
financial statements.
(ii) The Group is subject to product liability claims. Provision
is made for the potential costs of carrying out rectification
works based on known claims and previous claims history.
However, as the ultimate outcome of these claims cannot
be reliably determined at the date of this report, contingent
liability may exist for any amounts that ultimately become
payable in excess of current provisioning levels.
(iii) Controlled entities have entered into various joint
arrangements under which the controlled entity is jointly
and severally liable for the obligations of the relevant
joint arrangements.
(iv) The Group carries the normal contractors’ and consultants’
liability in relation to services, supply and construction
contracts (for example, liability relating to professional
advice, design, completion, workmanship and damage), as
well as liability for personal injury/property damage during
the course of a project. Potential liability may arise from
claims, disputes and/or litigation/arbitration by or against
Group companies and/or joint venture arrangements in
which the Group has an interest. The Group is currently
managing a number of claims, arbitration and litigation
processes in relation to services, supply and construction
contracts as well as in relation to personal injury and
property damage claims arising from project delivery.
(v) Downer New Zealand, an entity in the Group, has been
named as co-defendant in a ‘leaky building’ claim. The
leaky building claim where the Group entity is co-defendant
relates to water damage arising from historical design
and construction methodologies (and certification) for
residential and other buildings in New Zealand during the
early to mid 2000s. The Directors are of the opinion that
disclosure of any further information relating to the leaky
building claim would be prejudicial to the interests of
the Group.
D
Employee benefits
This section provides a breakdown of the various programs Downer uses to reward and recognise employees and key
executives, including Key Management Personnel (KMP). Downer believes that these programs reinforce the value of
ownership and incentives and drive performance both individually and collectively to deliver better returns to shareholders.
D1. Employee benefits
D2. Defined benefit plan
D3. Key management personnel compensation
D4. Employee discount share plan
96
| Downer EDI Limited
D1. Employee benefits
2022
$’m
2021
$’m
Employee benefits expense:
– Defined contribution plans costs200.3 214.6
– Share-based employee benefits expense
(i)
4.2 (0.4)
– Employee benefits3,375.13,643.6
– Defined benefit plan costs1.6 1.7
Total employee benefits expense3,581.23,859.5
Employee benefits provision:
– Current303.5 353.6
– Non-current
(ii)
18.7 35.3
Total employee benefits provision322.2 388.9
(i) Share-based payments net benefit for 2021 includes the reversal for the 2018 Long-Term Incentive Plan performance rights due to forfeiture.
(ii) Non-current employee benefit provision in 2021 included the net obligation of the defined benefit plan.
Recognition and measurement
The employee benefits liability represents accrued wages and salaries, leave entitlements and other incentives recognised in
respect of employees’ services up to the end of the reporting period. These liabilities are measured at the amounts expected to be
paid when they are settled and include related on-costs, such as workers compensation insurance, superannuation and payroll tax.
Key estimates and judgements:
Annual leave and long service leave
Long-term employee benefits are measured at the present value of estimated future payments for the services provided by
employees up to the end of the reporting period. This calculation requires judgement in determining the following key assumptions:
– Future increase in wages and salary rates
– Future on-cost rates
– Expected settlement dates based on staff turnover history.
The liability is discounted using the Australian corporate bond rates which most closely match the terms to maturity of
the entitlement.
For New Zealand employees the liability is discounted using long-term government bond rates given there is no deep corporate
bond market.
97Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
D2. Defined benefit plan
The Group participates in the Equipsuper Defined Benefit Scheme which provides participants (<100 employees) with a lump sum
benefit on retirement, death, disablement or withdrawal. The scheme operates under the Superannuation Industry legislation, and is
governed by The Scheme Trustees, in compliance with Australian Prudential Regulation Authority framework. The scheme is closed
to new employees.
As at 30 June 2022, the fair value of plan assets (comprising Investment Funds) was $58.6 million. The plan obligation balance was
$53.2 million. The net asset of $5.4 million is included in Non-current prepayments and other assets. These balances were subject
to an independent actuarial review as at 30 June 2022.
The main movements during the year were $1.6 million of services costs expensed to the profit or loss, $6.8 million of actuarial gains
on the obligation, and the Group contributions of $1.1 million (all pre-tax amounts).
Key actuarial assumptions used in determining the values were a discount rate of 4.4% and an expected salary increase rate of
3.0%. Sensitivity analysis shows a 0.5 percentage point reduction in the discount rate would increase the obligation by 4.2% and
0.5 percentage point increase in the expected salary increase rate would increase the obligation by 3.6%.
Key estimate and judgement: Valuation of the defined benefit plan assets and obligations
There are a number of estimates and assumptions used in determining the defined benefit plan assets, obligations and
expenses. These include salary increases, future earnings, and the returns on fund investments. Any difference in these
assumptions or estimates will be recognised in other comprehensive income and not through the income statement. The net of
the plan assets and obligations recognised in the statement of financial position will be affected by any movement in the returns
on the investment or the rate of interest.
D3. Key management personnel compensation
2022
$
2021
$
Short-term employee benefits7,576,170 10,665,093
Post-employment benefits191,103 225,533
Share-based payments
(i)
605,015 (150, 3 5 4)
To t a l8,372,288 10,740,272
(i) Share-based payments net benefit for 2021 includes the reversal for the 2018 Long-Term Incentive Plan performance rights due to forfeiture.
Recognition and measurement
Equity-settled transactions
Equity-settled share-based transactions are measured at fair value at the date of grant. The cost of these transactions is recognised
in profit or loss and credited to equity over the vesting period. At each balance sheet date, the Group revises its estimates of the
number of rights that are expected to vest for service and non-market performance conditions. The expense recognised each year
takes into account the most recent estimate.
The fair value at grant date is independently determined using an option pricing model and takes into account any market related
performance conditions. Non-market vesting conditions are not considered when determining value; however they are included in
assumptions about the number of rights that are expected to vest.
Cash-settled transactions
The amount payable to employees in respect of cash-settled share-based payments is recognised as an expense, with a
corresponding increase in liabilities, over the period during which the employees become unconditionally entitled to the payment.
The liability is remeasured at each reporting date and at settlement date based on the fair value, with any changes in the liability
being recognised in profit or loss.
D4. Employee discount share plan
No shares were issued under the Employee Discount Share Plan during the years ended 30 June 2022 and 30 June 2021.
E
Capital structure and financing
This section provides information relating to the Group’s capital structure and its exposure to financial risks, how they
affect the Group’s financial position and performance and how the risks are managed.
The capital structure of the Group consists of debt and equity. The Directors determine the appropriate capital structure
of Downer, specifically how much is raised from shareholders (equity) and how much is borrowed from financial institutions
(debt) in order to finance the current and future activities of the Group.
The Directors review the Group’s capital structure and dividend policy regularly and do so in the context of the Group’s
ability to continue as a going concern, to invest in opportunities that grow the business and enhance shareholder value.
E1. Borrowings
E2. Financing facilities
E3. Lease liabilities
E4. Commitments
E5. Issued capital
E6. Reserves
E7. Dividends
98
| Downer EDI Limited
E1. Borrowings
2022
$’m
2021
$’m
Current
Unsecured:
– Bank loans–50.0
– AUD medium term notes–250.0
– Deferred finance charges–(3.8)
Total current borrowings–296.2
Non-current
Unsecured:
– Bank loans 582.0 400.0
– USD private placement notes145.2 133.0
– AUD private placement notes30.0 30.0
– AUD medium term notes508.6 510.7
– JPY medium term notes106.4 120.4
– Deferred finance charges(10.5)(8.7)
Total non-current borrowings1,361.7 1,185.4
Total borrowings1,361.7 1,481.6
Fair value of total borrowings
(i)
1,384.5 1,611.5
(i) Excludes lease liabilities.
99Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
Recognition and measurement
Borrowings
Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value, net of transaction costs. They are subsequently measured at amortised cost using
the effective interest rate method.
Fair value
The cash flows under the Group’s debt instruments are discounted using current market base interest rates and adjusted for
current market credit default swap spreads for companies with a BBB credit rating.
E2. Financing facilities
At reporting date, the Group had the following facilities that were unutilised:
2022
$’m
2021
$’m
Syndicated loan facilities1,010.0 1,100.0
Bilateral loan facilities195.0 327.0
Total unutilised loan facilities1,205.0 1,427.0
Syndicated bank guarantee facilities61.7 148.1
Bilateral bank guarantees and insurance bonding facilities530.1 484.9
Total unutilised bonding facilities591.8 633.0
Summary of borrowing arrangements
The Group’s borrowing arrangements are as follows:
Bank loan facilities
Bilateral loan facilities:
The Group has a total of $387.0 million in bilateral loan facilities
which are unsecured, committed facilities.
Syndicated loan facilities:
The Group has $1,400.0 million of syndicated bank loan facilities
which are unsecured, committed facilities.
USD private placement notes
USD unsecured private placement notes are on issue for a total
amount of US$100.0 million with a maturity date of July 2025.
The USD denominated principal and interest amounts have
been fully hedged against the Australian dollar through cross-
currency interest rate swaps.
AUD private placement notes
AUD unsecured private placement notes are on issue for a total
amount of $30.0 million with a maturity date of July 2025.
Medium Term Notes (MTNs)
The Group has the following unsecured MTNs on issue:
§$500.0 million maturing April 2026
§JPY 10.0 billion maturing May 2033
§The carrying value of the AUD MTN maturing April 2026
includes a premium of $8.6 million over the face value
owing to the differential between the coupon rate for that
instrument and the prevailing market interest rate at the date
of issue.
§The JPY denominated principal and interest amounts have
been fully hedged against the Australian dollar through a
cross-currency interest rate swap.
The above loan facilities and note issuances are supported by
guarantees from certain Group subsidiaries.
The maturity profile of the Group’s borrowing arrangements by financial year is represented in the below table by facility limit:
Maturing in the period
$’m
Bilateral
Loan
Facilities
Syndicated
Loan
Facilities
USD
Private
Placement
Notes
AUD
Private
Placement
Notes
Medium
Te r m
NotesTo t a l
1 July 2023 to 30 June 2024175.0 – – – – 175.0
1 July 2024 to 30 June 2025212.0 500.0 – – – 712.0
1 July 2025 to 30 June 2026– – 145.2 30.0 500.0 675.2
1 July 2026 to 30 June 2027– 600.0 – – – 600.0
1 July 2027 to 30 June 2028– 300.0 – – – 300.0
1 July 2032 to 30 June 2033– – – – 106.4 106.4
To t a l387.0 1,400.0 145.2 30.0 606.4 2,568.6
100
| Downer EDI Limited
E2. Financing facilities – continued
Covenants on financing facilities
Downer Group’s financing facilities contain undertakings
to comply with financial covenants and ensure that Group
guarantors of these facilities collectively meet certain
minimum threshold amounts of Group EBITA and Group Total
Tangible Assets.
The main financial covenants which the Group is subject to are
Net Worth, Interest Service Coverage and Leverage.
Financial covenants testing is undertaken monthly and reported
at the Downer Board meetings. Reporting of financial covenants
to financiers occurs semi-annually for the rolling 12-month
periods to 30 June and 31 December. Downer Group was in
compliance with all its financial covenants as at 30 June 2022.
Bank guarantees and insurance bonds
The Group has $1,964.7 million of bank guarantee and
insurance bond facilities to support its contracting activities.
$1,064.1 million of these facilities are provided to the Group on a
committed basis and $900.6 million on an uncommitted basis.
The Group’s facilities are provided by a number of banks and
insurance companies on an unsecured and revolving basis.
$1,372.9 million (refer to Note C9) of these facilities were utilised
as at 30 June 2022 with $591.8 million unutilised. These facilities
have varying maturity dates between financial years 2023, 2024
and 2025.
The underlying risk being assumed by the relevant financier
under all bank guarantees and insurance bonds is corporate
credit risk rather than project-specific risk.
The Group has flexibility in respect of certain committed facility
amounts (shown as part of the unutilised bilateral loan facilities)
which can, at the election of the Group, be utilised to provide
additional bank guarantee capacity.
Refinancing requirements
The Group will negotiate with existing and, where required, with
new financiers to extend the maturity date or refinance facilities
maturing within the next 12 months. The Group’s financial
metrics and credit rating as well as conditions in financial
markets and other factors may influence the outcome of these
negotiations. As at 30 June 2022, the Group has no debt
facilities maturing within the 12 months to 30 June 2023.
Credit ratings
The Group has an Investment Grade credit rating of BBB
(Outlook Stable) from Fitch Ratings. Where the credit rating is
lowered or placed on negative watch, customers and suppliers
may be less willing to contract with the Group. Furthermore,
banks and other lending institutions may demand more
stringent terms (including increased pricing, reduced tenors
and lower facility limits) on all financing facilities, to reflect the
weaker credit risk profile.
101Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
E3. Lease liabilities
2022
$’m
2021
$’m
Contractual undiscounted
cash flows
– Within one year148.2 182.2
– Between one and five years305.2 382.2
– Greater than five years169.5 214.0
Total undiscounted
lease liabilities622.9 778.4
– Current132.4 157.7
– Non-current411.5 505.1
Total lease liabilities543.9 662.8
Recognition and measurement
Lease liabilities
The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of
future lease payments that are not paid at the commencement
date, discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease or if
this rate cannot be readily determined the Group’s incremental
borrowing rate. Generally, the Group uses its incremental
borrowing rate as the discount rate.
Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease
liability comprise:
§Fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments),
less any lease incentives receivable
§Variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate
§The exercise price of a purchase option if the lessee is
reasonably certain to exercise that option
§The amount expected to be payable under a residual
value guarantee
§Payments of penalties for termination of the lease, if the lease
term reflects the lessee exercising an option to terminate
the lease.
Variable lease payments not included in the initial measurement
of the lease liability are recognised directly in profit or loss.
The lease liability is subsequently measured by increasing the
carrying amount to reflect interest on the lease liability (using
the effective interest method) and by reducing the carrying
amount to reflect the lease payments made.
The Group remeasures the lease liability (and makes a
corresponding adjustment to the related right-of-use
asset) whenever:
§The lease term has changed or there is a significant event
or change in circumstances resulting in a change in the
assessment of exercise of a purchase option, in which case
the lease liability is remeasured by discounting the revised
lease payments using a revised discount rate
§The lease payments change due to changes in an index or
rate or a change in the amount expected to be payable under
a residual value guarantee
§A lease contract is modified, and the lease modification is
not accounted for as a separate lease, in which case the
lease liability is remeasured based on the lease term of the
modified lease by discounting the revised lease payments
using a revised discount rate at the effective date of
the modification.
The expense charged to profit or loss for low value and short-
term leases (excluded from lease liabilities) is analysed as:
2022
$’m
2021
$’m
Lease expenses
Land and buildings2.0 2.1
Plant and equipment43.452.7
Total lease expenses45.454.8
Key estimate and judgement: Lease liabilities
(i) Extension option
In determining the lease term, the Group considers all facts
and circumstances that create an economic incentive to
exercise an extension option, or not exercise a termination
option. Extension options (or periods after termination
options) are only included in the lease term if the lease is
reasonably certain to be extended (or not terminated).
(ii) Incremental borrowing rate
In determining the present value of the future lease
payments, the Group discounts the lease payments using
an incremental borrowing rate (IBR). The IBR reflects the
financing characteristics and duration of the underlying
lease. Once a discount rate has been set for a leased asset
(or portfolio of assets with similar characteristics), this rate
will remain unchanged for the term of that lease. When a
lease modification occurs, and it is not accounted for as a
separate lease, a new IBR will be assigned to reflect the new
characteristics of the lease.
102
| Downer EDI Limited
E4. Commitments
2022
$’m
2021
$’m
Capital expenditure commitments
Plant and equipment and other
– Within one year60.3 42.5
– Between one and five years2.0 16.7
– Greater than five years–0.7
To t a l62.3 59.9
Catering rights
Catering rights relates to exclusive secured catering rights arrangements with customers.
– Within one year2.0 16.8
– Between one and five years6.3 7.0
– Greater than five years0.8 2.5
To t a l9.1 26.3
E5. Issued capital
Jun 2022Jun 2021
No.$’m No.$’m
Ordinary shares675,425,623 2,488.9 696,928,956 2,631.5
Unvested executive incentive shares1,193,978 ( 7. 3)1,249,255 ( 7. 5)
Redeemable Optionally Adjustable Distributing
Securities (ROADS)200,000,000 178.6 200,000,000 178.6
To t a l2,660.2 2,802.6
(a) Fully paid ordinary share capital
Fully paid ordinary shares carry one vote per share and carry the right to dividends.
20222021
m’s $’m m’s $’m
Fully paid ordinary share capital
Balance at the beginning of the financial year696.9 2,631.5 594.7 2,263.1
Capital raising
(i)
––106.6 399.7
Capital raising costs net of tax–––(6.5)
Group on-market share buy-back(24.0)(142.6)(4 . 4)(24.8)
Vested Downer Contingent Share Options
(ii)
2.5 –––
Balance at the end of the financial year675.4 2,488.9 696.9 2,631.5
(i) On 30 July 2020, 88,585,611 shares were issued with net proceeds of $332.2 million, and on 20 August 2020, 18,004,231 shares were issued with net proceeds
of $67.5 million being received.
(ii) On 24 August 2021, the Target Price Condition of the Tranche 1 Series Downer Contingent Share Options was satisfied resulting in 2,499,264 shares exercised
at $6.382 per share. Refer to Note E6.
103Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
(b) Unvested executive incentive shares
20222021
m’s $’m m’s$’m
Unvested executive incentive shares
Balance at the beginning of the financial year1.25 ( 7.5)2.23 (12.0)
Vested executive incentive share transactions
(i)
(0.06)0.2 (0.98)4.5
Balance at the end of the financial year1.19 ( 7. 3)1.25 ( 7. 5)
(i) June 2022 figures relate to the second deferred component of the 2019 STI award of 55,277 vested shares for a value of $252,571.
June 2021 figures relate to the 2017 LTI plan, second deferred component of the 2018 STI award and first deferred component of the 2019 STI award totalling 982,377
vested shares for a value of $4,488,658.
Unvested executive incentive shares are stock market purchases and are held by the Executive Employee Share Plan Trust
under the Long-Term Incentive (LTI) plan. From the 2011 LTI plan onwards, no dividends will be distributed on shares held in
trust during the performance measurement and service periods. Accumulated dividends will be paid out to executives after all
vesting conditions have been met. Otherwise, excess net dividends are retained in the trust to be used by the Company to acquire
additional shares on the market for employee equity plans.
(c) Redeemable Optionally Adjustable Distributing Securities (ROADS)
20222021
m’s $’m m’s $’m
Balance at the beginning and at the end of the financial year200.0 178.6 200.0 178.6
ROADS are perpetual, redeemable, exchangeable preference shares. In accordance with the terms of the ROADS preference shares,
the dividend rate for the one year commencing 15 June 2022 is 8.14% per annum (2021: 4.42% per annum) which is equivalent to the
one year swap rate on 15 June 2022 of 4.09% per annum plus the step-up margin of 4.05% per annum.
(d) Share options and performance rights
The Group has no share option to issue.
During the financial year 2,585,870 performance rights (2021: 1,420,213) in relation to unissued shares were granted to senior
executives of the Group under the LTI plan. Further details of the Key Management Personnel (KMP) LTI plan are contained
in the Remuneration Report.
Recognition and measurement
Ordinary shares
Incremental costs directly attributed to the issue of ordinary shares are accounted for as a deduction from equity, net of any
tax effects.
Executive incentive shares
When executive incentive shares subsequently vest to employees under the Downer employee share plans, the carrying value
of the vested shares is transferred from the Employee benefits reserve.
104
| Downer EDI Limited
E6. Reserves
2022
$’m
Hedge
reserve
Foreign
currency
translation
reserve
Employee
benefits
reserve
Equity
reserve
Fair value
through OCI
reserve
To t a l
attributable
to the
members of
the Parent
Balance at 1 July 2021(23.1)(29.7)14.7 9.5 (2.6)(31.2)
Foreign currency translation difference–(16.6)–––(16.6)
Actuarial movement on net defined benefit
plan obligations––6.8 ––6.8
Income tax effect of actuarial movement
on defined benefit plan obligations––(2.1)––(2.1)
Change in fair value of cash flow hedges
(net of tax)30.5 ––––30.5
Change in fair value of unquoted
equity investments––––0.2 0.2
Total comprehensive income for the year30.5 (16.6)4.7 –0.2 18.8
Vested executive incentive share transactions––(0.2)––(0.2)
Vested Downer Contingent Share Options–––16.0 –16.0
Share-based employee benefits expense––4.2 ––4.2
Income tax relating to share-based transactions
during the year––(2.7)––(2.7)
Disposal of business–7. 2 –––7. 2
Balance at 30 June 20227. 4 (39.1)20.7 25.5 (2.4)12.1
2021
$’m
Balance at 1 July 2020(29.4)(30.6)14.9 –(2.6)(47.7 )
Foreign currency translation difference–0.7 –––0.7
Actuarial movement on net defined benefit
plan obligations––5.0 ––5.0
Income tax effect of actuarial movement
on defined benefit plan obligations––(1.5)––(1.5)
Change in fair value of cash flow hedges
(net of tax)6.8 ––––6.8
Total comprehensive income for the year6.8 0.7 3.5 ––11.0
Vested executive incentive share transactions––(4 . 5 )––(4 . 5 )
Share-based employee benefits expense––(0.4)––(0.4)
Income tax relating to share-based transactions
during the year––1.2 ––1.2
Acquisition of non-controlling interest (net of tax)(0.5)0.2 –9.5 –9.2
Balance at 30 June 2021(23.1)(29.7)14.7 9.5 (2.6)(31.2)
105Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
Hedge reserve
The hedge reserve comprises the effective portion of the cumulative net change in the fair value of cash flow hedging instruments
relating to future transactions.
Foreign currency translation reserve
The foreign currency translation reserve comprises foreign exchange differences arising from the translation of the financial
statements of operations where their functional currency is different to the presentation currency of the Group.
Employee benefits reserve
The employee benefits reserve is used to recognise the fair value of share-based payments issued to employees over the vesting
period, and to recognise the value attributable to the share-based payments during the reporting period. This reserve also includes
the actuarial gain/loss arisen on the defined benefit plan (refer to Note D2).
Equity reserve
The equity reserve accounts for the difference between the fair value of, and the amounts paid or received for, equity transactions
with non-controlling interests.
Fair value through OCI reserve
The fair value through OCI reserve comprises the cumulative net change in the fair value of equity investments designated
as FVOCI. Until the assets are derecognised or reclassified, this amount is reduced by the amount of loss allowance.
E7. Dividends
(a) Ordinary shares
2022
Final
2022
Interim
2021
Final
2021
Interim
Dividend per share (in Australian cents)12.012.0 12.0 9.0
Franking percentage0%0%0%0%
Cost (in $’m)81.181.8 83.7 63.1
Dividend record date31/8/2224/2/22 26/8/21 25/2/21
Payment date28/9/2224/3/22 23/9/21 25/3/21
Recognition and measurement
A liability is recognised for the amount of any dividend declared, being appropriately authorised and no longer at the discretion
of the entity, before or at the end of the financial year but not distributed at balance sheet date.
The final 2022 dividend has not been declared at the reporting date and therefore is not reflected in the consolidated
financial statements.
(b) Redeemable Optionally Adjustable Distributing Securities (ROADS)
2022Quarter 1Quarter 2Quarter 3Quarter 4To t a l
Dividend per ROADS (in Australian cents)0.76 0.75 0.74 0.72 2.97
New Zealand imputation credit percentage100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
Cost (in A$’m)1.5 1.5 1.5 1.4 5.9
Payment date15/9/21 15/12/21 15/3/22 15/6/22
2021Quarter 1Quarter 2Quarter 3Quarter 4To t a l
Dividend per ROADS (in Australian cents)0.72 0.73 0.71 0.72 2.88
New Zealand imputation credit percentage100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
Cost (in A$’m)1.4 1.5 1.5 1.4 5.8
Payment date15/9/20 15/12/20 15/3/21 15/6/21
(c) Franking credits
The franking account balance as at 30 June 2022 is nil (2021: nil).
F
Group structure
This section explains significant aspects of Downer’s Group structure, including joint arrangements where the Group
has interest in its controlled entities and how changes have affected the Group structure.
It also provides information on business acquisitions and disposals made during the financial year as well as information
relating to Downer’s related parties, the extent of related party transactions and the impact they had on the Group’s
financial performance and position.
F1. Joint arrangements and
associate entities
F2. Controlled entities
F3. Related party information
F4. Parent entity disclosures
F5. Acquisition of businesses
F6. Disposal of businesses
106
| Downer EDI Limited
F1. Joint arrangements and associate entities
(a) Interest in joint ventures and associate entities
Note
2022
$’m
2021
$’m
Interest in joint ventures at the beginning of the financial year24.1 32.1
Share of net profit21.512.9
Share of distributions(13.6)(11.6)
Interest in joint venture divested–(9.3)
Foreign currency exchange differences(0.1)–
Interest in joint ventures at the end of the financial year31.9 24.1
Interest in associates at the beginning of the financial year131.0 78.5
Share of net profit8.2 9.3
Share of distributions(8.3)–
Investment in associates– 9.8
Additional associate interest acquiredF6– 33.4
Interest in associates at the end of the financial year130.9 131.0
Total interest in joint ventures and associates162.8 155.1
107Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
The Group has interests in the following joint ventures and associates which are equity accounted:
Ownership interest
Name of arrangementPrincipal activity
Country of
operation
2022
%
2021
%
Joint Ventures
Allied Asphalt LimitedAsphalt plant New Zealand 50 50
Bitumen Importers Australia Joint VentureBitumen importer Australia 50 50
Bitumen Importers Australia Pty LtdBitumen importer Australia 50 50
EDI Rail-Bombardier
Transportation Pty Ltd
Sale and maintenance of railway rollingstock Australia 50 50
Emulco LimitedEmulsion plant New Zealand 50 50
Isaac Asphalt Limited Manufacture and supply of asphalt New Zealand 50 50
Repurpose It Holdings Pty LtdWaste recycling Australia 45 45
Waanyi Downer JV Pty Ltd
(i)
Contract mining services Australia –50
ZFS Functions (Pty) Ltd
(i)
Catering for functions at Federation Square Australia –50
Associates
Keolis Downer Pty LtdOperation and maintenance of Gold Coast
light rail, Melbourne tram network, Adelaide
metro and bus operation
Australia 49 49
HT HoldCo Pty LtdLaundries services Australia 30 30
(i) Downer’s interest in this joint venture was disposed of during the year ended 30 June 2022.
There are no material commitments held by joint ventures and associates. All joint ventures and associates have a statutory
reporting date of 30 June.
The Group’s share of aggregate financial information from joint ventures and associates is presented below.
The Group does not disclose the details of the individual joint ventures and associates on the basis these are individually immaterial.
The Group’s share of the carrying amounts:
2022
$’m
2021
$’m
Current assets289.2 266.1
Non-current assets272.2 228.2
Current liabilities(190.2)(165.8)
Non-current liabilities(219.9)(184.6)
Net assets151.3 143.9
Goodwill7.0 7.0
Adjustment to align accounting policies4.5 4.2
Carrying amounts162.8 155.1
Profit for the year29.7 22.2
Total comprehensive income for the year29.7 22.2
108
| Downer EDI Limited
F1. Joint arrangements and associate entities – continued
Recognition and measurement
Equity accounting
(i) Investments in joint ventures
Investments in joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method of accounting.
(ii) Investments in associates
Investments in entities over which the Group has the ability to exercise significant influence, but not control, are accounted for using
the equity method of accounting. The investment in associates is carried at cost plus post-acquisition changes in the Group’s share
of the associates’ net assets, less any impairment in value.
(b) Interest in joint operations
The Group has interests in the following joint operations which are proportionately consolidated:
Name of joint operationPrincipal activity
Ownership interest
Country of
operation
2022
%
2021
%
Ausenco Downer Joint VentureEnabling works for Carrapateena ProjectAustralia50 50
Bama Civil Pty Ltd & Downer EDI Works
Pty Ltd
Civil Infrastructure design and/or
construction activities
Australia50 50
Cameron Road Joint Venture
(i)
Cameron Road constructionNew Zealand50 –
China Hawkins Construction JVBuilding constructionNew Zealand50 50
City Rail JVEnabling works for Auckland City Rail LinkNew Zealand50 50
Concrete Pavement Recycling Pty LtdRoad maintenanceAustralia49 49
Confluence Water JVSydney Water servicesAustralia43 43
CPB Contractors Pty Ltd & Spotless
Facility Services Pty Ltd
(i)
Riverina Redevelopment ProgramAustralia50 –
CPB Downer Joint VentureParramatta Light Rail constructionAustralia50 50
CRL Construction Joint VentureConstruction of the City Rail Link
Alliance Project
New Zealand30 30
Dampier Highway Joint VentureHighway construction and designAustralia50 50
Downer BMD Joint Venture
(i)
West Camden Water Recycling Plant Upgrade Australia50 –
Downer-Carey Mining JV
(ii)
Management of run of mine and ore
rehandling services
Australia– 46
Downer EDI Works Pty Ltd &
CPB Contractors Pty Ltd
(i)
Warringah Freeway Upgrade ProjectAustralia33 –
Downer EDI Works Pty Ltd & McConnell
Dowell Constructors (Aust) Pty Ltd
(i)
Waurn Ponds DuplicationAustralia50–
Downer Electrical GHD JV
(iii)
Traffic control infrastructureAustralia90 90
Downer FKG JVMajor civil and roadworksAustralia50 50
Downer HEB Joint Venture
(Memorial Park Alliance)
Design and build of the New Zealand
National War Memorial Park
New Zealand50 50
Downer HEB Joint Venture
(Mt Messenger Project)
Design and build of the Mt Messenger ProjectNew Zealand50 50
Downer MCD Wynyard Edge JV
(Americas Cup Project)
Design and build on Americas Cup ProjectNew Zealand50 50
Downer Seymour Whyte JV Road constructionAustralia50 50
Downer York Joint Venture
(ii)
Tramline extensionAustralia– 50
Downtown Infrastructure
Development Project JV
Downtown infrastructure
development program
New Zealand33 33
Gumala Downer Joint Venture
(ii)
Contract mining servicesAustralia– 50
Hatch Downer JV
(ii)
Design and construction of solvent
extraction plant
Australia– 50
HCMT Supplier JVRail build supplierAustralia50 50
109Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
Name of joint operationPrincipal activity
Ownership interest
Country of
operation
2022
%
2021
%
John Holland Pty Ltd & Downer
Utilities Australia Pty Ltd Partnership
Operation of water recycling plant at MackayAustralia50 50
Macdow Downer Joint Venture (Connectus)Rail constructionNew Zealand50 50
Macdow Downer Joint Venture (CSM2)Road constructionNew Zealand50 50
Macdow Downer Joint Venture
(Russley Road)
Road constructionNew Zealand50 50
NEWest AllianceConstruction activities as part
of Perth’s METRONET program
Australia50 50
North Canterbury Transport Infrastructure
Economic Recovery Alliance ‘NCTIER’ JV
Kaikoura earthquake worksNew Zealand25 25
Safety Focused Performance JVWater and sewerage capital worksAustralia45 45
Thiess VEC Joint VentureHighway constructionAustralia50 50
Utilita Water JVPlant maintenanceAustralia50 50
VEC Shaw Joint VentureRoad constructionAustralia50 50
Waanyi ReGen JV
(ii)
Rehab contract servicesAustralia– 50
WDJV Unit Trust
(ii)
Contract mining servicesAustralia– 50
Wiri Train Depot Joint VentureConstruction of the Wiri train depotNew Zealand50 50
(i) Joint operation entered into during the year ended 30 June 2022.
(ii) Joint operation disposed/terminated during the year ended 30 June 2022.
(iii) Contractual arrangement prevents control despite ownership of more than 50% of this joint operation.
Recognition and measurement
Proportionate consolidation
Joint operations
Joint operations give the Group the right to the underlying assets and obligations for liabilities and are accounted for by recognising
the share of those assets and liabilities.
F2. Controlled entities
The controlled entities of the Group listed below were wholly owned during the current and prior year, unless otherwise stated:
Australia
A E Smith & Son (NQ) Pty Ltd
(vii)
A E Smith & Son (SEQ) Pty Ltd
(vii)
A.E. Smith & Son Proprietary Limited
(vii)
AE Smith Building Technologies Pty Ltd
(vii)
A.E. Smith Service (SEQ) Pty Ltd
(vii)
A.E. Smith Service Holdings Pty Ltd
(vii)
A.E. Smith Service Pty Ltd
(vii)
ACN 009 173 040 Pty Ltd
AGIS Group Pty Limited
Airparts Fabrication Pty Ltd
(vii)
Airparts Fabrication Unit Trust
(vii)
Airparts Holdings Pty Ltd
(vii)
Aladdin Group Services Pty Limited
Aladdin Laundry Pty Limited
Aladdin Linen Supply Pty Limited
Aladdins Holdings Pty. Limited
ASPIC Infrastructure Pty Ltd
Asset Services (Aust) Pty Ltd
Berkeley Challenge (Management) Pty Limited
Berkeley Challenge Pty Limited
Berkeley Railcar Services Pty Ltd
Berkeleys Franchise Services Pty Ltd
Bonnyrigg Management Pty. Limited
Cleandomain Proprietary Limited
Cleanevent Australia Pty. Ltd.
Cleanevent Holdings Pty. Limited
Cleanevent International Pty. Limited
Cleanevent Technology Pty Ltd
DM Road Services Pty Ltd
DMH Electrical Services Pty Ltd
DMH Maintenance and Technology Services Pty Ltd
DMH Plant Services Pty Ltd
Downer Australia Pty Ltd
Downer EDI Associated Investments Pty Ltd
Downer EDI Engineering Company Pty Limited
Downer EDI Engineering CWH Pty Limited
Downer EDI Engineering Electrical Pty Ltd
Downer EDI Engineering Group Pty Limited
Downer EDI Engineering Holdings Pty Ltd
Downer EDI Engineering Power Pty Ltd
110
| Downer EDI Limited
F2. Controlled entities – continued
Australia – continued
Downer EDI Engineering Pty Limited
Downer EDI Limited Tax Deferred Employee Share Plan
Downer EDI Mining Pty Ltd
Downer EDI Mining-Minerals Exploration Pty Ltd
Downer EDI Rail Pty Ltd
Downer EDI Services Pty Ltd
Downer EDI Works Pty Ltd
Downer Energy Systems Pty Limited
Downer Group Finance Pty Limited
Downer Holdings Pty Limited
Downer Investments Holdings Pty Ltd
Downer Mining Regional NSW Pty Ltd
Downer PipeTech Pty Limited
Downer PPP Investments Pty Ltd
Downer Utilities Australia Pty Ltd
Downer Utilities Holdings Australia Pty Ltd
Downer Utilities New Zealand Pty Ltd
Downer Utilities SDR Pty Ltd
Downer Victoria PPP Maintenance Pty Ltd
EDI Rail PPP Maintenance Pty Ltd
EDICO Pty Ltd
Emerald ESP Pty Ltd
(vii)
Emoleum Partnership
Emoleum Road Services Pty Ltd
Emoleum Roads Group Pty Ltd
Envar Engineers and Contractors Pty Ltd
(vii)
Envar Holdings Pty Ltd
(vii)
Envar Installation Pty Ltd
(vii)
Envar Service Pty Ltd
(vii)
Envista Pty Limited
Errolon Pty Ltd
Evans Deakin Industries Pty Ltd
Fieldforce Services Pty Ltd
Fowlers Asphalting Pty. Limited
(vi)
Gippsland Asphalt Pty. Ltd.
(vi)
Infrastructure Constructions Pty Ltd
International Linen Service Pty Ltd
LNK Group Pty Ltd
Lowan (Management) Pty. Ltd.
Maclab Services Pty Ltd
Mineral Technologies (Holdings) Pty Ltd
Mineral Technologies Pty Ltd
Monteon Pty Ltd
National Community Enterprises
(iv)
(vii)
Nationwide Venue Management Pty Limited
New South Wales Spray Seal Pty Ltd
NG-Serv Pty Ltd
Nuvogroup (Australia) Pty Ltd
Otraco International Pty Ltd
(v)
Otracom Pty Ltd
(v)
Pacific Industrial Services BidCo Pty Ltd
Pacific Industrial Services FinCo Pty Ltd
Primary Producers Improvers Pty. Ltd.
Rail Services Victoria Pty Ltd
Riley Shelley Services Pty Limited
Roche Services Pty Ltd
RPC Roads Pty Ltd
RPQ Asphalt Pty. Ltd.
RPQ Mackay Pty Ltd
RPQ North Coast Pty. Ltd.
RPQ Pty Ltd
RPQ Services Pty. Ltd.
RPQ Spray Seal Pty. Ltd.
Skilltech Consulting Services Pty. Ltd.
Skilltech Metering Solutions Pty Ltd.
Smarter Contracting Pty Ltd
Southern Asphalters Pty Ltd
Sports Venue Services Pty Ltd
Spotless Defence Services Pty Ltd
Spotless Facility Services Pty Ltd
Spotless Financing Pty Limited
Spotless Group Holdings Limited
Spotless Group Limited
Spotless Investment Holdings Pty Ltd
Spotless Management Services Pty Ltd
Spotless Property Cleaning Services Pty Ltd
Spotless Securities Plan Pty Ltd
Spotless Services Australia Limited
Spotless Services International Pty Ltd
Spotless Services Limited
Spotless Treasury Pty Limited
SSL Asset Services (Management) Pty Ltd
SSL Facilities Management Real Estate Services Pty Ltd
SSL Security Services Pty Ltd
Tarmac Linemarking Pty Ltd
(vi)
Taylors Two Two Seven Pty Ltd
Trenchless Group Pty Ltd
Trico Asphalt Pty. Ltd.
UAM Pty Ltd
Utility Services Group Holdings Pty Ltd
Utility Services Group Limited
VEC Civil Engineering Pty Ltd
VEC Plant & Equipment Pty Ltd
New Zealand and Pacific
AF Downer Memorial Scholarship Trust
DGL Investments Limited
Downer Construction (Fiji) Pte Limited
Downer Construction (New Zealand) Limited
Downer EDI Engineering Power Limited
Downer EDI Engineering PNG Limited
Downer EDI Works Vanuatu Limited
Downer New Zealand Limited
Downer New Zealand Projects 1 Limited
Downer New Zealand Projects 2 Limited
Downer Utilities Alliance New Zealand Limited
(viii)
Downer Utilities New Zealand Limited
Downer Utilities PNG Limited
(iv)
Green Vision Recycling Limited
Hawkins Limited
Hawkins Project 1 Limited
ITS Pipetech Pacific (Fiji) Pte Limited
111Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
Richter Drilling (PNG) Limited
Spotless Facility Services (NZ) Limited
Spotless Holdings (NZ) Limited
Techtel Training & Development Limited
The Roading Company Limited
Underground Locators Limited
(viii)
Waste Solutions Limited
Works Finance (NZ) Limited
Africa
Downer EDI Mining - Ghana Limited
Downer Mining South Africa Proprietary Limited
MD Mineral Technologies Africa (Pty) Ltd
(ix)
MD Mining and Mineral Services (Pty) Ltd
(i)
Otraco Botswana (Proprietary) Limited
(v)
Otraco Southern Africa (Pty) Ltd
(ii)
Otraco Tyre Management Namibia (Proprietary) Limited
(v)
Asia
Chang Chun Ao Hua Technical Consulting Co Ltd
Cleanevent Middle East FZ LLC
(iii)
Downer EDI Engineering (S) Pte Ltd
Downer EDI Engineering Holdings (Thailand) Limited
Downer EDI Engineering Thailand Ltd
Downer EDI Group Insurance Pte Ltd
Downer EDI Rail (Hong Kong) Limited
Downer EDI Works (Hong Kong) Limited
Downer Pte Ltd
Downer Singapore Pte Ltd
MD Mineral Technologies Private Limited
PT Duffill Watts Indonesia
PT Otraco Indonesia
(iii)
Americas
Mineral Technologies Comercio de Equipamentos para
Processamento de Minerais LTD
Mineral Technologies, Inc.
Otraco Brasil Gerenciamento de Pneus Ltda
Otraco Chile SA
(v)
United Kingdom and Channel Islands
KHSA Limited
Sillars (B. & C.E.) Limited
(iii)
Sillars (TMWD) Limited
(iii)
Sillars Holdings Limited
(iii)
Sillars Road Construction Limited
(iii)
Works Infrastructure (Holdings) Limited
(iii)
Works Infrastructure Limited
(iii)
(i) 70% ownership interest.
(ii) Entity disposed during the financial year ended 30 June 2022.
The Group had 74% ownership interest prior to its disposal.
(iii) Entity is currently undergoing liquidation/dissolution.
(iv) Entity liquidated/de-registered during the financial year ended 30 June 2022.
(v) Entity disposed during the financial year ended 30 June 2022.
(vi) Entity acquired during the financial year ended 30 June 2022.
(vii) Entity does not form part of the tax-consolidated group of which Downer EDI
Limited is the head entity.
(viii) Entity amalgamated into Downer New Zealand Limited during the financial
year ended 30 June 2022.
(ix) MD Mineral Technologies SA (Pty) Ltd. changed its name to MD Mineral
Technologies Africa (Pty) Ltd during the financial year ended 30 June 2022.
F3. Related party information
(a) Transactions with controlled entities
Aggregate amounts receivable from and payable to controlled
entities by the parent entity are included within total assets and
liabilities balances as disclosed in Note F4.
Other transactions which occurred during the financial year
between the parent entity and controlled entities, as well as
between entities in the Group, were on normal arm’s length
commercial terms.
(b) Equity interests in related parties
Equity interests in subsidiaries
Details of the percentage of ordinary shares held in controlled
entities are disclosed in Note F2.
Equity interests in joint arrangements and
associate entities
Details of interests in joint arrangements and associate
entities are disclosed in Note F1. The business activities
of a number of these entities are conducted under joint
venture arrangements. Associated entities conduct business
transactions with various controlled entities. Such transactions
include purchases and sales, dividends and interest. All such
transactions are conducted on the basis of normal arm’s length
commercial terms.
(c) Controlling entity
The parent entity of the Group is Downer EDI Limited.
112
| Downer EDI Limited
F4. Parent entity disclosures
(a) Financial position
Company
2022
$’m
2021
$’m
Assets
Current assets24.1 19.8
Non-current assets2,774.82,883.8
Total assets2,798.92,903.6
Liabilities
Current liabilities30.174.6
Non-current liabilities5.8 4.2
Total liabilities35.978.8
Net assets2,763.0 2,824.8
Equity
Issued capital2,481.6 2,624.0
Retained earnings253.5 190.1
Reserves27.9 10.7
Total equity2,763.0 2,824.8
The parent entity was in a net current liabilities position largely due to the recognition of the fair value on the Downer Contingent
Share Options (DCSO) of $13.7 million financial instrument at reporting date which would be settled in equity. The parent entity
can meet all its financial obligations when they fall due since it has the ability to control the timing of the funding from its
controlled entities.
(b) Financial performance
Company
2022
$’m
2021
$’m
Profit for the year228.7 244.2
Total comprehensive income228.7 244.2
(c) Guarantees entered into by the parent entity in relation to the debts of its subsidiaries
The parent entity has, in the normal course of business, entered into guarantees in relation to the debts of its subsidiaries during
the financial year.
(d) Contingent liabilities of the parent entity
The parent entity has no contingent liabilities as at 30 June 2022 (2021: nil) other than those disclosed in Note C9 to the
financial statements.
(e) Commitments for the acquisition of property, plant and equipment by the parent entity
The parent entity does not have any commitments for acquisition of property, plant and equipment as at 30 June 2022 (2021: nil).
113Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
F5. Acquisition of businesses
Current year acquisitions
Fowlers
On 30 November 2021, the Group acquired 100% of Fowlers
Asphalting Pty. Limited, Gippsland Asphalt Pty. Ltd. and Tarmac
Linemarking Pty Ltd (‘Fowlers’) for total consideration of
$25.9 million. Total consideration for this acquisition comprises
$24.0 million cash paid (net of $0.6 million cash balances
acquired) and $1.3 million deferred consideration. The fair
value of the acquired net assets amounts to $18.1 million
resulting in goodwill of $7.8 million being recognised. Fowlers
is an asphalting and civil construction business operating in
the Gippsland area of Victoria. The acquisition accounting for
Fowlers remains provisionally accounted for as at 30 June 2022.
Goodwill from acquisition
The goodwill resulting from the above acquisition represents
the future market development, expected revenue growth
opportunities, technical talent and expertise, and the benefits
of expected synergies. These benefits are not recognised
separately from goodwill because they do not meet the
recognition criteria for identifiable intangible assets.
Other
During the year, deferred consideration payments of $0.1 million
were made (2021: $14.3 million) in relation to acquisitions
completed in previous periods.
Prior year acquisitions
Other
The purchase of the remaining Spotless shares not already owned
in the year ended 30 June 2021 did not represent an acquisition
of a business as the Group already controlled this entity.
Measurement of fair values
The valuation techniques used for measuring the fair value
of material assets acquired were as follows:
Asset/liability
acquiredValuation technique
Trade receivables
and contract assets
Cost technique – considers the expected
economic benefits receivable when due.
Property, plant
and equipment
Market comparison technique and cost
technique – the valuation model considers
quoted market prices for similar items
when available and current replacement
cost when appropriate.
Intangible assetsMulti-period excess earnings method –
considers the present value of net cash
flows expected to be generated by the
customer contracts and relationships,
intellectual property and brand names,
excluding any cash flows related to
contributory assets. For the valuation of
certain brand names, discounted cash
flow under the relief from royalty valuation
methodology has been utilised.
Trade payables and
other payables
Cost technique – considers the expected
economic outflow of resources when due.
Asset/liability
acquiredValuation technique
BorrowingsCost technique – considers the expected
economic outflow of resources when due.
ProvisionsCost technique – considers the probable
economic outflow of resources when the
obligation arises.
Recognition and measurement
Business combinations
The Group accounts for business combinations using the
acquisition method when control is transferred to the Group.
The consideration transferred in the acquisition is measured at
fair value. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred in
profit or loss.
(i) Acquisition achieved in stages
Where a business combination is achieved in stages, the
Group’s previously held equity interest in the acquiree is
remeasured to fair value at the acquisition date (i.e. the date
when the Group attains control) and the resulting gain or loss,
if any, is recognised in profit or loss. Amounts arising from
interests in the acquiree prior to the acquisition date that have
previously been recognised in other comprehensive income
are reclassified to profit or loss where such treatment would be
appropriate if that interest were disposed of or control of the
acquiree obtained.
(ii) Contingent consideration
The subsequent accounting for changes in the fair value of
contingent consideration that do not qualify as measurement
period adjustments depends on how the contingent
consideration is classified. Contingent consideration that is
classified as equity is not remeasured at subsequent reporting
dates and its subsequent settlement is accounted for within
equity. Contingent consideration that is classified as an asset or
liability is remeasured at subsequent reporting dates with the
corresponding gain or loss being recognised in profit or loss.
(iii) Non-controlling interest
The Group can elect, on an acquisition by acquisition basis, to
recognise non-controlling interests in an acquired entity either
at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s share of the
acquired entity’s net identifiable assets/(liabilities).
Key estimate and judgement: Acquisition
of businesses
Accounting for acquisition of businesses requires judgement
and estimates in determining the fair value of acquired assets
and liabilities. The relevant accounting standard allows the
fair value of assets acquired to be refined in a window of a
year after the acquisition date and judgement is required to
ensure that the adjustments made reflect new information
obtained about facts and circumstances that existed as of
the acquisition date. The adjustments made to the fair value
of assets are retrospective in nature and have an impact on
goodwill recognised on acquisition.
114
| Downer EDI Limited
F6. Disposal of businesses
Current year divestments
Disposal of Mining businesses
Open Cut Mining East business
On 11 October 2021, Downer entered into an agreement to sell its Open Cut Mining East business to an Australian subsidiary
of PT Bukit Makmur Mandiri Utama (BUMA), a large Mining services provider in Indonesia, for gross proceeds of $150 million.
The sale included the transfer of assets (including fleet and inventory) and liabilities; and the novation of the existing contracts
to BUMA. Downer received an initial deposit of $16 million at that date. On 17 December 2021, the sale of Open Cut Mining East
was completed and Downer received the remaining purchase price. As at 30 June 2022, net proceeds (after transaction costs)
of $131.0 million had been received with a $64.7 million pre-tax loss on disposal recognised.
Otraco business
On 26 April 2021, an agreement was reached for the sale of Mining’s tyre management business (Otraco) to Bridgestone
Corporation (Bridgestone). Otraco was disclosed as a disposal group held for sale in the Group’s 2021 Annual Report.
On 1 December 2021, the sale of Otraco was completed and Downer received net proceeds (after transaction costs)
of $75.1 million and recorded a net pre-tax gain on disposal of $47.4 million.
The below table summarises the impact of divestments during the 2022 financial year:
2022
$’mNote
Mining
Divestments
Proceeds on disposal (net of transaction costs)221.8
Less cash disposed(15.7)
Proceeds net of disposal costs
(i)
206.1
Proceeds on disposal (net of transaction costs)221.8
Cash and cash equivalents15.7
Trade receivables and contract assets40.4
Property, plant and equipment
(ii)
174.1
Right-of-use assets
(iii)
41.7
Intangible assets
(iv)
0.5
Inventories40.3
Current tax assets1.7
Deferred tax assets9.2
Prepayments and other assets0.7
Assets disposed324.3
Trade payables and contract liabilities5.9
Lease liabilities
(v)
43.2
Employee benefits provision38.5
Other provisions0.2
Liabilities disposed87. 8
Net assets disposed236.5
Add non-controlling interest disposed4.6
Less FCTR held on businesses disposed7. 2
(Loss) on disposal before taxB3(17. 3)
(i) A further $39.3 million proceeds in relation to Open Cut Mining West and Blasting businesses disposed during FY21 have been received during the year.
Total divestment proceeds received as at 30 June 2022 amounts to $245.4 million.
(ii) A further $9.4 million of Otraco assets classified as Assets Held for Sale at 30 June 2021 were also disposed. Refer to Note C5.
(iii) A further $2.2 million of Otraco assets classified as Assets Held for Sale at 30 June 2021 were also disposed. Refer to Note C6.
(iv) $0.5 million of Otraco intangible assets classified as Assets Held for Sale at 30 June 2021 were also disposed. Refer to Note C7.
(v) A further $2.4 million of Otraco lease liabilities classified as Liabilities Held for Sale at 30 June 2021 were also disposed. Refer to Annual Report 2021.
115Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
Prior year divestments
Disposal of Mining businesses
Disposal of Downer Blasting Services (DBS) business
On 18 November 2020, Downer entered into an agreement to
sell its blasting services business (Downer Blasting Services
or DBS) to Enaex S.A. (a subsidiary of Sigdo Koppers Group
(Chile)) for gross proceeds of $62.0 million. The transaction was
completed on 1 March 2021 with net proceeds (after transaction
costs) of $59.1 million and net gain on disposal of $6.5 million.
Disposal of Open Cut Mining West business
On 15 December 2020, Downer entered into an agreement to
sell its Western Australian open cut mining business (Open
Cut Mining West) to MACA Limited for gross proceeds of
$175 million. The sale included the transfer of certain assets
(including fleet and inventory) and liabilities; and the novation of
the existing contracts to MACA. On classification as a disposal
group held for sale, the Group recognised a $20.2 million
impairment to adjust the carrying value of the assets to its
expected recoverable value. Refer to Note B3.
On 1 February 2021, the sale of Open Cut Mining West was
completed. Downer received an initial payment of $109.0
million, with an additional $66.0 million to be received in 12
equal monthly instalments of $5.5 million commencing in
February 2021. As at 30 June 2021, net proceeds of $133.5
million had been received with a $14.4 million pre-tax loss on
disposal recognised.
Disposal of Underground
On 4 March 2021, Downer completed the transition of
underground mining services at OZ Minerals’ Carrapateena
mine to Byrnecut Australia. The transition included the
transfer of equipment from Downer to Byrnecut for $56
million (representing book value). Net proceeds received
(after transaction costs with the unwinding of working capital)
amounted to $59.6 million with a net pre-tax loss on disposal of
$4.8 million recognised.
Disposal of Snowden
During the year, Downer disposed of its Snowden
Consulting business.
The sale of Snowden Consulting was completed on 15 July 2020
to Datamine for a net consideration of $7.5 million with a net
gain on disposal of $5.6 million recognised.
Disposal of RTL JV
On 28 August 2020, Mining disposed its 44% interest in RTL
JV to Thiess for a total gross consideration of $18.9 million,
representing a gain on disposal of $10.7 million.
Divestment of 70% of the Laundries business
On 2 December 2020, Downer entered into an agreement to sell
70% of its Laundries business to an Australian private equity
firm, Adamantem Capital (Adamantem) for $139.6 million (net of
transaction costs). The sale was completed on 31 March 2021.
Upon completion of this transaction, Downer ceased to
consolidate the Laundries business on 31 March 2021 and
recognised its remaining interest in the Laundries business of
30% as an equity accounted investment. Refer to Note F1(a).
As at 30 June 2021, net proceeds of $136.2 million had been
received with a $16.2 million pre-tax loss on disposal recognised.
116
| Downer EDI Limited
F6. Disposal of businesses – continued
Prior year divestments – continued
The below table summarises the impact of divestments during the 2021 financial year:
2021
$’mNoteLaundries
Mining
DivestmentsTo t a l
Proceeds on disposal (net of transaction costs)139.6 260.6 400.2
Less cash disposed(3 .4)(0.9)(4 . 3)
Proceeds net of disposal costs136.2 259.7 395.9
Deferred consideration– 39.2 39.2
Additional associate interest acquiredF133.4 – 33.4
Total proceeds on disposal169.6 298.9 468.5
Cash and cash equivalents3.4 0.9 4.3
Trade receivables and contract assets30.7 37.6 68.3
Property, plant and equipmentC5180.1 160.7 340.8
Right-of-use assetsC626.1 29.1 55.2
Intangible assetsC723.6 – 23.6
Other assets1.4 0.5 1.9
Inventories3.7 74.4 78.1
Lease receivables– 60.6 60.6
Deferred tax assets19.7 5.1 24.8
Assets disposed288.7 368.9 6 57.6
Trade payables and contract liabilities11.3 16.1 27.4
Lease liabilities59.7 29.5 89.2
Employee benefits provision13.9 16.4 30.3
Other provisions– 0.8 0.8
Deferred tax liabilities14.6 0.7 15.3
Liabilities disposed99.5 63.5 163.0
Net assets disposed189.2 305.4 494.6
FCTR held on businesses disposed– 1.5 1.5
(Loss) on disposal before taxB3(16.2)( 7.1)(23.3)
G
Other
This section provides details on other required disclosures relating to the Group to comply with the accounting standards and
other pronouncements including the Group’s capital and financial risk management disclosure.
This disclosure provides information around the Group’s risk management policies and how Downer uses derivatives to hedge
the underlying exposure to changes in interest rates and to foreign exchange rate fluctuations.
G1. New accounting standards
G2. Capital and financial risk management
G3. Other financial assets and liabilities
117Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
G1. New accounting standards
(a) New and amended accounting standards adopted
by the Group
During the year, the Group has applied a number of new
and revised accounting standards issued by the Australian
Accounting Standards Board (AASB) that are mandatorily
effective for an accounting period that begins on or after
1 July 2021, as follows:
§ AASB 2020-8 Amendments to Australian Accounting
Standards – Interest Rate Benchmark Reform – Phase 2.
§AASB 2021-3 Amendments to Australian Accounting
Standards – Covid-19 Related Rent Concessions Beyond
30 June 2021.
§IFRIC agenda decisions on Costs Necessary to Sell
Inventories.
None of the above new and amended accounting standards
have had a significant impact on the Group's consolidated
financial statements.
(b) New accounting standards and interpretations
not yet adopted
The following standards, amendments to standards and
interpretations are relevant to current operations. They are
available for early adoption but have not been applied by the
Group in this Financial Report.
§AASB 2020-1 and 2020-6 Classification of Liabilities as
Current or Non-current.
§AASB 2020-3 Amendments to Australian Accounting
Standards – Annual Improvements 2018-2020 and
Other Amendments.
§AASB 2021-2 Amendments to Australian Accounting
Standards – Disclosure of Accounting Policies and Definition
of Accounting Estimates.
§AASB 2021-5 Amendments to Australian Accounting
Standards – Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities
arising from a Single Transaction.
§AASB 17 Insurance Contracts
§AASB 2014-10 Amendments to Australian Accounting
Standards – Sale or Contribution of Assets between an
Investor and its Associate or Joint Venture.
Management continues to assess the impact of AASB 17
Insurance Contracts on the Group, and has not yet quantified
the effect of the new standard. These new or amended
standards’ impacts are not expected to have a significant
impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements
when they are adopted.
118
| Downer EDI Limited
G2. Capital and financial risk management
(a) Capital risk management
The capital structure of the Group consists of debt and equity.
The Group may vary its capital structure by adjusting the
amount of dividends, returning capital to shareholders, issuing
new shares or increasing or reducing debt.
The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to
safeguard its ability to operate as a going concern so that it
can meet all its financial obligations when they fall due, provide
adequate returns to shareholders, maintain an appropriate
capital structure to optimise its cost of capital and maintain
an investment grade credit rating to ensure ongoing access
to funding.
A buy-back of Downer’s shares was announced to the
market on 27 April 2021 and the buy-back commenced on
8 June 2021. As of 30 June 2022, a total of 28,365,995 shares
were purchased for total consideration of $167.4 million,
funded by the Group’s cash reserves.
(b) Financial risk management objectives
The Group’s Treasury function manages the funding, liquidity
and financial risks of the Group. These risks include foreign
exchange, interest rate, commodity and financial counterparty
credit risk.
The Group enters into a variety of derivative financial
instruments to manage its exposures including:
(i) Forward foreign exchange contracts to hedge the exchange
rate risk arising from cross-border trade flows, foreign
income and debt service obligations
(ii) Cross-currency interest rate swaps to manage the interest
rate and currency risk associated with foreign currency
denominated borrowings
(iii) Interest rate swaps to manage interest rate risk
(iv) Commodity forward contracts to manage commodity price
movements in contracts.
The Group does not enter into or trade derivative financial
instruments for speculative purposes.
Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount
reported in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position,
when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised
amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or
realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. No
material amounts with a right to offset were identified in the
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.
(c) Foreign currency risk management
The Group undertakes certain transactions denominated in
foreign currencies. As a result, exposures to exchange rate
fluctuations arise. Exchange rate exposures are managed within
approved policy parameters, utilising forward foreign exchange
contracts and cross-currency swaps.
The carrying amounts of the Group’s unhedged foreign
currency denominated financial assets and financial liabilities
at the reporting date are as follows:
Financial
assets
(i)
Financial
liabilities
(i)
2022
$’m
2021
$’m
2022
$’m
2021
$’m
US Dollar (USD)1.3 2.3 – –
Euro (EUR)0.6 – 2.3 –
(i) The above table shows foreign currency financial assets and liabilities in
Australian dollar equivalent.
Foreign currency forward contracts
The following table summarises, by currency pairs, the Australian dollar value (unless otherwise stated) of forward exchange
contracts outstanding as at the reporting date:
Outstanding contracts
Weighted average
exchange rateForeign currencyContract valueFair value
2022
2021 2022
FC'm
2021
FC'm
2022
$'m
2021
$'m
2022
$'m
2021
$'m
Buy USD/Sell AUD
Less than 3 months0.7217 0.7728 7. 2 5.1 10.0 6.7 0.5 0.2
3 to 6 months0.7305 0.7729 9.6 12.1 13.1 15.7 0.8 0.4
Later than 6 months0.7387 0.7593 7.5 2.8 10.1 3.7 0.7 –
24.3 20.0 33.2 26.1 2.0 0.6
Sell USD/Buy AUD
Less than 3 months0.7194 0.7755 3.5 5.8 4.9 7.4 (0.2)(0. 2)
3 to 6 months0.7431 0.7625 12.4 6.9 16.7 9.1 (1.2)(0.1)
Later than 6 months0.7225 0.7777 8.8 29.9 12.2 38.5 (0.5)(1.3)
24.7 42.6 33.8 55.0 (1.9)(1.6)
119Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
Outstanding contracts
Weighted average
exchange rateForeign currencyContract valueFair value
2022 2021
2022
FC’m
2021
FC’m
2022
$’m
2021
$’m
2022
$’m
2021
$’m
Buy EUR/Sell AUD
Less than 3 months0.6530 0.6356 3.8 4.1 5.9 6.4 (0.2)–
3 to 6 months0.6304 0.6127 1.0 1.6 1.6 2.7 (0.1)(0.1)
Later than 6 months0.6260 0.6208 0.8 2.1 1.2 3.4 – –
5.6 7. 8 8.7 12.5 (0.3)(0.1)
Buy JPY/Sell AUD
Less than 3 months86.14 78.50 584.6 138.5 6.8 1.8 (0.6)(0.1)
3 to 6 months89.82 7 7.4 4 75.6 80.5 0.8 1.0 – (0.1)
Later than 6 months82.77 84.02 342.4 463.0 4.1 5.5 (0.4)0.1
1,002.6 682.0 11.7 8.3 (1.0)(0.1)
Sell JPY/Buy AUD
Less than 3 months87.97 78.27 515.9 116.7 5.9 1.5 0.4 0.1
3 to 6 months– 83.01 – 12.8 – 0.2 – –
Later than 6 months80.02 83.79 51.3 301.2 0.6 3.6 0.1 –
567. 2 430.7 6.5 5.3 0.5 0.1
Buy NZD/Sell AUD
Less than 3 months1.0992 1.0767 45.0 190.0 40.9 176.5 (0.3)0.4
Sell NZD/Buy AUD
Less than 3 months– 1.0746 – 10.0 – 9.3 – –
Buy GBP/Sell AUD
Less than 3 months0.5669 0.5625 0.4 1.9 0.6 3.4 – 0.1
Later than 6 months0.5291 0.5653 0.7 1.5 1.3 2.7 (0.1)0.1
1.1 3.4 1.9 6.1 (0.1)0.2
To t a l(1.1)(0.5)
Cross-currency interest rate swaps
Under cross-currency interest rate swaps, the Group is committed to exchange certain foreign currency loan principal and interest
amounts at agreed future dates at fixed foreign exchange and interest rates. Such contracts enable the Group to eliminate the risk
of adverse movements in foreign exchange and interest rates related to foreign currency denominated borrowings.
The following table details the Australian dollar equivalent of cross-currency interest rate swaps outstanding as at the reporting date:
Outstanding contracts
Weighted average
AUD equivalent
interest rate
(including
credit margin)
Weighted average
exchange rateContract valueFair value
2022
%
2021
%
20222021
2022
$’m
2021
$’m
2022
$’m
2021
$’m
Buy USD/Sell AUD
1 to 5 years5.9 5.9 0.7739 0.7739129.2 129.2 14.7 (2.1)
Buy JPY/Sell AUD
5 years or more5.2 5.2 83.12 83.12 120.3 120.3 ( 7. 8)(20.7)
The above cross-currency interest rate swaps are designated as effective cash flow hedges.
120
| Downer EDI Limited
G2. Capital and financial risk management – continued
(c) Foreign currency risk management – continued
Foreign currency sensitivity analysis
The Group is mainly exposed to the movement in United States dollar (USD) and New Zealand dollar (NZD) arising from
cross-border trade and intercompany flows.
The following table details the Group’s sensitivity to movements in the Australian dollar against relevant foreign currencies.
The percentages disclosed below represent the Group’s assessment of the possible changes in spot foreign exchange rates
(i.e. forward exchange points and discount factors have been kept constant). The sensitivity analysis includes only outstanding
foreign currency denominated monetary items and adjusts their translation at the period end for a given percentage change in
foreign exchange rates.
A positive number indicates a before-tax increase in profit and equity and a negative number indicates a before-tax decrease
in profit and equity.
Profit/(loss)
(i)
Equity
(ii)
2022
$’m
2021
$’m
2022
$’m
2021
$’m
USD impact
- 15% rate change0.2 0.4 (0.2)(4 .7 )
+ 15% rate change(0.1)(0.3)0.2 3.5
NZD impact
- 15% rate change– – 7. 2 19.7
+ 15% rate change– – (5.3)(14.6)
(i) This is mainly as a result of the changes in the value of unhedged foreign currency denominated financial asset and liabilities.
(ii) This is as a result of the changes in the value of forward foreign exchange contracts designated as cash flow hedges.
(d) Interest rate risk management
The Group is exposed to interest rate risk as entities borrow funds at floating interest rates. Management of this risk is governed
by a Board approved Treasury Policy and is managed by maintaining an appropriate mix between fixed and floating rate borrowings
and hedging is undertaken through cross-currency interest rate swaps and interest rate swap contracts and the issue of long-term
fixed rate debt securities.
The Group’s exposure to interest rates on financial assets and financial liabilities is detailed in the table below:
Weighted average AUD
equivalent interest rate
(including credit margin)Liability/(asset)
2022
%
2021
%
2022
$’m
2021
$’m
Floating interest rates – cash flow exposure
Bank loans1.8 1.2 7.0 45.0
Cash and cash equivalents0.3 0.3 (738.5)(811 .4)
Total cash flow exposure (731.5)( 76 6 .4)
Fixed interest rates – fair value exposure
Bank loans
(i)
2.0 3.0 568.0 407.7
USD private placement notes
(i)
5.9 5.9 130.5 135.2
AUD private placement notes5.8 5.8 30.0 30.0
Medium term notes
(i)
3.6 3.9 622.9 901.8
Total fair value exposure 1,351.4 1,474.7
(i) The marked to market values of the interest rate and cross-currency swaps have been included in the debt amounts.
121Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
All interest rates in the above table reflect rates in the currency of the relevant loan other than USD private placement notes
and JPY medium term notes, where the AUD rates under the relevant cross-currency swaps are used.
The table above relates to amounts that are drawn. The Group has a number of undrawn facilities, which if utilised would be
on a floating rate basis.
The Group uses cross-currency interest rate swaps and interest rate swap contracts to manage interest rate exposures. Under
these contracts, the Group commits to exchange the difference between fixed and floating rate interest amounts calculated on
notional principal amounts. The fair values of interest rate swaps are based on market values of equivalent instruments at the
reporting date.
The following table details the interest rate swap contracts and related notional principal amounts as at the reporting date:
Outstanding floating to
fixed swap contracts
Weighted average
interest rate
Notional principal
amountFair value
2022
%
2021
%
2022
$’m
2021
$’m
2022
$’m
2021
$’m
AUD interest rate swaps
Less than 1 year0.7 1.2 575.0 270.0 5.4 (1.0)
1 to 2 years3.3 1.3 225.0 135.0 1.5 (1.7)
800.0 405.0 6.9 (2.7)
Interest rate sensitivity analysis
The sensitivity analysis has been determined based on the
exposure to interest rates at the reporting date and assuming
that the rate change occurs at the beginning of the financial
year and is then held constant throughout the reporting period.
Sensitivities have been based on a movement in interest rates
of 100 basis points across the yield curve of the relevant
currencies. The selected basis point increase or decrease
represents the Group’s assessment of the possible change
in interest rates on variable rate instruments, cross-currency
interest rate swaps and interest rate swaps. An increase in
interest rates of 100 basis points on the unhedged position
(mostly cash and cash equivalents) will generate a profit of
$7.3 million (2021: $7.7 million profit) to the profit or loss; a similar
decrease in interest rates will generate a loss of $7.3 million
(2021: $7.7 million loss) to the profit or loss.
For hedged positions designated as cash flow hedges,
an increase and decrease in interest rates of 100 basis
points will generate an increase and decrease in equity
of $5.8 million (2021: $2.0 million) and $5.6 million
(2021: $3.5 million) respectively.
(e) Credit risk management
Credit risk refers to the risk that a financial counterparty will
default on its contractual obligations in respect of a financial
instrument, resulting in a potential loss to the Group.
Trade receivables and contract assets arise from a large
number of customers, spread across diverse industries and
geographical areas. A credit risk assessment is performed at
the onset of material contracts to assess the financial condition
of the counterparty and reviewed annually to take account
of any changes in the risk profile of the counterparty. Where
possible, a bank guarantee or performance bond, or parent
guarantee from a creditworthy counterparty, is sought to secure
a counterparty’s contractual payment obligations. Refer to
Note C2 for details on credit risk arising from trade receivables
and contract assets.
Financial counterparty credit limits and the related credit
acceptability of financial counterparties are set by a Board
approved Treasury Policy that is subject to annual review to
ensure it remains relevant to the external environment and
reflects the Group’s risk appetite at all times. The Treasury
Policy sets clear parameters for determining acceptable
financial counterparties and limits the exposure the Group
may have at any one time to any financial counterparties to
mitigate financial loss due to a default by a counterparty.
No material exposure is considered to exist by virtue of the
non-performance of any financial counterparty.
Credit risk on derivative financial instruments and cash
balances held with financial counterparties is managed by
Group Treasury with transactions only made with approved
counterparties that have a minimum investment grade rating
from Standard & Poor’s of A- (or equivalent from Moody’s or
Fitch rating agencies). In limited circumstances, surplus cash
may be held in foreign jurisdictions with financial counterparties
that do not meet the minimum rating threshold where there is
no other alternative.
The carrying amount of financial assets recorded in the financial
statements, net of any allowances for losses, represents the
Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk.
122
| Downer EDI Limited
G2. Capital and financial risk management – continued
(f) Liquidity risk management
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group is unable to meet its financial obligations as and when they fall due. The Group’s liquidity risk
is managed under a Board approved Treasury Policy that sets clear parameters governing the Group’s continued access to liquidity.
The Group manages liquidity risk by ensuring a minimum level of liquidity is available to meet the Group’s financial obligations in
the form of available liquid cash balances and access to committed undrawn debt facilities and other forms of capital, monitoring
forecast and actual cash flows and matching the maturity profile of financial assets and liabilities.
The Group seeks to mitigate its exposure to liquidity risk by ensuring that debt facilities are provided by strong investment
grade rated financial counterparties and by the early refinancing of debt facilities to ensure continued access to capital over
the medium term.
As at 30 June 2022, the Group has no debt facilities maturing within the 12 months to 30 June 2023. The maturity profile and
quantum of the Group’s debt facilities will continue to be monitored and refinanced in advance subject to credit market conditions
and the support of its financial counterparties. Included in Note E2 is a summary of committed undrawn bank loan facilities.
Liquidity risk tables
The following tables detail the contractual maturity of the Group’s financial liabilities. The tables are based on the undiscounted
cash flows of financial liabilities and include both interest and principal cash flows.
2022
$'m
Less than
1 year
1 to 2
years
2 to 3
years
3 to 4
years
4 to 5
years
More than
5 years
Bank loans
(i)
1.5 100.0 182.0 – – 300.0
USD notes6.6 6.6 6.6 148.5 – –
AUD notes1.7 1.7 1.7 30.9 – –
Medium term notes19.7 19.7 19.7 519.7 1.2 113.5
Total borrowings including interest29.5 128.0 210.0 699.1 1.2 413.5
Cross-currency interest rate swaps6.0 6.0 6.1 (10.5)5.1 44.2
Interest rate swaps(5.4)(1.5)(0.4)– – –
Foreign currency forward contracts1.8 0.1 (0.1)– – –
Total derivative instruments
(ii)
2.4 4.6 5.6 (10.5)5.1 44.2
Trade payables785.0 – – – – –
Lease liabilities148.2 111.8 80.4 64.1 48.9 169.5
Total financial liabilities965.1244.4296.0752.755.2627. 2
2021
$'m
Less than
1 year
1 to 2
years
2 to 3
years
3 to 4
years
4 to 5
years
More than
5 years
Bank loans
(i)
51.8 100.0 – – – 300.0
USD notes6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 136.1 –
AUD notes1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 30.9 –
Medium term notes281.1 19.8 19.8 19.8 519.8 129.7
Total borrowings including interest340.7 127.6 27.6 27.6 686.8 429.7
Cross-currency interest rate swaps6.5 6.4 6.4 6.5 1.8 34.3
Interest rate swaps3.1 0.3 – – – –
Foreign currency forward contracts0.7 0.1 – – – –
Total derivative instruments
(ii)
10.3 6.8 6.4 6.5 1.8 34.3
Trade payables670.5 – – – – –
Lease liabilities182.2 138.6 107. 8 80.3 55.5 214.0
Total financial liabilities1,203.7273.0141. 8114.4744.1678.0
(i) $582 million (2021: $450 million) of the bank loan liabilities relate to loan principal obligations with the balance relating to interest obligations for the current quarterly or
monthly drawn profile. Interest obligations beyond the respective loan rollover dates are set by reference to the quarterly or monthly floating interest rate at the time of the
respective loan rollover. As these rates have not yet been quantified, the interest obligations for these liabilities beyond the current rollover period have not been disclosed.
(ii) Includes assets and liabilities.
123Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
Recognition and measurement
Derivative financial instruments
Derivative financial instruments are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are
subsequently re-measured to their fair value at each reporting date. Any gains or losses arising from changes in fair value of
derivatives, except those that qualify as effective hedges, are immediately recognised in profit or loss.
Hedge accounting
AASB 9 aligns the accounting for hedging instruments closely with the Group’s risk management objectives and strategy and
applies a more qualitative and forward-looking approach to assessing hedge effectiveness. The Group has elected to adopt the
general hedge accounting model in AASB 9. AASB 9 includes requirements on rebalancing hedge relationships and prohibiting
voluntary discontinuation of hedge accounting.
Fair value hedges
Fair value hedges are used to hedge the exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognised asset, liability or firm commitment.
For fair value hedges, changes in the fair value of the derivative, together with any changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or
liability that is attributable to the hedged risk, are immediately recorded in profit or loss. Hedge accounting is discontinued when
the hedge instrument expires or is sold, terminated, exercised, or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting.
Cash flow hedges
Cash flow hedges are used to hedge risks associated with contracted and highly probable forecast transactions. For cash flow
hedges, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative is deferred in equity and the gain or loss relating to the
ineffective portion is recognised immediately in profit or loss.
Amounts deferred in equity are transferred to profit or loss in the same period the hedged item is recognised in profit or loss. When
the forecast transaction that is hedged results in the recognition of a non-financial asset or liability, the gains and losses previously
deferred in equity are transferred to form part of the initial measurement of the cost of the non-financial asset or liability.
If the forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was deferred in equity is recognised
immediately in profit or loss. If the hedge instrument expires or is sold, terminated, exercised, or no longer qualifies for hedge
accounting, any gain or loss deferred in equity remains in equity until the forecast transaction occurs.
G3. Other financial assets and liabilities
2022
$’m
Financial assetsFinancial liabilities
Current Non-current Current Non-current
At amortised cost:
Other financial assets15.7 5.6– –
Advances to/from joint ventures and associates0.3 – 3.6 –
Deferred consideration4.5 – 0.2 1.3
20.5 5.63.8 1.3
At fair value:
Level 2
Foreign currency forward contracts – Cash flow hedge2.2 0.4 3.6 0.3
Cross-currency and interest rate swaps – Cash flow hedge5.5 17.0 5.3 3.4
Downer Contingent Share Options (DCSO) financial instrument– – 13.7 –
7.7 17. 4 22.6 3.7
Level 3
Unquoted equity investments – Fair value through OCI– 9.7– –
– 9.7 – –
To t a l28.2 32.7 26.4 5.0
124
| Downer EDI Limited
G3. Other financial assets and liabilities – continued
2021
$'m
Financial assetsFinancial liabilities
Current Non-current Current Non-current
At amortised cost:
Other financial assets18.8 5.7 – –
Advances to/from joint ventures and associates3.2 – 3.6 –
Deferred consideration39.2 – 0.1 0.2
61.2 5.7 3.7 0.2
At fair value:
Level 2
Foreign currency forward contracts – Cash flow hedge1.5 0.1 2.0 0.2
Commodity forward contract – Cash flow hedge– – 2.4 –
Cross-currency and interest rate swaps – Cash flow hedge– – 7.6 17. 9
Downer Contingent Share Options (DCSO) financial instrument– – 33.3 –
1.5 0.1 45.3 18.1
Level 3
Unquoted equity investments – Fair value through OCI– 2.0 – –
– 2.0 – –
To t a l62.7 7. 8 49.0 18.3
Reconciliation of Level 3 fair value measurements of financial assets
The fair value of Level 3 investments has increased by $7.7 million from prior year (2021: no change) due to the $7.5 million
investment in Evolution Rail (HCMT project) and $0.2 million revaluation of an investment.
Recognition and measurement
Fair value measurement
When a derivative is designated as the cash flow hedging instrument, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of the
derivative is recognised in Other comprehensive income and accumulated in the hedging reserve. Any ineffective portion of
changes in the fair value of the derivative is recognised immediately in profit or loss.
Valuation of financial instruments
For financial instruments measured and carried at fair value, the Group uses the following to categorise the methods used:
§Level 1: fair value is calculated using quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities
§Level 2: fair value is estimated using inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset
or liability, either directly (as prices) or indirectly (derived from prices)
§Level 3: fair value is estimated using inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data.
During the year there were no transfers between Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 fair value hierarchies.
The following table shows the valuation technique used in measuring Level 2 and 3 fair values, as well as significant unobservable
inputs used:
Ty p eValuation techniqueSignificant unobservable input
Cross-currency and
interest rate swaps
Calculated using the present value of the estimated
future cash flows based on observable yield curves.
Not applicable.
Foreign currency
forward contracts
Calculated using forward exchange rates prevailing
at the balance sheet date.
Not applicable.
Unquoted equity
investments
Calculated based on the Group’s interest in the net
assets of the unquoted entities.
Assumptions are made with regard to future expected
revenues and discount rates. Changing the inputs
to the valuations to reasonably possible alternative
assumptions would not significantly change the
amounts recognised in profit or loss, total assets or
total liabilities, or total equity.
Directors’ Declaration
for the year ended 30 June 2022
125Directors’ Declaration |
In the opinion of the Directors of Downer EDI Limited:
(a) The financial statements and notes set out on pages 61 to 124 are in accordance with the Australian Corporations Act 2001
(Cth), including:
(i) Complying with Accounting Standards, the Corporations Regulations 2001 and other mandatory professional reporting
requirements; and
(ii) The financial statements and notes thereto give a true and fair view of the financial position and performance of the
Company and the consolidated entity;
(b) There are reasonable grounds to believe that Downer EDI Limited will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due
and payable;
(c) The Directors have been given the declarations required by Section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth); and
(d) The attached financial statements are in compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards, as noted in Note A to the
financial statements.
Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors made pursuant to Section 295(5) of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).
On behalf of the Directors
M P Chellew
Chairman
Sydney, 17 August 2022
Sustainability Performance Summary 2022
126
| Downer EDI Limited
Downer’s Sustainability Approach
At Downer, sustainability means sustainable and profitable
growth, providing value to our customers, delivering our
services in a safe and environmentally responsible manner,
helping our people to be better and advancing the communities
in which we operate. Downer recognises that sustainability is
vital for securing long-term environmental, economic and social
viability and understands its role in contributing to a sustainable
future for communities to prosper.
Downer’s sustainability strategy is integrated into its
business strategy which is shaped by its four Pillars: Safety;
Delivery; Relationships; and Thought Leadership. Downer’s
commitment to sustainability is outlined on the Downer
website and within the Sustainability Report located
at www.downergroup.com/2022sustainabilityreport.
Downer leverages its understanding of Environment, Social
and Governance mega-trends and key material sustainability
issues to drive innovation and identify new sources of growth
and revenue for the business. Downer operates in sectors that
are closely connected to the investment that is being driven
by population growth and urbanisation. These sectors include
roads, rail, light rail, other public transport, power, gas, water,
telecommunications, health, education, defence and other
government sectors.
These sectors are served by Downer’s Urban Services
businesses – Transport, Utilities, and Facilities. These
businesses have demonstrated strength and resilience, hold
market-leading positions and attractive medium-term and
long-term growth opportunities. They have a high proportion
of government and government-related contracts and a capital
light, services-based business model, with a lower risk profile
and are generating more predictable revenues and cash flows.
Downer’s Urban Services strategy delivers many environmental
and social benefits including a move to lower capital intensive
and lower carbon activities which supports Downer’s
decarbonisation pathway. Downer completed the sale of
its Open Cut Mining East business in December 2021. This
completed the divestment of Downer’s former Mining Service
Business Unit.
Downer is proud of the role we play in creating more sustainable
cities and improving the quality of life in Australia and New
Zealand. Our customers trust us to deliver these services, which
will have a direct impact on their customers every day.
With our services impacting millions of lives every day, the
sustainability of our operations is paramount – for our people,
our partners, our shareholders, our customers and their
customers. We deliver these services while managing the
impacts of our activities on the environment and communities
in which we operate, and working collaboratively with our supply
chain. We understand that our ability to do this is fundamental
to Downer’s long-term success.
Downer’s ESG Reporting Approach
Downer prepares its Sustainability Report with reference to the
Global Reporting Initiative’s (GRI) Standards to provide investors
with comparable information relating to environmental, social
and governance (ESG) performance. Specifically, Downer’s
approach takes into consideration the GRI’s principles for
informing report content: materiality, completeness, and
sustainability context and stakeholder inclusiveness. A key
focus is to demonstrate how Downer delivers sustainable
returns while managing risk and being responsible in how
it operates.
Downer seeks to identify the issues that have the greatest
potential to impact its future success and returns to
shareholders. In FY21, Downer revisited its materiality
assessment in line with the GRI Standards via a rigorous
independently-led process to formally engage internal and
external stakeholders to understand what they believe are
the material sustainability issues for Downer and inform
the identification of its material issues by economic, social,
environmental and governance.
The materiality assessment provided key sustainability insights
for Downer’s strategy and frames the content for this year’s
Sustainability Report. The results were positive with strong
alignment between internal and external stakeholder views.
Downer continues to refine its material issues list as a result
of changes in the organisation, and the market in which it
operates. Downer typically undertakes a comprehensive
materiality assessment every two to three years or when there
have been significant or material changes within the business.
For example, Downer’s last materiality assessment in 2021 took
into consideration the divestment of the Laundries and Mining
Services businesses. A desktop review of the results from our
2021 assessment was undertaken this year, with no significant
changes to the business.
127Sustainability Performance Summary |
The material issues ranked in order of importance
for Downer and its stakeholders are:
1. Health, safety and wellbeing
2. Governance and ethical conduct
3. Economic performance
4. Customer relationships
5. Contractor management
6. Climate change
7. Cybersecurity
8. Business resilience
9. Employee development and engagement
10. Diversity and inclusion
11. Community engagement, impact and development
12. Human rights (including modern slavery)
13. Supply chain management
Further information including the Materiality process
undertaken is available on Downer’s website and
within the 2022 Sustainability Report located
at www.downergroup.com/2022sustainabilityreport.
Governance and Risk Management
The Downer Board, through its oversight functions, has verified
that Downer appropriately considers Environmental, Social
and Governance (ESG) risks including those related to climate
change. In fulfilling this function, the Downer Board also receives
oversight from Downer’s Zero Harm Board Committee, Audit
and Risk Committee, Tender Risk Evaluation Committee and
Disclosure Committee. ESG related risks and opportunities are
incorporated into Downer’s broader corporate strategy, planning
and risk management processes.
The Downer Board recognises that an integrated approach
to managing ESG risks and opportunities is essential. This has
been reflected in the strengthening of Downer’s governance
and increased focus in both Board and Executive forums
throughout the 2022 financial year. Managing our business to
be sustainable over the long term has always been front of mind
for Downer’s Board.
ESG risks and opportunities are governed as part of Downer’s
Group Risk and Opportunity Management Framework and
Project Risk Management Framework. Downer identifies,
manages and discloses material climate-related risks as part
of Downer’s standard business practices, and, in accordance
with the Group and Business Unit strategies, which apply to
everyone at Downer.
Downer’s Zero Harm Management System Framework sets
the Company’s Zero Harm and sustainability governance
requirements. Downer maintained its centralised third-party
accreditation to the International Standards ISO 45001
(Safety), ISO 9001 (Quality) and ISO 14001 (Environment).
This gives Downer a single system of work for safety, quality
and environment, and a framework to develop, implement and
monitor The Downer Standard.
The Board’s Zero Harm Committee oversees the strategy and
monitors the development and implementation of Downer’s Zero
Harm management systems, improvement and performance
reporting systems, and monitors Downer’s Zero Harm
performance. Effective monitoring occurs through extensive
internal and third-party audit programs, with oversight by both
the Board Zero Harm and Board Audit and Risk Committees.
Other aspects of Downer’s approach to sustainability are
overseen by other relevant corporate governance forums,
for example the Group Diversity Committee.
The method for measuring the Company’s performance
is clearly set out in its governance framework. Short-term
remuneration incentives are offered to senior managers in
relation to the Company’s performance against Zero Harm and
Sustainability targets. These targets include the management
of Downer’s Safety performance (LTIFR and TRIFR), Zero Harm
critical risks, developing improvement plans aligned to the
United Nations Sustainable Development Goals and focusing on
decarbonisation (GHG emissions reductions) in order to achieve
Downer’s science-based target to be net zero by 2050.
Downer’s Zero Harm performance during 2022 is summarised
below. More comprehensive information is provided in Downer’s
2022 Sustainability Report which will be available on the Downer
website www.downergroup.com/2022sustainabilityreport.
Health, Safety and Wellbeing
Downer’s business is founded on a deeply held value of Zero
Harm. Health and safety is Downer’s highest priority, its top
material issue and the first of its strategic pillars. Zero Harm
is embedded in Downer’s culture and is fundamental to future
success. Downer’s managers, supervisors and employees
bring this core principle to fruition and actively live it every day,
vigilantly protecting the health and safety of themselves and
others in and around its workplaces.
Downer’s approach to health and safety is built on leading,
innovating, managing risk, rethinking processes, applying lessons
learnt, and adopting and adapting practices that aim to achieve
zero work-related injuries. Downer’s integrated lifecycle approach
is a market differentiator and enables its people to work safely in
industry sectors that may be inherently hazardous. In everything
it does, the health and safety of its people and communities that
it works within is always its top priority.
128
| Downer EDI Limited
Downer’s commitment is enhanced by strong leadership
from senior leaders within the business, who actively engage,
enable and empower its people to work safely, and maintain
safe working environments for themselves and the community.
Downer has a mature safety culture, and it is proud of its
people’s support and commitment to its Zero Harm principles
and practices.
Downer’s Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR) for
FY22 was below target at 2.35 which was an improvement on
2.60 in FY21. Downer’s Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR)
is below target (<0.90) at 0.82, an improvement on 0.99 in FY21.
This is below industry benchmarks published by Safe Work
Australia for all industries which Downer operates in, the lowest
of which relates to Architectural, Engineering and Technical
Services with an LTIFR benchmark of 1.
FY22 Safety Performance
Lost Time Injuries per 1,000,000 hours
Total Recordable Injuries per 1,000,000 hours
0
0.50
1.00
1.50
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
5.00
0
0.20
0.40
0.60
0.80
1.00
1.20
1.40
1.60
1.80
2.00
TRIFRLTIFR
2018
0.78
2020
0.67
2022
0.82
2019
0.57
2021
0.99
* Note: In 2021 onwards Downer’s Safety Performance includes Spotless and
Hawkins. Safety data for 2018 to 2020 excludes Spotless and Hawkins.
Sadly, a long-term Downer employee in New Zealand died in
May 2022 following a fall at work. Although the cause of death
is not yet known, Downer has treated this as a workplace
fatality. This incident is a reminder of the challenges of ensuring
we remain vigilant and relentlessly manage the Critical Risks
associated with the work we do every day.
During FY22, Downer incurred two penalty infringement notices
relating to safety concerns totalling $13,904 (AUD).
§A penalty infringement for $10,904 (AUD) was issued
concerning an alleged technical breach of the Public Health
and Wellbeing Act 2008 (Vic). Downer believed it was in
compliance, in that the scope of work being conducted at
that location was permitted in accordance with the list of
exempted works, and that Downer had received authorisation.
Downer was unsuccessful in its administrative appeal of
the notice and opted to pay the fine rather than pursue
further challenges.
§Downer’s VEC Civil Engineering business was issued with
an infringement notice for $3,000 (AUD) relating to work in
proximity of overhead power lines.
Downer was also charged with a breach of the Heavy Vehicle
National Law Application Act 2013 (Vic) relating to overload
of a heavy vehicle moving stockpile, which required a short
travel on public roads. Downer has entered into an Enforceable
Undertaking with the National Heavy Vehicle Regulator.
Downer partnered with McConnell Dowell in a joint venture
to deliver Stage 2 of the Christchurch Southern Motorway
extension and upgrade (CSM2). On 30 October 2019, a
cyclist was fatally injured in a collision with a concrete truck
delivering concrete to the CSM2 project. As a result, Downer
and McConnell Dowell were charged with one offence under
sections 36(2), 48(1) and 48(2) of the Health and Safety at
Work Act 2015 in relation to the incident. On 22 March 2022,
Work Safe New Zealand accepted an Enforceable Undertaking
from Downer New Zealand Limited which commits to total
expenditure of at least $1,000,000 (NZD) to develop a training
program, support a scoping study, develop a NZQA qualification
and facilitate a cyclist awareness campaign, in order to improve
safety for vulnerable road users.
Strategic initiatives as identified for FY22 have been progressed
and have continued to strive for a more aligned and consistent
approach across the Group. Downer’s strategic program for
health and safety has focused on:
§Continue the consolidation of Critical Risk bow tie analysis
and verification through the Communities of Practice.
§Implement the improvements and outcomes identified by
the Communities of Practice and incorporate them into The
Downer Standard.
§Build on the progress made on The Downer Standard and
extend our consistent approach into deeper layers within the
Company, improving utilisation by the frontline.
§Enriching the quality of our data and utilising emerging
technologies in our strategy and planning activities.
§Roll out Downer’s Enterprise Data Warehouse (EDW) to
provide a foundation for advanced data analytics and
reporting, including the introduction of data science
techniques such as natural language processing and other
forms of machine learning.
§Refine our in-house training programs to reflect The Downer
Standard, and increase the risk management competency of
our workforce.
§Continued delivery of our Foundations of Mental Health
program, which gives an insight into the basic neuroscience
behind the most common mental illnesses, and the
accredited Mental Health First Aid (MHFA) training course
which arms our people with the knowledge and insights
to support themselves, their colleagues, and their family
and friends.
§Continue to monitor all COVID-19 risks and controls and
support government vaccination roll-out strategies.
More comprehensive information on Downer’s approach to
Health, Safety and Wellbeing is provided in Downer’s 2022
Sustainability Report which will be available on the Downer
website www.downergroup.com/2022sustainabilityreport.
129Sustainability Performance Summary |
Environmental Sustainability
Downer is committed to mitigating the impact of its activities
on the natural and built environment.
Downer’s environmental sustainability performance is
measured against the key areas of risk management,
minimising environmental impact, legal compliance, reducing
its operational (Scope 1 and 2) GHG emissions and maximising
resource efficiency opportunities in its own and its customers’
businesses. Downer’s key focus areas during the year were:
§Improving Downer’s environmental, social and governance
performance and disclosure, in turn improving ESG
analyst rating scores and project/contract related
sustainability ratings.
§Take a whole-of-life approach when considering initiatives
and specifying materials. Apply Lifecycle Assessment to our
road pavement products.
§Complete a comprehensive review of its critical
environmental risks. This resulted in a standardised set of
critical control verifications that were deployed across the
Group. The combination of the critical risk program, system
improvements to The Downer Standard and the continued
roll-out of environmental awareness training to the workforce
has resulted in improved environmental performance.
§Prepare the business as markets transition to a low
carbon economy.
§Continue efforts to decarbonise Downer’s Fleet in the short
to medium term, balancing supply issue and technology
readiness. Continue to pilot Electric Vehicles (EVs) and
commit to at least three pilot trials of EVs.
§Protect high value biodiversity located on sites Downer owns,
occupies or operates.
§Improve environmental sustainability workforce capability.
Downer achieved its Group-wide target of zero Level 5
1
or
Level 6
2
environmental incidents. There were no significant
environmental incidents
3
(≥ Level 4) during financial year 2022.
In FY22, unfortunately, Downer incurred two penalty
infringement notices totalling $13,617 AUD. On 15 July 2021,
Downer received a Penalty Infringement Notice (PIN) for
the amount of $13,345 AUD from Moreton Bay Council. The
PIN was issued for the contravention of a condition of the
Environmental Authority under the Environmental Protection
Act 1994 involving the uncontrolled release of a contaminant
into a stormwater drain.
1. A Level 5 environmental incident is defined as any incident that causes significant impact or serious harm on the environment, where material harm has occurred
and if costs in aggregate exceed $50,000.
2. A Level 6 environmental incident is defined as an incident that results in catastrophic widespread impact on the environment, resulting in irreversible damage.
3. A significant environmental incident or significant environmental spill (≥ Level 4) is any environmental incident or spill where there is significant impact on or material
harm to the environment; or a notifiable incident where there is a spill that results in significant impact or material harm; or there is long-term community irritation
leading to disruptive actions and requiring continual management attention.
In December 2021, Downer received a PIN for NZ$300
($272 AUD) from Christchurch City Council. The PIN was issued
for an environmental breach of the Resource Management Act
1991 involving the discharge of sediment latent water into a
stormwater drain.
In June 2022, Utilita, a joint venture between Downer and Ventia,
received a Compliance Notice from Brisbane City Council for
the alleged contravention of the Natural Assets Local Law 2003.
The Compliance Notice included an amount of $16,199.40 (AUD)
to offset the canopy loss due to the interference of native trees
on Council land, where a Brisbane Utilities water asset is being
managed by Utilita. Utilita has formally requested a review of the
decision, and at the time of publishing this report, the outcome
was pending.
Noteworthy achievements for FY22 include:
§Maintained its ‘AA’ MSCI rating and increased its S&P Global
CSA score to be ranked in the 93rd percentile, up from
82nd percentile (fifth position worldwide) in its industry
sector in 2021. S&P Global once again listed Downer in
its Sustainability Yearbook 2021, recognising outstanding
performance. In addition, Downer increased its Carbon
Disclosure Project (CDP) Climate Change score from a C to
a B in the Industrial Support Services category and scored a
B– in the CDP Water Security survey.
§Completed the sale of its Open Cut Mining East business
in December 2021 which completed the divestment of
Downer’s former Mining Services Business Unit. This resulted
in reduction of Downer’s operational emissions by 35% or
206,000 tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent.
§Reduced Downer’s absolute Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions by
26% and lowered Downer’s GHG emissions intensity by 25%
from 41.4 in FY21 to 31.1 in FY22.
§Achieved FY22 Sustainability Linked Loan Targets for KPI 1,
KPI 3 and KPI 4.
§Performed a full assessment of our Scope 3 emissions
portfolio in accordance with the Greenhouse Gas Protocol’s
Corporate Value Chain (Scope 3) Standard.
§Continued delivering several Infrastructure Sustainability
rated projects including Warrnambool Line Upgrade
(Victoria), Transport access Program Tranche 3 (New South
Wales), Auckland City Rail Link and the South Australia Road
Maintenance Services contract.
§Business Units achieved the goals and deliverables set within
their Sustainable Development Goal aligned Sustainability
Improvement Plans.
130
| Downer EDI Limited
Climate Change and TCFD Update
Decarbonisation is now recognised as humanity’s greatest
challenge and Downer is well placed to have a significant role
in decarbonising the economy in Australia and New Zealand.
The economics of climate change are rapidly shifting,
presenting significant opportunities for Downer’s services.
Downer’s Urban Services strategy delivers many environmental
and social benefits, including a move to lower capital intensive
and lower carbon activities, supporting Downer’s climate change
resilience and decarbonisation pathway. Downer is committed
to reducing its direct emissions profile and is well positioned to
service our customers through the energy transition essential
for the broader economy to achieve Net Zero by 2050.
Downer accepts the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate
Change’s assessment of the science related to climate change
and supports the Paris Agreement in transitioning to net zero
emissions by 2050 to limit the global temperature increase to
1.5°C by the end of this century. Downer will track its progress
towards its emissions reduction target and review its emission
reduction approach in line with Intergovernmental Panel on
Climate Change (IPCC) updated scientific reports, whilst
considering other developments in low-emissions technology,
to ensure a practical and affordable transition towards
this commitment.
To guide its ambition, Downer has set an absolute near-term
target of 50% reduction of its Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions by
2032 and an absolute near-term target of 30% reduction of its
Scope 3 emissions by 2032. Downer has set a long-term target
to be net zero
1
in Scope 1, 2 and 3 GHG emissions by 2050,
subject to future available technologies. Both the near-term and
the long-term targets have a base year of 2020.
Building on the TCFD disclosures that Downer has made
annually since 2019 and coupled with the changes in Downer’s
business and strategy in FY22 a detailed review of Downer’s
most material climate-related risks and opportunities was
completed. This work reaffirmed that climate change presents
considerable opportunities for Downer, and that these
opportunities increase as efforts to decarbonise accelerate.
The insights and findings from the work undertaken will
continue to inform Downer’s decarbonisation plans and
growth strategies.
Downer also undertook a review of the Taskforce on Climate-
related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) annex, released in October
2021, which updated their implementation guidance. To which,
we have undertaken further work to assess and understand the
decarbonisation financial implications.
1. Net Zero is defined as the mitigation of direct emissions to as low a level as possible and offsetting the remainder through carbon removals. Downer has utilised
the Science Based Target Initiative’s threshold of a 90% reduction in its emissions as being ‘as low a level as possible’.
In FY22, an assessment was commenced to quantify the
estimated financial impact of different climate scenarios on
Downer’s value chain. It also assessed the potential mitigation
costs against the identified risks. There are three key areas
of focus for this work: Downer’s fleet, our asphalt plants, and
the physical climate impacts on Downer’s fixed assets and key
operational locations.
A review was also commenced to review Downer’s current
capital asset decision-making process. This review
has examined opportunities to integrate more formal
climate considerations into Downer’s capital allocation
decision-making process.
In FY23 Downer will enhance its position as a thought leader
in this space by developing and publishing a standalone Climate
Change Report, which will complement this Annual Report and
the Sustainability Report. The Climate Change Report will be
prepared to provide shareholders and potential shareholders
with information on Downer’s climate-related plans. This
includes its strategies to thrive through the energy transition
by summarising our climate-related plans, activities and
disclosures in accordance with the TCFD.
Downer believes its own pathway to Net Zero is essential in
adding credibility to the services we deliver to our customers
to help them decarbonise their own operations. Downer remains
focused on six key areas to ensure we meet our near-term and
long-term science-based target commitments. Downer has a
clear pathway to Net Zero by 2050, which aligns with its Urban
Service Strategy. The six key focus areas include:
1. Increase our focus on core urban services which has seen
a shift from high capital, carbon intensive industries to lower
carbon activities.
2. Continue to focus on energy efficiency and GHG
emission reductions.
3. Decarbonise our fixed assets with new technology and
fuel switching.
4. Decarbonise Downer’s fleet through electric and alternate
fuel vehicles.
5. Increase uptake of renewables on- and off-grid.
6. Reducing Scope 3 emissions i.e. low carbon materials,
e.g. bituminous products; and working with suppliers to lower
their emissions.
In February 2022, Downer established a Fleet Decarbonisation
Committee, with Executive support from the CFO, Head
of Sustainability, Head of Road Services and Head of
Utilities. This committee demonstrates the importance of
fleet decarbonisation to Downer and provides governance
and oversight on Downer’s fleet decarbonisation plan and
associated actions.
131Sustainability Performance Summary |
This year, the Board considered information on Downer’s
climate-related risks and opportunities, as identified through
the TCFD analysis. Due to the opportunities identified,
decarbonisation and energy transition have been highlighted
as a key growth strategy for Downer. As an outcome Downer
established a centralised decarbonisation fund, which makes
funds accessible to Business Units for initiatives that result in
structural decarbonisation. The Board has endorsed a series
of decarbonisation initiatives in the short term which include
PV solar, fuel switching of asphalt manufacturing process
from diesel to natural gas and biogas, and the acceleration of
alternate fuel vehicles such as hybrid and electric into the fleet.
In FY23 and beyond Downer will:
§Continue to progress activities under the six decarbonisation
strategic focus areas mentioned on page 130, with a specific
focus on Downer’s fleet and fixed assets.
§Actively seek to progress opportunities to assist our
customers’ decarbonisation, in line with our Urban
Services strategy.
§Consider a framework to integrate climate thinking into
Downer’s capital allocation decision-making process that
considers the carbon implications of investment over the
short and longer terms.
Refer to Downer’s Climate Change Report which will be located
at www.downergroup.com/2022sustainabilityreport for
further disclosures on Downer’s response to climate change as
it specifically addresses the TCFD recommendations.
Overview
Downer’s corporate governance framework provides the
platform from which:
§The Board is accountable to shareholders for the operations,
performance and growth of the Company
§Downer management is accountable to the Board
§The risks to Downer’s business are identified and managed
§Downer effectively communicates with its shareholders and
the investment community.
Downer continues to enhance its policies and processes
to promote leading corporate governance practices.
The Board endorses the ASX Corporate Governance Council’s
Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations
(ASX Principles).
Principle 1: Lay solid foundations
for management and oversight
The Downer Board Charter sets out the functions and
responsibilities of the Board and is available on the Downer
website at www.downergroup.com.
The Board Charter states that the role of the Board is to provide
strategic guidance and to effectively oversee management of
the Company. Among other things, the Board is responsible for:
§Overseeing the Company, including its control and
accountability systems
§Appointing and removing the Group CEO and
senior executives
§Monitoring performance of the Group CEO and
senior executives
§Reviewing, ratifying and monitoring systems of risk
management and internal control, codes of conduct
and legal compliance.
Before appointing a Director or senior executive, the Board
undertakes appropriate checks.
The Board provides shareholders with all material information
which is relevant to the decision to elect or re-elect a Director.
Directors receive formal letters of engagement setting out the
key terms, conditions and expectations of their engagement.
The Board Charter also describes the functions delegated
to management, led by the Group CEO.
The primary goal set for management by the Board is to focus
on enhancing shareholder value, which includes responsibility
for Downer’s economic, environmental and social performance.
The Group CEO is responsible for the day-to-day management
of Downer and his authority is delegated and authorised by
the Board.
Corporate Governance
for the year ended 30 June 2022
132
| Downer EDI Limited
Downer has written employment agreements with each of
its senior executives and the performance of those senior
executives is regularly reviewed against appropriate measures,
including performance targets linked to the business plan and
overall corporate objectives. In 2022, Downer’s senior executives
participated in periodic performance evaluations where they
received feedback on progress against these targets.
The Company Secretary is responsible for supporting the
effectiveness of the Board and is directly accountable to the
Board, through the Chairman, on all matters to do with the
proper functioning of the Board.
Details of Downer’s Directors and the Executive
Leadership Team are available on the Downer website
at www.downergroup.com.
Diversity at Downer
Downer is committed to ensuring that it has a diverse and
inclusive workforce, which fulfils the expectations of its
employees, customers and shareholders while building a
sustainable future for its business. This is formalised through
the Downer Diversity and Inclusion (D&I) Policy which outlines
the Company’s commitment to developing a diverse and
inclusive workforce.
In May 2022, Downer progressed its Diversity Framework
through the launch of ‘Own Different’, an enhanced Diversity
Strategy and Action Plan focused on Inclusion and Belonging
(I&B). This plan supports the D&I Policy and implementation of
Divisional I&B strategies.
The D&I Policy is available on the Downer website
at www.downergroup.com.
ASX diversity recommendations – diversity statement
This diversity statement outlines Downer’s performance
throughout 2022 with respect to its broader diversity program,
but with a particular focus on gender, and specifically includes:
§Details of Downer’s key gender representation metrics
§An overview of the gender diversity initiatives undertaken
by Downer throughout 2022
§An outline of Downer’s measurable gender diversity
objectives for 2022.
Gender representation metrics
As at 30 June 2022, Downer’s female gender representation
metrics were as follows:
Board 37. 5%
Senior Executive
1
23%
Management
2
17%
Workforce31%
1. For present purposes, ‘Senior Executive’ refers to CEO, KMP and Other Executives/General Managers as defined in the Workplace Gender Equality Agency Reference
Guide to the workplace profile and reporting questionnaire (WGEA Reference Guide).
2. For present purposes, ‘Management’ refers to CEO, KMP, Other Executives/General Managers, Senior Managers and Other Managers as defined in the WGEA
Reference Guide.
133Corporate Governance |
Looking back: 2022 measurable objectives
Focus AreaObjectiveTargetsInitiativesOutcomes
Flexibility,
Diversity
and Inclusion
To continue
developing
Downer’s
commitment to
representing the
businesses and
communities in
which we serve
through a focus
on I&B.
Report quarterly
to the Executive
Committee and
Lines of Business
on progress
towards targets
and objectives.
Embed talent management and
succession planning framework
cohort to CEO-3 for females.
Establishing a Group Level
Community of Practice that
provides strategic advice and
governance for the Line of
Business I&B Steering Committees.
This will include a strategic focus
on flexible work arrangements.
Embedding and leveraging the
Diversity and Inclusion Steering
Committees within each Line of
Business to focus on programs
and initiatives that will support
the achievement of targets.
Continuing to review and
modify Downer’s Mandatory
Induction program to ensure our
commitment to a diverse and
inclusive workforce and working
environment is embedded in
Downer’s culture.
Delivering a series of D&I
‘Lunch ’n’ Learn’ sessions
for all employees across the
Group, covering a range of
topics including Indigenous,
gender, disability, orientation
and generational diversity.
Launch Workplace
Giving Program.
Continuing to leverage our
relationships that manage the
transition of ex-Defence personnel
into employment
Engage with not-for-profit
and community organisations
to provide pathways and
opportunities for culturally and
linguistically diverse groups
and people.
Executive Committee pilot launched
June 2022. Top talent being mentored
by Senior Leadership Team members.
I&B Community of Practice has
been established and meeting on a
bi-monthly schedule.
Each Line of Business has developed
an I&B Tactical Plan consisting of
initiatives and actions specific to their
Lines of Business I&B maturity and
strategic direction.
In progress.
Commencing March 2021, the I&B
Team have been delivering monthly
Lunch ’n’ Learn sessions across all
focus areas identified in the strategy.
In December 2021, Downer launched
the Workplace Giving Program as part
of our Corporate Philanthropic arm.
Downer’s partnerships with Right
Management and the Australian
Veterans Employment Coalition (AVEC)
are core to supporting the transition
of current and ex-Australian Defence
Force members and their families into
employment.
Downer is continuing our partnership
with Career Seekers and has two
placement programs that we are
engaged in.
134
| Downer EDI Limited
Looking back: 2022 measurable objectives
Focus AreaObjectiveTargetsInitiativesOutcomes
Gender
Diversity
To improve
opportunities for
women to reach
their potential
through an
inclusive work
environment
while positioning
Downer Group
as a preferred
employer for
women in
our industry.
40% women in
the workforce
by 2023.
25% women in
management
positions
by 2023.
25% women
in executive
positions
by 2023.
30% women
on the Board.
Analyse the WGEA reporting
data and use the learnings as key
inputs to develop ongoing strategy,
programs and initiatives.
Deliver Downer’s THRIVE women’s
personal and professional
growth program.
Develop and release an unconscious
bias capability program to support
an inclusive workplace.
Realign our Leadership programs
to include further diversity and
inclusion content and learning.
In progress.
Downer’s THRIVE program is now in the
second cohort series and has seen 218
participants commence the program.
The strategy around unconscious
bias is multi-faceted, consisting of
online modules through the Inclusion
Habits Journey, podcasts, Fact
Sheets and Lunch ’n’ Learn sessions
and the Diversity @ Downer external
learning package.
Programs have been reviewed to
include I&B information. Introduction of
Diversity @ Downer.
Cultural
Diversity
To build on
Downer Group’s
commitment to
closing the gap
by increasing
Indigenous
workforce
participation
and developing
strategic
partnerships
with Indigenous
organisations
and community
groups.
3% Aboriginal
and Torres
Strait Islander
employees.
Work with Reconciliation Australia
to develop and launch a Downer
Group Innovate Reconciliation Action
Plan (RAP).
Create an Indigenous
Champions network.
Embed best practice cultural
heritage monitoring within large-
scale on-country project deliveries.
Continue to deliver Downer’s Māori
Leadership Development program,
Te Ara Whanake.
Continue to deliver the Te Ara
Whanake program to Non-Māori
leaders which gives them a deeper
understanding of Māori history,
culture and Tikanga.
Continue to deliver
Te Ara Maramatanga.
In late May 2022, we received
conditional endorsement of our
Downer Innovate RAP, which launched
during NAIDOC week.
Ongoing. In the I&B Strategy and
Action Plan we have determined that
the creation of ‘Listening Circles’
around all focus areas is more
culturally appropriate.
Ongoing. A Downer-wide best practice
cultural heritage monitoring guide will
be delivered in Q3 of FY23.
In FY22 three Te Ara Whanake and two
Te Ara Whanake Wahine Toa programs
were run with a total of 89 participants
completing the program. In addition,
we completed eight additional
Māori programs.
In FY22, 58 participants completed
the Te Ara Maramatanga program.
Generational
Diversity
To establish
Downer Group
as a sought-
after employer
for all age-
groups and as
an organisation
that builds a
talent pipeline of
thought leaders
and continues to
value experience.
Maintain
or increase
the number
of graduate
employees
year-on-year.
Continue to build a talent pipeline by
investing in entry level programs that
align to our generational diversity
focus and priority areas, including:
– The Downer Graduate
Development Program
– Cadets and further
Undergraduate programs
– Apprentices and Trainees.
Ongoing. In addition to the Graduate
Program, Cadets and Undergraduate
programs, Apprentices and Trainees,
we are also utilising the sponsorship
arrangements that Downer has made
to fill these pipelines with Indigenous
students and Alumni and migrant and
refugee opportunities.
135Corporate Governance |
Looking ahead: 2023 measurable objectives
Focus AreaObjectiveTargetsInitiatives
Aboriginal,
Torres Strait
Islander and
Māori Peoples
Educate and embed best
practice cultural heritage
monitoring within
large-scale on-country
project deliveries.
Support engagement
and partnership with Iwi,
Local Traditional Owner
groups and Registered
Native Title bodies.
Focus on talent and
sourcing pipelines,
Employee Value
Proposition, retention
and engagement.
3% Aboriginal and
Torres Strait Islander
employees.
Develop and deliver a series of information sessions,
awareness packs and other resources to the business about
Aboriginal, Torres Strait Islander and Māori history and
cultures, such as Cultural Learning Bites.
Develop and endorse inclusive ‘optional’ mentoring programs
for Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander employees, to ensure
supported ongoing ‘Cultural Safety’ in their roles.
Develop internal Indigenous pre-employment and internship
programs in Australia, through the consultation, education,
engagement, and collaboration with Business Units
across Downer.
Identify and implement pipeline activities for potential
candidates from Aboriginal, Torres Strait Islander and Māori
heritage. Develop innovative programs and approaches
to reach a wider range of recruitment platforms and
diverse communities.
Develop a strategic and inclusive Diversity Attraction,
Employment, Engagement and Retention Plan.
Continue to deliver Downer’s Māori Leadership Development
program, Te Ara Whanake.
Continue to deliver the Te Ara Whanake program
to Non-Māori leaders which gives them a deeper
understanding of Māori history, culture and Tikanga.
Continue to deliver Te Ara Maramatanga.
Create and maintain identified positions for Aboriginal and
Torres Strait Islander people.
Gender
Diversity
To improve opportunities
for women to reach
their potential through
an inclusive work
environment while
positioning Downer
Group as a preferred
employer for women in
our industry.
40% women in the
workforce by 2023.
25% women
in management
positions by 2023.
25% women
in executive
positions by 2023.
30% women
on the Board.
Analyse the WGEA reporting data and use the learnings
as key inputs to develop ongoing strategy, programs
and initiatives.
Develop a strategic and inclusive Diversity Attraction,
Employment, Engagement and Retention Plan.
Conduct self-assessment against criteria and standards
outlined in the Workplace Equality and Respect Standards
and Gender Equality Act 2020 (Vic), reporting on areas
for improvement.
Continue to deliver THRIVE, our women’s personal and
professional growth program and New Zealand’s Women
In Leadership Downer program (WILD).
Cultural and
Linguistic
Diversity
To improve opportunities
for employees from
different cultural and
linguistic backgrounds.
Increase employees
who identify to
be from cultural
and linguistically
diverse backgrounds.
Develop a strategic and inclusive Diversity Attraction,
Employment, Engagement and Retention Plan.
Develop and deliver information sessions, awareness
packs and other resources to the business in relation to
the awareness and understanding of different cultures
and languages.
Identify new partnerships and opportunities for sourcing
and recruiting employees from under-represented
cultural groups.
136
| Downer EDI Limited
Focus AreaObjectiveTargetsInitiatives
Generational
Diversity
To establish Downer
Group as a sought-
after employer for all
age-groups and as
an organisation that
builds a talent pipeline
of thought leaders
and continues to
value experience.
Increase the
number of graduate
employees year-on-year.
Develop a strategic and inclusive Diversity Attraction,
Employment, Engagement and Retention Plan.
Continue to build a talent pipeline by investing in entry level
programs that align to our generational diversity focus and
priority areas, including:
The Downer Graduate Development Program
Cadetships and further Undergraduate programs
Apprenticeships and traineeships (mature-age
opportunities, recognition of prior learning for experienced
workers without formal qualifications)
Internships
CSO pre-employment programs (NZ).
LGBTIQA+Create a welcoming and
safe environment for all
employees who identify
as lesbian, gay, bisexual,
transgender, intersex,
queer, asexual and other
diverse genders, sexes
and sexualities.
Increase confidence of
employees to identify
as LGBTIQA+.
Develop and deliver information sessions, awareness
packs and other resources to the business in relation to
LGBTQIA+ communities.
Identify new partnerships and opportunities for sourcing and
recruiting employees from the LGBTQIA+ community.
Disability and
Neurodiversity
Providing a safe and
inclusive workplace that
enables people of all
abilities to realise their
full potential and make
valued contributions.
Increase confidence of
employees to identify
as employees with
a disability.
Identify new partnerships and opportunities for sourcing and
recruiting employees with a disability.
Autism recruitment pilot within a specific Business Unit.
Identify target roles and seek a recruitment exemption from
the Anti-Discrimination Board (Australia).
Develop and deliver information sessions, awareness packs
and other resources to the business in relation to disability
workplace accessibility and inclusion.
Looking ahead: 2023 measurable objectives
137Corporate Governance |
Principle 2: Structure the Board to be effective
and add value
Throughout the 2022 financial year, the Board was comprised of
a majority of independent Directors.
The Board is currently comprised of the Chairman (Mark
Chellew, an independent, Non-executive Director), six other
independent, Non-executive Directors and an Executive
Director (the Group CEO, Grant Fenn). Details of the members
of the Board, including their skills, experience, status and
their term of office are set out in the Directors’ Report on
pages 6 to 51 and are also available on the Downer website
at www.downergroup.com.
The composition of the Board is reviewed and assessed by
the Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee to
ensure the Board is of a composition, size and commitment to
effectively discharge its responsibilities and duties.
Directors are required to bring their independent judgement to
bear on all Board decisions. To facilitate this, it is Downer’s policy
to provide Directors with access to independent professional
advice at the Company’s expense in appropriate circumstances.
Downer’s Non-executive Directors recognise the benefit of
conferring regularly without management present, and they do
so at various times throughout the year.
The Board considers that an independent Director is a Non-
executive Director who is not a member of management and
who is free of any business or other relationship that could (or
could reasonably be perceived to) materially interfere with the
independent exercise of their judgement.
The Board regularly assesses the independence of each
Director to ensure that each Director has the capacity to bring
independent judgement to bear on issues before the Board and
to act in the best interests of Downer as a whole.
Downer’s governance framework requires each Director to
promptly disclose actual and possible conflicts of interest, any
interests in contracts, other directorships or offices held, related
party transactions and any dealing in the Company’s securities.
At least one Director must retire from office at each Annual
General Meeting (AGM). No Non-executive Director can
serve more than three years without offering themselves
for re-election.
The Chairman of the Board is an independent, Non-executive
Director. He is responsible for the leadership of the Board and
for the efficient organisation and functioning of the Board.
The Chairman is appointed by the Board to ensure that a high
standard of values, governance and constructive interaction
is maintained.
The Chairman facilitates the effective contribution of all
Directors and promotes constructive and respectful relations
between Directors and the Board and management. He also
represents the views of the Board to Downer’s shareholders and
conducts the AGM.
The roles of Chairman and Group CEO are not exercised by
the same person and the division of responsibilities between
the Chairman and the Group CEO have been agreed by the
Board and are set out in the Board Charter and Downer’s
Delegations Policy.
The Board has established a number of committees to
assist the Board to effectively and efficiently execute its
responsibilities. A list of the main Board Committees and their
current membership is set out in the table below.
Board CommitteeChairmanMembers
Audit and RiskN M HollowsT G Handicott
A M Howse
P L Watson
Zero HarmP L WatsonM J Binns
G A Fenn
Nominations and
Corporate Governance
M P ChellewT G Handicott
N M Hollows
RemunerationT G HandicottN M Hollows
A M Howse
M J Menhinnitt
DisclosureT G HandicottM P Chellew
G A Fenn
Tender Risk EvaluationP L WatsonM J Binns
G A Fenn
N M Hollows
M J Menhinnitt
The names of members of each committee, the number of
meetings and the attendances by each of the members of the
various committees to which they are appointed is set out in the
Directors’ Report on page 23.
The Tender Risk Evaluation Committee’s primary purpose is
to oversee tenders and contracts that exceed the delegation
of the Group CEO. The Tender Risk Evaluation Committee,
is chaired by an independent Director and comprises four
members, including the Group CEO. Meetings of the Tender
Risk Evaluation Committee are convened as required to review
tender opportunities.
The Board has established the Nominations and Corporate
Governance Committee to oversee the practices for selection
and appointment of Directors of the Company.
The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee’s
primary purpose is to support and advise the Board on fulfilling
its responsibilities to shareholders by ensuring that the Board
is comprised of individuals who are best able to discharge the
responsibilities of Directors having regard to the law and leading
governance practice.
138
| Downer EDI Limited
The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee has a
charter which sets out its roles and responsibilities, composition,
structure, membership requirements and the procedures for
inviting non-committee members to attend meetings. The
Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee Charter
gives the Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee
access to internal and external resources, including advice
from external consultants and specialists. The Nominations and
Corporate Governance Committee Charter is available on the
Downer website at www.downergroup.com.
The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee, all
members of which are independent Directors, is chaired by an
independent Director and has a minimum of three members.
The Committee’s responsibilities include:
§Assessing the skills and competencies required on the Board
§Assessing the extent to which the required skills are
represented on the Board
§Establishing processes for the review of the performance
of individual Directors, Board Committees and the Board
as a whole
§Establishing processes for identifying suitable candidates for
appointment to the Board (including undertaking a formal
due diligence screening process)
§Recommending the engagement of nominated persons
as Directors.
When appointing Directors, the Nominations and Corporate
Governance Committee aims to ensure that an appropriate
balance of skills, experience, expertise and diversity is
represented on the Board. This may result in a Non-executive
Director with a longer tenure remaining in office to bring that
experience and depth of understanding to matters brought
before the Board.
Given the breadth of Downer’s service offerings across a range
of markets, the Board seeks to ensure that it maintains an
appropriate range of technical skills and executive experience
across engineering, construction and scientific disciplines
as well as services activities and professional services when
considering the appointment of a new Director.
During 2022, Downer’s Board renewal program continued. On 1
September 2021, Mark Chellew joined the Downer Board as
Non-executive Director and Chairman-elect, succeeding Mike
Harding as Chairman on his retirement from the Board on 30
September 2021. This was followed by the appointments of
Mark Binns and Mark Menhinnitt on 1 March 2022 and Adelle
Howse on 1 April 2022.
In making these appointments, the Downer Board identified the
need to ensure ongoing engineering and operational expertise,
experience in senior executive roles, various aspects of major
infrastructure projects, as well as knowledge and experience of
the construction and New Zealand markets.
Mr Chellew has extensive experience in engineering and the
building materials sector, as well as a Chief Executive Officer,
Non-executive Director and Non-executive Chairman of large
publicly listed organisations.
Mr Binns is an experienced senior executive and Non-executive
Director with extensive experience in New Zealand in the
energy, construction and building materials sectors where he
has been closely involved in many of New Zealand’s largest
infrastructure projects.
Mr Menhinnitt is an experienced senior executive with extensive
domestic and international experience in large infrastructure
development and urban regeneration, investment management,
construction, asset services, operations and maintenance.
Dr Howse has extensive senior executive and Non-executive
Director experience in the infrastructure, energy and
resources, construction, data centres, telecommunications
and property sectors.
139Corporate Governance |
The chart below illustrates the balance achieved with the
current Board composition. The Company recognises the value
of diversity which has been a component of the appointment
process over the past few years.
Professional qualifications
Business, finance and economics
1.02.03.04.0
0.0
6.05.0
Technical*
Legal
* Comprises construction, engineering, metallurgy and science.
Industry experience
Professional services*
Transport and infrastructure
Resources and energy
0.01.02.03.04.05.06.07.0
* Includes banking, finance and legal.
Te n u r e (ye a r s )
9+
3–6
1.02.04.0
0.0
3.0
6–9
0–3
Gender diversity
MaleFemale
3
5
From time to time, Downer engages external specialists to assist
with the selection process as necessary, and the Chairman,
Board and Group CEO meet with candidates as part of the
appointment process.
Nominations for re-election of Directors are reviewed by the
Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee and
Directors are re-elected in accordance with the Downer
Constitution and the ASX Listing Rules.
As part of its commitment to leading corporate governance
practice, the Board undertakes improvement programs,
including externally facilitated periodic reviews of its
performance and that of its Committees and Directors. The last
review was completed during FY22 and included consideration
of the skills and knowledge of Directors.
The Company has formal induction procedures for both
Directors and senior executives. These induction procedures
have been developed to enable new Directors and senior
executives to gain an understanding of:
§Downer’s financial position, strategies, operations and risk
management policies
§The respective rights, duties and responsibilities and roles
of the Board and senior executives
§Downer’s culture and values.
Directors are given an induction briefing by the Company
Secretary and an induction pack containing information about
Downer and its business, Board and Committee charters and
Downer Group policies. New Directors also meet with key senior
executives to gain an insight into the Company’s business
operations and the Downer Group structure.
Directors are encouraged to continually build on their exposure
to the Company’s business and a formal program of Director
site visits has been in place since 2009. Directors are also
encouraged to attend appropriate training and professional
development courses to update and enhance their skills and
knowledge and the Company Secretary regularly organises
governance and other continuing education sessions for
the Board.
The Board is provided with the information it needs to discharge
its responsibilities effectively. The Directors also have access
to the Company Secretary for all Board and governance-
related issues and the appointment and removal of the
Company Secretary is determined by the Board. The Company
Secretary is accountable to the Board, through the Chair, on all
governance matters.
140
| Downer EDI Limited
Principle 3: Instil a culture of acting
lawfully, ethically and responsibly
Downer’s Purpose is to create and sustain the modern
environment by building trusted relationships with our
customers. Its Promise is to work closely with our customers to
help them succeed, using world-leading insights and solutions.
Downer’s Purpose and Promise are founded on the Pillars of
Zero Harm, Delivery, Relationships and Thought Leadership and
define the way it manages its business and are the foundations
that support Downer’s culture. An overview of the Purpose,
Promise and Pillars can be found on the Downer website
at www.downergroup.com.
Downer strives to attain the highest standards of behaviour
and business ethics when engaging in corporate activity. The
Downer Standards of Business Conduct sets the ethical tone
and standards of the Company and deals with matters such as:
§Compliance with the letter and the spirit of the law
§Workplace behaviour
§Prohibition against bribery and corruption
§Protection of confidential information
§Engaging with stakeholders
§Workplace safety
§Diversity and inclusiveness
§Sustainability
§Conflicts of interest.
Downer has a formal whistleblower policy and procedures
for reporting and investigating breaches of the Standards of
Business Conduct. This includes the Our Voice service, an
external and independent reporting service which enables
employees to anonymously report potential breaches of the
Standards of Business Conduct, including misconduct or other
unethical behaviour. Reports received through Our Voice are
investigated where appropriate, with the Company Secretary
overseeing the completion of any remedial action. The Board
is informed of material breaches of the Standards of Business
Conduct through reporting of incidents reported under the
whistleblower policy, investigations of allegations of fraud and
breaches of Downer’s Zero Harm Cardinal Rules.
The Standards of Business Conduct applies to all officers
and employees and is available on the Downer website
at www.downergroup.com.
Downer endorses leading governance practices and has in
place policies setting out the Company’s approach to various
matters, including:
§Securities trading (stipulating ‘closed periods’ for designated
employees and a formal process which employees must
adhere to when dealing in securities)
§The Company’s disclosure obligations (including
continuous disclosure)
§Communicating with shareholders and the general
investment community
§Privacy.
Downer has an Anti-Bribery and Corruption Policy which
expands upon the prohibition against bribery and corruption
currently contained in the Standards of Business Conduct, and
which addresses key issues such as working with government,
political donations, human rights, conducting business
internationally and gifts and benefits. The Board is informed of
material breaches of the Anti-Bribery and Corruption Policy.
As Downer has operations in foreign jurisdictions, Downer
employees are confronted by the challenges of doing business
in environments where bribery and corruption are real risks.
However, regardless of the country or culture within which its
people work, Downer is committed to compliance with the law,
as well as maintaining its reputation for ethical practice.
These policies are available on the Downer website
at www.downergroup.com.
Principle 4: Safeguard the integrity
of corporate reports
The Company has in place a structure of review and
authorisation which independently verifies and safeguards
the integrity of its financial reporting.
An external limited assurance engagement is performed
on selected sustainability information in Downer’s annual
Sustainability Report. Downer also follows a comprehensive
internal verification process to ensure the integrity of the
Sustainability Report and other periodic corporate reports
which are not audited or reviewed by the external auditor,
including the Directors’ Report, Corporate Governance
Statement, and Information for Investors. This process involves
review of reporting by relevant subject matter experts across
the organisation to ensure it is materially accurate, balanced and
provides investors with appropriate information.
The Audit and Risk Committee assists the Board to fulfil its
responsibilities relating to:
§The quality and integrity of the accounting, auditing and
reporting practices of the Company with a particular focus on
the qualitative aspects of financial reporting to shareholders
§The Company’s risk profile and risk policies
§The effectiveness of the Company’s system of internal control
and framework for risk management.
The Audit and Risk Committee is structured so that it:
§Consists of only Non-executive Directors
§Consists of a majority of independent Directors
§Is chaired by an independent Chairman (who is not
the Chairman of the Board)
§Has at least three members.
The Audit and Risk Committee comprises only independent
Directors, includes members who are financially literate and
has at least one member who has relevant qualifications
and experience.
141Corporate Governance |
The Audit and Risk Committee Charter sets out the Audit
and Risk Committee’s role and responsibilities, composition,
structure and membership requirements and the procedures for
inviting non-committee members to attend meetings.
The Board receives assurances from the Group CEO and the
Group CFO that the declarations provided to it in relation to the
annual and half-year financial statements, in accordance with
sections 295A and 303(4) of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth),
are founded on a sound system of risk management and internal
control and that the system is operating effectively in all material
respects in relation to financial reporting risks.
Downer’s external auditor attends the Company’s AGMs and is
available to answer any questions which shareholders may have
about the conduct of the external audit for the relevant financial
year and the preparation and content of the Audit Report.
Information regarding the number of times the Audit and Risk
Committee convened in FY22, together with the individual
attendances of members at the meetings, is set out in the
Directors’ Report on page 23.
The Audit and Risk Committee Charter is available on the
Downer website at www.downergroup.com.
Principle 5: Make timely
and balanced disclosure
The Company’s Disclosure Policy sets out processes which
assist the Company to ensure that all investors have equal and
timely access to material information about the Company and
that Company announcements are factual and presented in a
clear and balanced way. It includes that new and substantive
investor or analyst presentations are released on the ASX
Market Announcements Platform ahead of the presentation.
A copy of the Disclosure Policy is available on the Downer
website at www.downergroup.com.
The Disclosure Policy also sets out the procedures for
identifying and disclosing material and market-sensitive
information in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001
(Cth) and the ASX Listing Rules. The Board receives copies of
all material market announcements promptly after they have
been made.
Downer’s Disclosure Committee consists of two independent,
Non-executive Directors (one of which is the Chairman of the
Board) and the Group CEO. The Disclosure Committee oversees
disclosure of information by the Company to the market and the
general investment community.
Principle 6: Respect the rights
of security holders
Downer empowers its shareholders by:
§Communicating effectively, openly and honestly
with shareholders
§Giving shareholders ready access to balanced and
understandable information about the Company and
its governance
§Making it easy for shareholders to participate in
general meetings
§Giving shareholders the option to receive communications
from, and send communications to, the Company and its
security registry electronically.
The Downer Communication Policy sets out the Company’s
approach to communicating with shareholders and is available
on the Downer website at www.downergroup.com.
The Company publishes corporate information on its website
(www.downergroup.com), including Annual and Half
Year Reports, ASX announcements, investor updates and
media releases.
Downer encourages shareholder participation at members’
meetings through its use of electronic communication, including
by making notices of meetings available on its website and
audio casting of general meetings and significant Group
presentations. All substantive resolutions at meetings of
shareholders are conducted by poll.
The Directors and key members of management attend the
Company’s AGMs and are available to answer questions.
Principle 7: Recognise and manage risk
To mitigate the risks that arise through its activities, Downer has
various risk management policies and procedures in place that
cover (among other matters) interest rate management, foreign
exchange risk management, credit risk management, tendering
and contracting risk and project management.
Downer has controls at the Board, executive and business unit
levels that are designed to safeguard Downer’s interests and
ensure the integrity of reporting (including accounting, financial
reporting, environmental and workplace health and safety
policies and procedures). These controls are designed to ensure
that Downer complies with legal and regulatory requirements, as
well as community standards.
Downer has a Risk Management Framework in place to enable
business risks to be identified, evaluated and managed.
The Board ratifies Downer’s approach to managing risk and
oversees Downer’s Risk Management Framework, including
the Group risk profile and the effectiveness of the systems
being implemented to manage risk. The last review of the Risk
Management Framework was completed in 2022. The Board
reviews the Group risk profile twice each year and considers
other risk matters, such as business resilience, tender review
142
| Downer EDI Limited
processes, risk appetite, and specific risk areas, on a regular
basis, as well as regular reports from senior management, the
internal audit team, and the external auditor.
Downer’s annual Sustainability Report provides a
detailed overview of Downer’s approach to managing
its environmental and social risks. The Sustainability
Report is available on the Downer website at
www.downergroup.com/2022sustainabilityreport.
The Company’s internal audit function objectively evaluates
and reports on the existence, design and operating
effectiveness of internal controls. Downer’s internal audit team
is independent of the external auditor and reports to the Audit
and Risk Committee.
Downer’s Audit and Risk Committee assists the Board in
its oversight of Downer’s risk profile and risk policies, the
effectiveness of the systems of internal control and Risk
Management Framework and Downer’s compliance with
applicable legal and regulatory obligations. The Audit and
Risk Committee Charter is available on the Downer website
at www.downergroup.com.
Management reports regularly to the Audit and Risk Committee
on the effectiveness of Downer’s management of its material
business risks and on the progress of mitigation treatments.
Principle 8: Remunerate fairly and responsibly
The Board has established a Remuneration Committee and
has adopted the Remuneration Committee Charter which sets
out its role and responsibilities, composition, structure and
membership requirements and the procedures for inviting
non-committee members to attend meetings.
The Remuneration Committee is responsible for reviewing and
making recommendations to the Board about:
§Executive remuneration and incentive policies
§The remuneration, recruitment, retention, performance
measurement and termination policies and procedures for
all senior executives reporting directly to the Group CEO
§Executive and equity-based incentive plans
§Superannuation arrangements and retirement payments.
Remuneration of the Group CEO, Executive Directors and Non-
executive directors forms part of the responsibilities of the
Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee.
Downer’s remuneration policy is designed to motivate senior
executives to pursue the long-term growth and success of
the Company and prescribes a relationship between the
performance and remuneration of senior executives.
The Remuneration Committee is structured so that it:
§Consists of a majority of independent Directors
§Is chaired by an independent Director
§Has at least three members.
The Executive Director is not a member of the
Remuneration Committee.
The maximum aggregate fee approved by shareholders that can
be paid to Non-executive Directors is $2.0 million per annum.
This cap was approved by shareholders on 30 October 2008.
Further details about remuneration paid to Non-executive
Directors are set out in the Remuneration Report at page 27.
Retirement benefits are not paid to Non-executive Directors.
Non-executive Directors do not participate in any equity
incentive schemes.
The remuneration structure for Executive Directors and senior
executives is designed to achieve a balance between fixed and
variable remuneration taking into account the performance of
the individual and the performance of the Company. Executive
Directors receive payment of equity-based remuneration as
short-term and long-term incentives.
Executive Directors and senior executives are prohibited from
entering into transactions in associated products which limit
the economic risk of participating in unvested entitlements
under any of the Company’s equity-based remuneration
schemes, as set out in the Securities Trading Policy. A copy of
the Securities Trading Policy is available on the Downer website
at www.downergroup.com.
Further details about the remuneration of Executive Directors
and senior executives are set out in the Remuneration Report
at page 27 and details of Downer shares beneficially owned by
Directors are provided in the Directors’ Report at page 10.
143Corporate Governance |
Information for Investors
for the year ended 30 June 2022
144
| Downer EDI Limited
Downer shareholders
Downer had 26,221 ordinary shareholders as at 30 June 2022, of
which 24,525 shareholders had a registered address in Australia.
The largest shareholder, HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia)
Limited, held 35.80% of the 675,425,623 fully paid ordinary
shares issued at that date.
Securities exchange listing
Downer is listed on the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX)
under the ‘Downer EDI’ market call code 3965, with ASX code
DOW, and is a foreign exempt issuer on the New Zealand
Exchange with the ticker code DOW NZ.
Company information
The Company’s website www.downergroup.com offers
comprehensive information about Downer and its services.
The site also contains news releases and announcements to
the ASX and NZX, financial presentations, Annual Reports,
Half Year Reports and Company newsletters. Downer printed
communications for shareholders include the Annual Report
which is available on request.
Dividends
Dividends are determined by the Board having regard to a range
of circumstances within the business operations of Downer
including operating profit and capital requirements. The level of
franking on dividends is dependent on the level of taxes paid to
the Australian Taxation Office by Downer and its incorporated
joint ventures.
Dividends are paid in Australian dollars, other than for
shareholders with a registered address in New Zealand, who
receive dividends in New Zealand dollars unless an election
is made to receive payment in Australian dollars by providing
Australian bank account details.
International shareholders can use Computershare’s Global
Payments System to receive dividend payments in the currency
of their choice at a nominal cost to the shareholder.
Dividend reinvestment plan
Downer’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) is a mechanism
to allow shareholders to increase their shareholding in the
Company without the usual costs associated with share
acquisitions, such as brokerage. Details of the DRP are available
from the Company’s website or the Easy Update website
at www.computershare.com.au/easyupdate/dow.
Share registry
Shareholders and investors seeking information about
Downer shareholdings or dividends should contact the
Company’s share registry, Computershare Investor Services
Pty Ltd (Computershare):
Level 3
60 Carrington Street
Sydney NSW 2000
GPO Box 2975
Melbourne VIC 3000
Tel: 1300 556 161 (within Australia)
+61 3 9415 4000 (outside Australia)
Fax: 1300 534 987 (within Australia)
+61 3 9473 2408 (outside Australia)
www.computershare.com
Shareholders must give their holder number (SRN/HIN) when
making inquiries. This number is recorded on issuer sponsored
and CHESS statements.
Updating your shareholder details
Shareholders can update their details (including bank accounts,
DRP elections, tax file numbers and email addresses) online
at www.computershare.com.au/easyupdate/dow.
Shareholders will require their holder number (SRN/HIN) and
postcode to access this site.
Tax file number information
Providing your tax file number to Downer is not compulsory.
However, for shareholders who have not supplied their tax file
number, Downer is required to deduct tax at the top marginal
rate plus Medicare levy from unfranked dividends paid to
investors residing in Australia. For more information please
contact Computershare.
Lost issuer sponsored statement
You are advised to contact Computershare immediately, in
writing, if your issuer sponsored statement has been lost
or stolen.
Annual Report mailing list
Shareholders must elect to receive a Downer Annual Report
by writing to Computershare Investor Services Pty Ltd at the
address provided. Alternatively, shareholders may choose to
receive this publication electronically.
Change of address
So that we can keep you informed, and protect your interests in
Downer, it is important that you inform Computershare of any
change of your registered address.
145Information for Investors |
Registered office and principal
administration office
Downer EDI Limited
Level 2, Triniti III
Triniti Business Campus
39 Delhi Road
North Ryde NSW 2113
Tel: +61 2 9468 9700
Fax: +61 2 9813 8915
Auditor
KPMG
International Towers Sydney 3
300 Barangaroo Avenue
Sydney NSW 2000
Australian securities exchange information as at 30 June 2022
Number of holders of equity securities:
Ordinary share capital
675,425,623 fully paid listed ordinary shares were held by 26,221 shareholders. All issued ordinary shares carry one vote per share.
Substantial shareholders
The following shareholders have notified that they are substantial shareholders of Downer as at 30 June 2022
Shareholders
Ordinary
shares Held
% of issued
shares
Aware Super Pty Ltd atf Aware Super44,049,1936.52
Yarra Management Nominees Pty Ltd43,790,9626.48
Pendal Group Limited41,010,8266.07
T Rowe Price Associates, Inc.35,171,8785.21
The Vanguard Group35,082,7345.19
L1 Capital Pty Ltd34,994,4795.18
Dimensional Fund Advisors34,203,4175.06
Distribution of holders of quoted equity securities
Shareholder distribution of quoted equity securities as at 30 June 2022 is as follows.
Range of holdings
Number of
shareholders
Shareholders
%
Ordinary
shares held
Shares
%
1 – 1,00014,36154.776,005,3990.89
1,001 – 5,0008,89933.9420,965, 2743.10
5,001 – 10,0001,7996.8612,919,3591.91
10,001 – 100,0001,1074.2224,251,0093.59
100,001 and over55 0.21611,284,58290.50
To t a l26,221 675,425,623 100.00
Holding less than a marketable parcel of shares 1,354
146
| Downer EDI Limited
Twenty largest shareholders
Downer’s 20 largest shareholders of ordinary fully paid shares as at 30 June 2022 are as follows.
ShareholdersShares held
% of issued
shares
HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED241,7 72 ,05735.80
CHASE MANHATTAN NOMINEES LIMITED159,929,81723.68
CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED105,917,92815.68
NATIONAL NOMINEES LIMITED36,083,4345.34
BNP PARIBAS NOMS PTY LTD <DRP>23 ,787,0583.52
ARGO INVESTMENTS LTD13,315,0591.97
BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD <AGENCY LENDING DRP A/C>3,660,0600.54
NETWEALTH INVESTMENTS LIMITED <WRAP SERVICES A/C>2,966,3100.44
SANDHURST TRUSTEES LTD <HARPER BERNAYS LTD A/C>2,811,0730.42
CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED <COLONIAL FIRST STATE INV A/C>2 , 507, 8660.37
UBS NOMINEES PTY LTD1,572,5350.23
BNP PARIBAS NOMS (NZ) LTD <DRP>1,365,6160.20
HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED <NT-COMNWLTH SUPER CORP A/C>1, 254,1430.19
CPU SHARE PLANS PTY LIMITED1,079,8900.16
HOBSON WEALTH CUSTODIANS LTD <RESIDENT CASH ACCOUNT>1,051,1960.16
WOODROSS NOMINEES PTY LTD922,2500.14
MR BARRY SYDNEY PATTERSON + MRS GLENICE MARGARET PATTERSON891,6420.13
BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD <AGENCY LENDING COLLATERAL>870,0000.13
GRANT FENN795,8090.12
BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD HUB24 CUSTODIAL SERV LTD <DRP A/C>718,8400.11
Total for top 20 shareholders603,272,58389.32
HOSPITAL
SCHOOL
GOVERNMENT
downergroup.com
Downer EDI Limited
ABN 97 003 872 848
Triniti Business Campus
39 Delhi Road
North Ryde NSW 2113
1800 DOWNER
www.downergroup.com
Media/ASX and NZX Release
17 August 2022
DOWNER REPORTS UNDERLYING NPATA OF $225.3 MILLION
AND STATUTORY NPATA OF $176.4 MILLION
Downer EDI Limited (Downer) today announced its financial results for the 12 months to 30 June 2022.
Demand remained strong across the core Urban Services businesses of Transport, Utilities and
Facilities. Despite positive underlying core markets, FY22 has seen Downer’s operations impacted by
the disruptive impacts of COVID-19 as well as severe wet weather. Downer also completed the
divestment/exit of non-core businesses in Mining and Hospitality in the period.
The main features of the results are:
▪ Core Urban Services revenue of $11.5 billion, up 10.8% from the prior corresponding period (pcp).
Total Group revenue of $12.0 billion, down 2.0% from the pcp.
▪ Statutory EBIT (earnings before interest and tax) of $323.2 million and statutory NPAT (net profit after
tax) of $152.0 million.
▪ Core Urban Services EBITA (earnings before interest, tax and amortisation of acquired intangible
assets) of $508.1 million, down 3.0% from the pcp.
▪ Underlying EBITA of $399.2 million, down 14.6% from the pcp; statutory EBITA of $358.0 million.
▪ Underlying NPATA (net profit after tax and before amortisation of acquired intangible assets) of
$225.3 million, down 13.7% from the pcp; statutory NPATA of $176.4 million.
▪ Underlying cash conversion of 88.9%; statutory cash conversion of 83.9%.
▪ Net Debt to EBITDA of 1.6x and Gearing of 17.7% (19.0% at 30 June 2021).
▪ Final dividend of 12 cents per share (unfranked).
The Chief Executive Officer of Downer, Grant Fenn, said the performance demonstrated Downer’s
resilience.
“Despite the challenging conditions, particularly relating to COVID-19 and severe wet weather, our
Urban Services businesses have continued to deliver solid earnings and strong cash conversion,” Mr
Fenn said.
“Completing the divestment of the non-core businesses is a major milestone for Downer, enabling the
delivery of a transformed business and a strong balance sheet. Gearing has reduced to 17.7% and Net
Debt to EBITDA of 1.6x remains well below our 2-2.5x target with available liquidity of $1.9 billion.”
Mr Fenn said Downer had a strong end to FY22 with a number of contract wins, which provided solid
momentum into FY23.
Page 2 of 2
“We have announced material contract wins across each of our Transport, Utilities and Facilities
segments in Q4,” Mr Fenn said. “We are winning work in our key markets, our brand and relationships
are very strong, and we are seeing a growing pipeline of work ahead of us.”
Demand for decarbonisation solutions across the Group’s customer base has accelerated dramatically
in the past 12 months, which will create a strong pipeline of work.
“Our customers know they need to start acting on their decarbonisation targets and that it will require
enormous effort,” Mr Fenn said. “Downer’s suite of technical skills means we are in a prime position to
grow our business in what will be a significant economy-wide transformation journey to net zero.”
Dividend
The Downer Board has declared a final dividend of 12 cents per share, unfranked, payable on 28
September 2022 to shareholders on the register at 31 August 2022. The portion of the unfranked dividend
amount that will be paid out of Conduit Foreign Income (CFI) is 14%. The Company’s Dividend
Reinvestment Plan (DRP) remains suspended and will not operate for this dividend.
Safety
Downer reported a Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate of 0.82 per million hours worked at 30 June 2022,
compared to 0.99 in the prior period, and a Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate of 2.35 per million
hours worked, down from 2.60 per million hours worked.
Sadly, a long-term Downer employee in New Zealand died in May 2022 following a fall at work. Although
the cause of death is not yet known, Downer has treated this as a workplace fatality. This incident is a
reminder of the challenges of ensuring we remain vigilant and relentlessly manage the Critical Risks
associated with the work we do every day.
Outlook
For FY23, Downer expects 10-20% underlying NPATA growth, assuming no material COVID-19, weather,
labour or other disruptions.
For further information please contact:
Media: Mitchell Dale, Group Manager Corporate Affairs +61 448 362 198
Investors: Adam Halmarick, Group Head of Investor Relations and Strategic Planning +61 413 437 487
About Downer
Downer is the leading provider of integrated services in Australia and New Zealand and customers are at the heart of
everything it does. It exists to create and sustain the modern environment and its promise is to work closely with its
customers to help them succeed, using world-leading insights and solutions to design, build and sustain assets,
infrastructure and facilities. For more information visit downergroup.com
Summary of FY22 financial results
2
$508.1m
Underlying
NPATA
1,2
1.6x
13.7%
12.6%
21.3 cps statutory Basic EPS
19.0% at June 2021
1.5x at June 2021
10.8%
Total revenue $12.0bn
17.3%
24cps for FY22 (3cps)
83.9% statutory
3.0%
1
Downer calculates EBITA and NPATA by adjusting EBIT and NPAT to add back acquired intangible assets amortisation expense. Group FY22: $34.8m, $24.4m after-tax. (FY21: $66.2m, $46.3m after-tax)
2
Total rev enue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue from joint ventures, other alliances and other income
3
The underly ing result is a non-IFRS measurethat is used by Management to assess the performance of the business. Non-IFRS measures have not been subject to audit or review. Refer slide 21 for reconciliation to statutory results
4
Net debt to EBITDA ratio includes lease liabilities in Net Debt and is on a post-AASB 16 basis. Gearing ratio does not include lease liabilities in Net Debt and is on a pre-AASB16 basis
5
EPSA is calculated based on underlying NPATA adjusted by contributions from minority interests and ROADs dividends paid; divided by WANOS
Profit after tax and EPSBalance sheet and dividendOperational performance
$225.3m
Underlying
Urban Services
EBITA
1,3
Net Debt to EBITDA
4
88.9%
Statutory
NPAT
17.7%
$152.0m
Underlying cash
conversion
Gearing
4
$11.5bn
Underlying
EPSA
3,5
12 cps32.0 cps
Urban Services
Revenue
2
Final ordinary
dividend (unfranked)
Statutory EBIT of $323.2m
Statutory EBITA $358.0m
FY22 Accomplishments
3
▪Ranked in top 15% of industry globally in the S&P Global
(DJSI) 2021 Sustainability Yearbook
▪Achieved our Sustainability Linked Loan KPI targets
▪Achieved a 97% landfill diversion rate
Sustainability
▪Launched THRIVE, our women’s empowerment and
capability building program
▪Launched Downer’s Workplace Giving Program
▪Board renewal process complete
People
▪Robust balance sheet with Net Debt to EBITDA
1
of 1.6x
▪Increased FY22 dividends to 24cps (+3cps) (FY22 Final
dividend of 12cps, unfranked)
▪$142.6m buy-back in the period
Balance sheet
Business
▪Completion of FY20 announced non-core portfolio changes
▪Continued implementation of The Downer Standard
▪Completion of the Rosehill Sustainable Resource Centre
1
Net debt to EBITDA ratio includes lease liabilities in Net Debt and is on a post-AASB 16 basis
Levered to a Net Zero Economy and New Technology
4
Capabilities across our portfolio in areas
required for the journey to net zero
Low emissions
electricity
Electrification
Energy storage
Energy
efficiency
Alternate fuels
Carbon capture
and storage
Land based
solutions
Other emerging
technologies
▪A net zero emissions future will require significant
adjustments to almost all urban infrastructure
▪Downer’s capabilities, scale and asset knowledge puts us in
a unique position to help our customers decarbonisetheir
asset base
▪Downer’s technical capabilities are critical to the economy’s
transition:
̶Coal / Gas / Hydrogen power generation
̶Carbon capture
̶Renewable generation and storage
̶Transmission and distribution line construction and
maintenance
̶Facilities management / Building energy management
̶Public transport solutions and operations
̶Road network management / road pavements
Diversified across the right end-markets
5
Market leader in most categories in both
Australia and New Zealand
Resilience through diversity as sector
specific factors are balanced out across the
portfolio
Lower capital intensity through Urban
Services portfolio rationalisation
Unprecedented levels of government
investment in infrastructure
2
Excludes non-core businesses Mining and Hospitality
3
P&E / I&M is the abbrev iation of Power & Energy and Industrial & Marine businesses and alsoincludes Mineral Technologies. H&E is the abbreviation of Health & Education
FY22
Urban Services
Revenue
$11.5 billion
1,2
Transport –Roads
6
▪Opened the new Sustainable Road Resource
Centre at Rosehill, Sydney
▪Awarded Transurban’s CityLinkand West Gate
Tunnel road network management contract
▪Secured $800m of road maintenance contracts in
Auckland with a 5-year initial term plus 5-year
extension options
▪Resurfaced Albert Park F1 track
▪Business resilience through floods and COVID-19
▪Acquired Fowlers Asphalting in Victoria, with
integration running ahead of business case
48%
20%
32%
Roads
Rail & Transit Systems
Projects
48% of
FY22 Transport
revenue
Transport –Rail & Transit Systems
7
20% of
FY22 Transport
revenue
48%
20%
32%
Roads
Rail & Transit Systems
Projects
▪Queensland Train Manufacturing Program bid
submitted –if won, Downer will manage the largest
rollingstock fleets in each State on the Eastern
Australian seaboard. Award expected in December
2022
▪Final Acceptance of the Sydney Growth Trains
Option Fleet
▪Delivered more than half of the High Capacity
Metro Trains fleet (35 sets / 245 cars) with
Provisional Acceptance
▪Successful completion of Waratah fleet’s eight-year
component change out through Downer’s Cardiff
facility, with the fleet now operating at a higher than
contracted reliability
▪Developed fleet enhancements that delivered
upgrades and innovation to the Sydney Trains fleet
̶Fleet enhancement sustainability initiatives
achieved 15% energy savings of the HVAC
system alone
Transport –Projects
8
48%
20%
32%
Roads
Rail & Transit Systems
Projects
32% of
FY22 Transport
revenue
▪Secured the WaurnPonds rail alliance contract in
Victoria
▪Secured the Western Port Highway Upgrade in
Victoria –a new generation road contract
▪Achieved the highest pre-qualification status from
all State road authorities
▪Secured the Warringah Freeway Upgrade project,
a key enabler to connect the new Western Harbour
tunnel to the Northern Beaches Link
▪Awarded an alliance contract with Waka Kotahi
New Zealand Transport agency for the delivery of
two harbour-side shared paths on the edges of
Wellington Harbour
▪Strategic review of the Australian Transport
Projects business currently underway
Utilities –Power & Gas
9
36%
34%
30%
Power & Gas
Water
Telco
36% of
FY22 Utilities
revenue
▪Successful completion of the ACES program,
deploying ~46MW of solar generation across ~550
Queensland schools, contributing to $26m in
annual power savings for the entire program
▪Secured a 5-year service contract for Transpower,
delivering transmission services to New Zealand’s
national electricity grid for the first time
▪Appointed to the Major Road Projects Victoria
(MRPV) Utilities Panel and awarded 2 out of 3 of
the first projects released
▪APA selected Downer as their only service provider
appointed to Strategic Relationship Status to work
together to develop future opportunities
▪TuriteaNorth renewables project is online and will
generate enough energy to power approximately
375,000 electric vehicles per year, and will
contribute a further two per cent renewable energy
to the national grid in New Zealand
Utilities –Water
10
36%
34%
30%
Power & Gas
Water
Telco
34% of
FY22 Utilities
revenue
▪Loganholme Biosolids Gasification initiative won
the Queensland Engineers Australia excellence
award in August and also is a finalist in an
International Water Association award in
September
▪AWA National Safety Innovation Award in
October 2021
▪South East Water Civil Maintenance contract
(10 years, $200m)
▪Hawthorn Main Sewer Project won a CCF safety
award
Utilities –Telecommunications
11
▪Expanded the Group’s customer base in Wireless
Network deployment to be an industry leader
providing program management services nationally
including rural and remote locations
▪Secured a 3-year Field Services Agreement with
Chorus in New Zealand
▪Became the largest supplier to nbnfor On-
Demand, business grade and residential (new
estates & development) services in all mainland
states of Australia
▪Maintained our leadership role on nbn’snetwork
maintenance program across WA/SA/NT
▪Secured and expanded our delivery capability for
electrical charging support infrastructure to enable
Zero Emissions Buses across multiple bus depots
in NSW and Queensland
36%
34%
30%
Power & Gas
Water
Telco
30% of
FY22 Utilities
revenue
43%
21%
18%
18%
Govt / H&E
Defence
P&E / I&M
Building
Facilities –Government / Health & Education
12
▪Successful negotiation and mobilisation of
Reviewable Services for the Royal Adelaide
Hospital and Bendigo Hospital PPPs –both for an
additional 5-year term
▪Achieved four key contract extensions, including
Vic Schools, WA Housing, LAHC and NSW WhoG
▪Devised a comprehensive ‘best in class’
environmental sustainability approach for our
healthcare customers to support their ESG goals
▪Secured new facilities management contracts in
New Zealand including the new greenspace
contract for South Taranaki Council
▪Won the Metro Trains Melbourne and the Yarra
Trams cleaning contracts, cementing Downer’s
position as the leading provider of cleaning
services to the heavy and light rail industries
▪Supported the Lismore and Casino communities in
flood remediation work
1
Excludes Hospitality and Laundries
2
P&E / I&M is the abbrev iation of Power & Energy and Industrial & Marine businesses and also includes Mineral Technologies
43% of
FY22 Facilities
revenue
1,2
Facilities –Defence
13
▪Secured and delivered a program of more than 300
individual upgrade and refurbishment projects
across the Defence Estate
▪Awarded a major program of works for Defence
Capability & Sustainment Group (CASG)
▪Extension of a contract for the Defence Chief
Information Officer Group through Downer
Professional Services
▪Major airfield upgrade project at RAAF Williamtown
has mobilised with works well underway
▪Downer Defence has secured the Managing
Contractor role on Riverina Redevelopment
Program
̶Seven-year program will develop options for
five major base redevelopments including
managing the design and construction of
approximately 150 barracks, stores, training
and administration buildings
21% of
FY22 Facilities
revenue
1,2
1
Excludes Hospitality and Laundries
2
P&E / I&M is the abbrev iation of Power & Energy and Industrial & Marine businesses and also includes Mineral Technologies
43%
21%
18%
18%
Govt / H&E
Defence
P&E / I&M
Building
Facilities –Power & Energy / Industrial & Marine
14
18% of
FY22 Facilities
revenue
1,2
1
Excludes Hospitality and Laundries
2
P&E / I&M is the abbrev iation of Power & Energy and Industrial & Marine businesses and also includes Mineral Technologies
43%
21%
18%
18%
Govt / H&E
Defence
P&E / I&M
Building
▪Established the Downer Future Energy Team
focussing on new technologies and alternative fuels
▪Successful award and delivery of a large suite of
decarbonisation projects for Santos
▪Signed multi-year agreement with AGL for power
station shutdowns, maintenance and projects
▪Awarded a number of contract extensions for term
contracts including Santos, Origin Energy Eraring
Power Station, Origin Energy Integrated Gas, Delta
Vales Point Power Station and NRG Gladstone
Power Station
▪Kalgoorlie Workshop modernisation and capability
enhancement to meet future demands of nickel,
lithium and base metal customers in WA
▪Successful completion of BHP Olympic Dam
SCM21 Non-Hot Metals shutdown project
$36.1bn of work-in-hand
15
Work-in-hand by segment ($36.1bn)Work-in-hand profile ($bn)
✓Long-dated✓Diversified by industry
~90% Government or
Government related
✓
Transport
$15.8bn
44%
Utilities
$4.8bn
13%
Facilities
$15.5bn
43%
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
FY23FY24FY25FY26FY27FY28+
TransportUtilitiesFacilities
1%4%3%1%
Schedule of Rates / Cost PlusAlliance / Target C ost
Early Cont ractor I nvolvementFixed Price / Lump Sum
Services –91% of work-in-hand
▪96% of Services work-in-hand
1
has some form of
embedded price escalation mechanism
▪Majority of contracts escalate at either CPI (quarterly or
annually) or a blend of CPI, labour and relevant materials
indices
Managing cost escalation
1
WIH > $50 million, which represents 89% of total services work-in-hand
2
Construction comprises of Projects businesses in Australia and New Zealand (Transport) and Hawkins Building in New Zealand (Facilities)
16
Construction
2
–9% of work-in-hand
▪Relatively short-term, bid with assumptions for price
escalation and contingencies
▪Alliance / Target Cost provides downside protection and
risk sharing
▪Early Contractor Involvement (ECI) allows collaborative
cost discovery and provides greater understanding of
risk profile than fixed priced
CPI
56%
Blended -CPI,
Labour, Materials
25%
Cost plus/reimbursable
11%
Fixed % escalation2%
Other mechanisms2%
Annual review mechanism3%
No embedded mechanism1%
96%
Contract type of 9% construction work-in-hand
Labour Challenges
17
EBA
70%
Aw ard
23%
Common Law
7%
Frontline workforce by
contract type
1
Excludes subcontractors
Permanent
59%
Fixed
Term
15%
Casual
26%
Total workforce by
employment type
▪Downer has a 33,000 strong workforce
1
▪Labour shortages have increased cost to serve in most
businesses
̶Increased overtime rates
̶Sub-contract / Labour hire
▪Downer is an employer of choice
̶Actively engaged in international recruitment
̶Internal referral programs
̶Accelerated ‘on the job’ training
▪The nature of our workforce allows Downer to manage
labour across projects
▪Typically only one-third of union EBAs are up for
renewal each year
Group financials
1
Urban Serv ices revenue and total revenue are non-statutory disclosures and includes revenue from joint ventures, other alliancesand other income
2
Downer calculates EBITA and NPATA by adjusting EBIT and NPAT to add back acquired intangible assets amortisation expense. Group FY22: $34.8m, $24.4m after-tax. (FY21: $66.2m, $46.3m after-tax)
3
The underly ing result is a non-IFRS measure that is used by Management to assess the performance of the business. Non-IFRS measures have not been subject to audit or review. Refer slide 21 for reconciliation to statutory results
4
ROFE = 12 month rolling underlying EBITA divided by average funds employed (AFE); AFE = Average Opening and Closing Net Debt (excludes lease liability) + Equity
Group underlying financial performance
▪Total revenue 2.0% lower to $12.0bn, primarily due to
divestment of non-core businesses
▪Urban Services revenue
1
increased 10.8% to $11.5bn
▪Group underlying
3
EBITA margin 3.3%, impacted by
severe wet weather and COVID-19
▪Corporate costs decreased by 2.6% to $100.5m (see
supplementary information slide 32)
▪Net interest expense decreased by $15.2m from
reduction in debt and improved average cost of funds
▪Underlying effective tax rate of 28.0%
▪Final dividend of 12cps declared (unfranked). Full year
FY22 dividends declared of 24cps (unfranked), an
increase of 3cps
19
$mFY22
3
FY21
3
Change
Totalrevenue
1
11,987.112,234.2
(2.0%)
EBITDA
706.6899.1
(21.4%)
Depreciation and amortisation
(307.4)(431.8)
(28.8%)
EBITA
2
399.2467.3
(14.6%)
Amortisation of acquired intangibles
(34.8)(66.2)
(47.4%)
EBIT
364.4401.1
(9.1%)
Netinterestexpense
(85.4)(100.6)
(15.1%)
Profit before tax
279.0300.5
(7.2%)
Taxexpense
(78.1)(85.6)
(8.8%)
Netprofitaftertax
200.9214.9
(6.5%)
NPATA
2
225.3261.2
(13.7%)
Underlying EBITAmargin
3.3%3.8%(0.5pp)
Effectivetaxrate
28.0%28.5%(0.5pp)
ROFE
4
11.2%12.1%(0.9pp)
Dividenddeclared(cps)
24.021.014.3%
Segment underlying performance overview
1
Excludes Hospitality and Laundries
20
Transport
Facilities
1
Utilities
▪Revenue of $5.7bn (+8.1%)
▪EBITA of $254.6m (+1.8%)
▪EBITA margin of 4.4% (-0.3pp)
▪Improved revenue contribution
from Projects and Keolis Downer
JV, offset by severe wet weather
on the East Coast impacting the
Road Services business and
completion of SGT construction
phase in Rail & Transit Systems
▪Decline in EBITA margin driven
by business mix from growth in
traditionally lower margin
Projects business and impact of
severe wet weather on Road
Services earnings
▪Revenue of $1.8bn (-6.0%)
▪EBITA of $73.7m (-22.3%)
▪EBITA margin of 4.2% (-0.8pp)
▪Revenue decrease due to
decline in volumes relating to
COVID-19 related disruptions,
partially offset by increase in
Telco in Australia
▪EBITA decline driven by
COVID-19 impacts on Australian
Metering and Water Services
and the New Zealand business
▪Shift in business mix away from
higher margin minor capital
works
▪Revenue of $4.0bn (+25.1%)
▪EBITA of $179.8m (+0.7%)
▪EBITA margin of 4.5% (-1.1pp)
▪Revenue increase driven by
strong growth in Building
projects in New Zealand and
higher activities in Health &
Education business
▪Continued deferral of industrial
related maintenance work
impacted EBITA
▪Margin impacted by business
mix with strong revenue growth
fromlower margin areas such as
Building in New Zealand
Reconciliation of underlying to statutory results
1
Downer calculates EBITA and NPATA by adjusting EBIT and NPAT to add back acquired intangible assets amortisation expense. GroupFY22: $34.8m, $24.4m after-tax. (FY21: $66.2m, $46.3m after-tax)
2
Tax of $88.5m is calculated by adjusting underlying tax of $78.1m with $10.4m tax on amortisation of acquired intangible assets
3
The underly ing result is a non-IFRS measure that is used by Management to assess the performance of the business. Non-IFRS measures have not been subject to audit or review
4
The fair value of the Downer Contingent Share Options (DCSO) have decreased primarily driven by the movement in Downer’s share price from $5.59 at 30 June 2021 to $5.05 at 30 June 2022
5
The div estment program has been completed following the disposal of Otracoon 1 December 2021, the sale of Open Cut Mining East on 17 December 2021 and the exit from a number of Hospitality contracts.Additionally, assets previously utilised by those businesses will no
longer be utilised by the Group and consequently were written-off (Refer to Note B3 to the Financial Report)
6
Downer is in the process of tendering for the Queensland Train Manuf acturing Program, for which a net $12.7m in bid costs were expensed during the year
21
$mEBITA
1
Net interest
expense
Tax expense
2
NPATA
1
Amortisation
of acquired
intangibles
(post-tax)
NPAT
Underlying
3
results399.2 (85.4)(88.5)225.3 (24.4)200.9
Fair value increase on Downer Contingent
Share Options (DCSO)
4
3.7--3.7-3.7
Divestments and exit costs
5
(75.8)-5.0(70.8)-(70.8)
Portfolio restructure costs(7.6)-2.3(5.3)-(5.3)
Bid costs
6
(12.7)-3.8(8.9)-(8.9)
Probuildcredit loss(34.6)-6.9(27.7)-(27.7)
Gain on sale of PP&E85.8-(25.7)60.1-60.1
Total items outside underlying result
(41.2)-(7.7)(48.9)-(48.9)
Statutory results
358.0 (85.4)(96.2)176.4 (24.4)152.0
▪Statutory conversion of 83.9%
▪Underlying cash conversion of 88.9%
1
when adjusted for $22.3m of cash
outflows related to items recognised in
FY20 and funded from the July 2020
capital raising
4
and $12.7m of bid costs
▪Cash balance of $738.5m and total
liquidity of $1,943.5m
▪Net Debt to EBITDA
5
of 1.6x well below
Downer’s capital allocation framework
target range of 2-2.5x
Cash flow
22
$mFY22FY21Change
Total operating cash flow495.4708.7(30.1%)
Net Capex (Core)(134.9)(154.0)(12.4%)
Net Capex (Non-Core)(8.8)(74.3)(88.2%)
Payment of principal lease liabilities (Core)(146.4)(148.7)(1.5%)
Payment of principal lease liabilities (Non-Core)(17.2)(45.8)(62.4%)
IT (36.5)(28.4)28.5%
Advances to JVs and Other(2.7)(6.4)(57.8%)
Funds from operations148.9251.1(40.7%)
Dividends paid(171.4)(153.6)11.6%
Divestments
2
245.4447.8(45.2%)
Acquisitions (Spotless and Other)
3
(24.1)(148.8)(83.8%)
Share buyback / Issue of shares (net of costs)(142.6)365.6<(100%)
Net repayment of borrowings(122.6)(540.7)(77.3%)
Net (decrease) / increase in cash(66.4)221.4<(100%)
Cash at the end of the year738.5811.4(9.0%)
Total liquidity
1,943.52,238.4(13.2%)
1
Ref er to Supplementary Information for reconciliation (Refer Slide 33)
2
Proceeds f rom disposal activities include: $75.1m net proceeds from Otraco, $131.0m net proceeds from Open Cut Mining East and $39.3m deferred proceeds received in relation to Open Cut Mining West and Blasting (divestments completed in FY21)
3
FY 21 Spotless and Other. FY22 Fowlers and Other (Refer to Note F5 to the Financial Report)
4
Downer undertook a Non-renounceable Pro-rata Entitlement Offer in July 2020, for which the Uses of funds included payroll remediation costs and legal settlements of New Zealand building works
5
Net debt to EBITDA ratio includes lease liabilities in Net Debt and is on a post-AASB 16 basis
Group debt profile
▪Weighted average debt duration of 3.9 years
1
(3.8 years at 30 June 21)
▪Recent refinancing activity, hedging and fixed
rate debt mix sees Downer well placed to
absorb current rate increases in FY23
▪FY23 net interest costs expected to be $85-90m
23
Debt maturity profile (A$m)
1
Based on the weighted average life of debt facilities (by A$mlimit)
2
Excludes lease liabilities
Debt facilities $mJun-22Dec-21Jun-21
Total limit
2
2,563.42,686.22,946.6
Drawn
2
1,358.41,259.21,519.6
Available1,205.01,427.01,427.0
Cash738.5676.7811.4
Total liquidity1,943.52,103.72,238.4
Net debt
2
619.9582.5708.2
0
200
400
600
800
Jun-23Jun-24Jun-25Jun-26Jun-27Jun-28Jun-29Jun-30Jun-31Jun-32Jun-33
Bilateral bank facilities
Syndicated bank facilities
A$ MTN
USPP
JPY MTN
Outlook
▪Q4 beat expectations, generating a favourable run rate
into FY23
▪Demand remains robust in our markets, across existing
contracts and pipeline
▪Cost to serve still elevated but trending towards more
normal levels
▪Net Debt to EBITDA
1
of 1.6x well below target range of
2.0-2.5x which provides stability, supports the dividend
and enables Downer to explore value accretive
investment
▪For FY23, Downer expects 10-20% underlying NPATA
growth, assuming no material COVID-19, weather, labour
or other disruptions
Key messages and outlook
1
Net debt to EBITDA ratio includes lease liabilities in Net Debt and is on a post-AASB 16 basis
25
Supplementary
information
Board composition
27
New Board members in FY22Continuing Board members
Peter Watson (Non-executive Director)
Extensive experience in the construction and
engineering sectors in executive and governance
roles, including in the industrial, transport, defence,
health, utilities and justice sectors.
Grant Fenn (Managing Director & CEO)
Over 30 years’ experience in operational
management, strategic development and financial
management. Appointed Downer CEO in July 2010.
Nicole Hollows (Non-executive Director)
Over 20 years’ experience in the resources sector
in a number of senior managerial roles across both
the public and private sectors including in mining,
utilities and rail.
Teresa Handicott(Non-executive Director)
Former corporate lawyer and Chairman of national
law firm Corrs Chambers Westgarth with over 30
years’ experience in mergers and acquisitions,
capital markets and corporate governance.
Mark Chellew(Non-executive Chairman)
Over 40 years’ experience in building materials and
related industries including roles as Chief Executive
Officer and Managing Director in Australia and the
United Kingdom.
Mark Menhinnitt(Non-executive Director)
Experienced senior executive with extensive
domestic and international experience in large
infrastructure development, construction, asset
services, operations and maintenance.
Adelle Howse(Non-executive Director)
Extensive senior executive and non-executive
director experience in the infrastructure, energy,
resources, construction, data centres, telco and
property sectors.
Mark Binns(Non-executive Director)
Experienced senior executive and non-executive
director with extensive experience in New Zealand
in the energy, construction and building materials
sectors.
Total WIH of $16.1bn
96% government WIH
1
28
Revenue $mEBITA $mEBITA margin
+8.1% v FY21+1.8% v FY21(0.3)pp v FY21
4.0%
5.3%
4.1%
4.8%
0%
1%
2%
3%
4%
5%
6%
7%
1H212H211H222H22
2,462.1
2,833.1
2,821.0
2,900.7
0
500
1,000
1,500
2,000
2,500
3,000
3,500
1H212H211H222H22
99.7
150.5
115.6
139.0
0
50
100
150
200
1H212H211H222H22
Top 5 Contracts Remaining
1. Maintaining Waratah trains until 2044
2. Maintaining HCMTs until 2053
3. Maintaining Sydney Growth Trains until 2044
4. Operating Yarra Trams until 2024 (Keolis Downer)
5. Operating Adelaide Passenger Rail Network until
2033 (Keolis Downer)
1
WIH Government includes direct Government and Government related projects
▪Total WIH of $15.8bn
▪95% government WIH
1
0.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
FY23FY24FY25FY26FY27FY28+
WIH profile ($bn)
Transport
Road Services
Rail & Transit Systems
Projects
Total WIH of $16.1bn
96% government WIH
1
29
Revenue $mEBITA $mEBITA margin
(6.0)% v FY21(22.3)% v FY21(0.8)pp v FY21
Top 5 Contracts Remaining
1. Sydney Water until 2030 (Confluence Water JV)
2. AusNet (power) until 2024 (plus 6-year extension)
3. TranspowerGrid Services (New Zealand) until
2027 (plus 5-year extension)
4. Logan City Council until 2025 (plus 2x2yrs
extensions)
5. AusNet(gas) until 2026
1
WIH Government includes direct Government and Government related projects
▪Total WIH of $4.8bn
▪78% government WIH
1
5.0%
5.1%
3.9%
4.4%
0%
1%
2%
3%
4%
5%
6%
7%
1H212H211H222H22
911.0
970.7
860.3
909.4
0
200
400
600
800
1,000
1,200
1H212H211H222H22
45.3
49.5
33.3
40.4
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
1H212H211H222H22
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
FY23FY24FY25FY26FY27FY28+
WIH profile ($bn)
Utilities
Telecommunications
Water
Power and gas
30
Revenue $m
2
EBITA $m
2
EBITA margin
2
+25.1% v FY21+0.7% v FY21(1.1)pp v FY21
Top 5 Contracts Remaining
1. New Royal Adelaide Hospital PPP until 2046
(contract reset 30 June 2022)
2. Bendigo Hospital PPP until 2042
(contract reset 30 June 2022)
3. Sunshine Coast University Hospital PPP until 2042
4. Dept of Defence Estate Maintenance and
Operations until August 2024
5. Orange Hospital PPP until 2036
1
WIH Government includes direct Government and Government related projects
2
Excludes Hospitality and Laundries
▪Total WIH of $15.5bn
▪85% government WIH
1
5.3%
5.9%
4.6%
4.3%
0%
1%
2%
3%
4%
5%
6%
7%
1H212H211H222H22
1,578.7
1,634.5
1,929.9
2,090.0
0
500
1,000
1,500
2,000
2,500
1H212H211H222H22
82.9
95.7
89.1
90.7
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
1H211H211H222H22
0.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
FY23FY24FY25FY26FY27FY28+
WIH profile ($bn)
Facilities
Government
Health & Education
Defence
Power & Energy
Industrial & Marine
Building
17%
10%
12%
4%4%
3%
13%
7%
6%
7%
4%
2%
1%
1%
3%
6%
0%
5%
10%
15%
20%
25%
30%
Road servicesRTSInf rastructurePower & gasWaterTelcoGovt / H&EDef enceBuildingP&E / I&M
% of Group Revenue
Scale and capacity in both Australia and New Zealand
Note: Based on FY22 revenue mix of Downer’s segments. P&E / I&M is the abbreviation of Power & Energy and Industrial & Marinebusinesses and also includes Mineral Technologies
31
Transport
80% AU / 20% NZ
Utilities
70% AU / 30% NZ
Facilities
75% AU / 25% NZ
split of BU revenue
NZ
AU
Business unit performance
1
Downer calculates EBITA and NPATA by adjusting EBIT and NPAT to add back acquired intangible assets amortisation expense. Group FY22: $34.8m, $24.4m after-tax. (FY21: $66.2m, $46.3m after-tax)
2
The underly ing result is a non-IFRS measure that is used by Management to assess the performance of the business. Non-IFRS measures have not been subject to audit or review
3
Downer has f inalised its restructure which resulted in some business units being reclassified. Refer to slide 36
32
▪Underlying Urban Services EBITA of
$508.1m, down 3.0%
▪Refer to slide 20 for commentary on Urban
Services business performance
$mFY22FY21Change
Transport
254.6250.2
1.8%
Utilities
3
73.794.8
(22.3%)
Facilities
3
179.8178.6
0.7%
Urban Services Businesses
508.1523.6
(3.0%)
Engineering & Construction-(5.1)
(100%)
Mining
8.146.6
(82.6%)
Laundries
-5.0
(100%)
Hospitality
(16.5)0.4
<(100%)
Non-core businesses
(8.4)46.9
<(100%)
Corporate
(100.5)(103.2)
(2.6%)
Underlying EBITA
1,2
399.2467.3
(14.6%)
Items outside of underlying EBITA
(41.2)(66.3)
(37.9%)
Statutory EBITA
1
358.0401.0
(10.7%)
Underlying NPATA
1,2
225.3261.2
(13.7%)
Statutory NPAT
152.0183.7
(17.3%)
Operating cash flow
▪Core Urban Services business delivering
strong cash flows across the portfolio
▪Underlying
1
EBITDA conversion of 88.9%
(statutory 83.9%) after adjusting for
$22.3m of cash outflows related to items
recognised in FY20 and funded from the
July 2020 capital raising
2
and $12.7m of
bid costs
▪Receivables factoring at 30 June 2022
was $16.3m ($63.4m at 30 June 2021)
33
1
The underly ing result is a non-IFRS measure that is used by Management to assess the performance of the business. Non-IFRS measures have not been subject to audit or review
2
Downer undertook a Non-renounceable Pro-rata Entitlement Offer in July 2020, for which the Uses of funds included payroll remediation costs and legal settlements of New Zealand building works
$mFY22FY21Change
Underlying
1
EBIT
364.4401.1
(9.1%)
Add: Amortisation of acquired intangibles
34.866.2
(47.4%)
Add: Depreciation and amortisation
307.4431.8
(28.8%)
Underlying
1
EBITDA
706.6899.1
(21.4%)
Operating cash flow
495.4708.7
(30.1%)
Add: Net interest paid
81.798.6
(17.1%)
Add: Tax paid
15.919.9
(20.1%)
Adjusted operating cash flow
593.0827.2
(28.3%)
EBITDA conversion
83.9%92.0%(8.1pp)
Adjust for items booked in FY2022.379.0
(71.8%)
Bid costs12.7-
100%
Underlying
1
adjusted operating
cash flow
628.0906.2
(30.7%)
Underlying
1
EBITDA conversion88.9%100.8%(11.9pp)
Capital expenditure and D&A
▪Core net capex decreased by 12.4%
▪Maintenance capex broadly in-line with
PP&E depreciation and IT amortisation
expense
▪Core D&A (excluding amortisation of
acquired intangibles) of $284.0m
34
$mFY22FY21Change
Net Capital expenditure –core134.9154.0
(12.4%)
Net Capital expenditure –non-core8.874.3
(88.2%)
IT36.528.4
28.5%
Capital expenditure / IT180.2256.7
(29.8%)
$mFY22FY21Change
Depreciation of PP&E –core110.5106.83.5%
Depreciation of PP&E –non-core14.2117.8(87.9%)
IT amortisation22.426.6(15.8%)
Depreciation of RouA –core151.1144.24.8%
Depreciation of RouA –non-core9.236.4(74.7%)
Total depreciation & amortisation307.4431.8(28.8%)
1
Adjusted f or the marked-to-market derivatives and deferred finance charges and excludes the lease liabilities of $543.9m at 30 June 2022 ($662.8m at 30 June 2021)
2
Equity adjusted to exclude the impact on adoption of AASB 16. Gearing ratio does not include lease liabilities in Net Debt and is on a pre-AASB 16 basis
3
Net debt to EBITDA ratio includes lease liabilities in Net Debt and is on a post-AASB 16 basis
Balance sheet
▪Net assets reduced by $123.4m or 4.2%
since June 2021 to $2.8bn
▪Reduction in net assets primarily driven
by the divestment of Mining
35
$mJun-22Jun-21
Current assets
3,028.03,403.2
Non-current assets
4,433.04,668.9
-Goodwill
2,285.02,280.8
-Acquired intangible assets
232.7267.8
-PP&E, Software and other
1,479.11,573.8
-Right-of-use assets
436.2546.5
Total liabilities
(4,627.0)(5,114.7)
-Lease liabilities
(543.9)(662.8)
-Other liabilities
(4,083.1)(4,451.9)
Net assets
2,834.02,957.4
Net debt
1
(619.9)(708.2)
Gearing: Net debt / Net debt plus equity
2
17.7%19.0%
Net debt / EBITDA
3
1.6x1.5x
Reconciliation to prior period financials
▪As disclosed at the HY22 result, Downer has finalised the structure of Transport, Utilities and Facilities which resulted in
some business units being reclassified
▪To provide comparable information and a reconciliation, the below table has been provided (consistent with HY22 result)
1
Asset Services, previously reported as part of the EC&M segment has been reclassified to Facilities. Downer Defence Systems, previously reported under Utilities has been reclassified to Facilities
36
FY21FY21 ReportedReclassifications
1
FY21 Restated
$mRevenueEBITARevenueEBITARevenueEBITA
Transport5,295.2250.2--5,295.2250.2
Utilities2,106.3115.1(224.6)(20.3)1,881.794.8
Facilities (Core)2,490.6140.0722.638.63,213.2178.6
Asset Services498.018.3(498.0)(18.3)--
Rules 4.7.3 and 4.10.3
ASX Listing Rules Appendix 4G (current at 17/7/2020) Page 1
Appendix 4G
Key to Disclosures
Corporate Governance Council Principles and Recommendations
Name of entity
Downer EDI Limited
ABN/ARBN Financial year ended:
97 003 872 848 30 June 2022
Our corporate governance statement
1
for the period above can be found at:
2
☒
These pages of our
annual report:
Pages 132 to 143
☐
This URL on our
website:
The Corporate Governance Statement is accurate and up to date as at 30 June 2022 and has been
approved by the board.
The annexure includes a key to where our corporate governance disclosures can be located.
3
Date: 17 August 2022
Name of authorised officer
authorising lodgement:
Robert John Regan
1
“Corporate governance statement” is defined in Listing Rule 19.12 to mean the statement referred to in Listing Rule 4.10.3 which
discloses the extent to which an entity has followed the recommendations set by the ASX Corporate Governance Council during
a particular reporting period.
Listing Rule 4.10.3 requires an entity that is included in the official list as an ASX Listing to include in its annual report either a
corporate governance statement that meets the requirements of that rule or the URL of the page on its website where such a
statement is located. The corporate governance statement must disclose the extent to which the entity has followed the
recommendations set by the ASX Corporate Governance Council during the reporting period. If the entity has not followed a
recommendation for any part of the reporting period, its corporate governance statement must separately identify that
recommendation and the period during which it was not followed and state its reasons for not following the recommendation and
what (if any) alternative governance practices it adopted in lieu of the recommendation during that period.
Under Listing Rule 4.7.4, if an entity chooses to include its corporate governance statement on its website rather than in its annual
report, it must lodge a copy of the corporate governance statement with ASX at the same time as it lodges its annual report with
ASX. The corporate governance statement must be current as at the effective date specified in that statement for the purposes of
Listing Rule 4.10.3.
Under Listing Rule 4.7.3, an entity must also lodge with ASX a completed Appendix 4G at the same time as it lodges its annual
report with ASX. The Appendix 4G serves a dual purpose. It acts as a key designed to assist readers to locate the governance
disclosures made by a listed entity under Listing Rule 4.10.3 and under the ASX Corporate Governance Council’s
recommendations. It also acts as a verification tool for listed entities to confirm that they have met the disclosure requirements of
Listing Rule 4.10.3.
The Appendix 4G is not a substitute for, and is not to be confused with, the entity's corporate governance statement. They serve
different purposes and an entity must produce each of them separately.
2
Tick whichever option is correct and then complete the page number(s) of the annual report, or the URL of the web page, where
your corporate governance statement can be found. You can, if you wish, delete the option which is not applicable.
3
Throughout this form, where you are given two or more options to select, you can, if you wish, delete any option which is not
applicable and just retain the option that is applicable. If you select an option that includes “OR” at the end of the selection and
you delete the other options, you can also, if you wish, delete the “OR” at the end of the selection.
See notes 4 and 5 below for further instructions on how to complete this form.
Appendix 4G
Key to Disclosures Corporate Governance Council Principles and Recommendations
ASX Listing Rules Appendix 4G (current at 17/7/2020) Page 2
ANNEXURE – KEY TO CORPORATE GOVERNANCE DISCLOSURES
Corporate Governance Council recommendation
Where a box below is ticked,
4
we have followed the
recommendation in full for the whole of the period above. We
have disclosed this in our Corporate Governance Statement:
Where a box below is ticked, we have NOT followed the
recommendation in full for the whole of the period above. Our
reasons for not doing so are:
5
PRINCIPLE 1 – LAY SOLID FOUNDATIONS FOR MANAGEMENT AND OVERSIGHT
1.1 A listed entity should have and disclose a board charter setting
out:
(a) the respective roles and responsibilities of its board and
management; and
(b) those matters expressly reserved to the board and those
delegated to management.
☒and we have disclosed a copy of our board charter at:
https://www.downergroup.com/Content/cms/Documents/DG-CS-
ST004_Board_Charter.pdf
☐ set out in our Corporate Governance Statement OR
☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation
is therefore not applicable
1.2 A listed entity should:
(a) undertake appropriate checks before appointing a director or
senior executive or putting someone forward for election as
a director; and
(b) provide security holders with all material information in its
possession relevant to a decision on whether or not to elect
or re-elect a director.
☒
☐ set out in our Corporate Governance Statement OR
☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation
is therefore not applicable
1.3
A listed entity should have a written agreement with each director
and senior executive setting out the terms of their appointment.
☒
☐ set out in our Corporate Governance Statement OR
☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation
is therefore not applicable
1.4 The company secretary of a listed entity should be accountable
directly to the board, through the chair, on all matters to do with
the proper functioning of the board.
☒
☐ set out in our Corporate Governance Statement OR
☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation
is therefore not applicable
4
Tick the box in this column only if you have followed the relevant recommendation in full for the whole of the period above. Where the recommendation has a disclosure obligation attached, you must insert
the location where that disclosure has been made, where indicated by the line with “insert location” underneath. If the disclosure in question has been made in your corporate governance statement, you
need only insert “our corporate governance statement”. If the disclosure has been made in your annual report, you should insert the page number(s) of your annual report (eg “pages 10-12 of our annual
report”). If the disclosure has been made on your website, you should insert the URL of the web page where the disclosure has been made or can be accessed (eg “www.entityname.com.au/corporate
governance/charters/”).
5
If you have followed all of the Council’s recommendations in full for the whole of the period above, you can, if you wish, delete this column from the form and re-format it.
Appendix 4G
Key to Disclosures Corporate Governance Council Principles and Recommendations
ASX Listing Rules Appendix 4G (current at 17/7/2020) Page 3
Corporate Governance Council recommendation Where a box below is ticked,
4
we have followed the
recommendation in full for the whole of the period above. We
have disclosed this in our Corporate Governance Statement:
Where a box below is ticked, we have NOT followed the
recommendation in full for the whole of the period above. Our
reasons for not doing so are:
5
1.5 A listed entity should:
(a) have and disclose a diversity policy;
(b) through its board or a committee of the board set
measurable objectives for achieving gender diversity in the
composition of its board, senior executives and workforce
generally; and
(c) disclose in relation to each reporting period:
(1) the measurable objectives set for that period to
achieve gender diversity;
(2) the entity’s progress towards achieving those
objectives; and
(3) either:
(A) the respective proportions of men and women
on the board, in senior executive positions and
across the whole workforce (including how the
entity has defined “senior executive” for these
purposes); or
(B) if the entity is a “relevant employer” under the
Workplace Gender Equality Act, the entity’s
most recent “Gender Equality Indicators”, as
defined in and published under that Act.
If the entity was in the S&P / ASX 300 Index at the
commencement of the reporting period, the measurable objective
for achieving gender diversity in the composition of its board
should be to have not less than 30% of its directors of each
gender within a specified period.
☒ and we have disclosed a copy of our diversity policy at:
https://www.downergroup.com/Content/cms/media/2019/Documents/
Policies/Diversity_and_Inclusion_Policy_and_Standard.pdf
and we have disclosed the information referred to in paragraph (c)
at:
our Corporate Governance Statement
and if we were included in the S&P / ASX 300 Index at the
commencement of the reporting period our measurable objective for
achieving gender diversity in the composition of its board of not less
than 30% of its directors of each gender within a specified period.
☐ set out in our Corporate Governance Statement OR
☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation
is therefore not applicable
1.6 A listed entity should:
(a) have and disclose a process for periodically evaluating the
performance of the board, its committees and individual
directors; and
(b) disclose for each reporting period whether a performance
evaluation has been undertaken in accordance with that
process during or in respect of that period.
☒and we have disclosed the evaluation process referred to in
paragraph (a) at:
our Corporate Governance Statement
and whether a performance evaluation was undertaken for the
reporting period in accordance with that process at:
our Corporate Governance Statement
☐ set out in our Corporate Governance Statement OR
☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation
is therefore not applicable
Appendix 4G
Key to Disclosures Corporate Governance Council Principles and Recommendations
ASX Listing Rules Appendix 4G (current at 17/7/2020) Page 4
Corporate Governance Council recommendation Where a box below is ticked,
4
we have followed the
recommendation in full for the whole of the period above. We
have disclosed this in our Corporate Governance Statement:
Where a box below is ticked, we have NOT followed the
recommendation in full for the whole of the period above. Our
reasons for not doing so are:
5
1.7 A listed entity should:
(a) have and disclose a process for evaluating the performance
of its senior executives at least once every reporting period;
and
(b) disclose for each reporting period whether a performance
evaluation has been undertaken in accordance with that
process during or in respect of that period.
☒and we have disclosed the evaluation process referred to in
paragraph (a) at:
our Corporate Governance Statement
and whether a performance evaluation was undertaken for the
reporting period in accordance with that process at:
our Corporate Governance Statement
☐ set out in our Corporate Governance Statement OR
☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation
is therefore not applicable
Appendix 4G
Key to Disclosures Corporate Governance Council Principles and Recommendations
ASX Listing Rules Appendix 4G (current at 17/7/2020) Page 5
Corporate Governance Council recommendation Where a box below is ticked,
4
we have followed the
recommendation in full for the whole of the period above. We
have disclosed this in our Corporate Governance Statement:
Where a box below is ticked, we have NOT followed the
recommendation in full for the whole of the period above. Our
reasons for not doing so are:
5
PRINCIPLE 2 - STRUCTURE THE BOARD TO BE EFFECTIVE AND ADD VALUE
2.1 The board of a listed entity should:
(a) have a nomination committee which:
(1) has at least three members, a majority of whom are
independent directors; and
(2) is chaired by an independent director,
and disclose:
(3) the charter of the committee;
(4) the members of the committee; and
(5) as at the end of each reporting period, the number
of times the committee met throughout the period
and the individual attendances of the members at
those meetings; or
(b) if it does not have a nomination committee, disclose that
fact and the processes it employs to address board
succession issues and to ensure that the board has the
appropriate balance of skills, knowledge, experience,
independence and diversity to enable it to discharge its
duties and responsibilities effectively.
☒
and we have disclosed a copy of the charter of the committee at:
https://www.downergroup.com/Content/cms/Documents/DG-CS-
ST006_Nomination_and_Corporate_Governance_Committee_Chart
er.pdf
and the information referred to in paragraphs (4) and (5) at:
our Corporate Governance Statement
page 23 of our 2022 Annual Report – Directors’ Report
☐ set out in our Corporate Governance Statement OR
☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation
is therefore not applicable
2.2
A listed entity should have and disclose a board skills matrix
setting out the mix of skills that the board currently ha
[TRUNCATED]
Data sourced from publicly available filings. Our datasets may not be complete. Automated analysis can produce errors. If you believe any data on this page is incorrect, please contact us at hello@nzxplorer.co.nz. For informational purposes only. Not investment advice.
Other issuers discussed similar conditions around this time
Matched by meaning across NZX announcement text, not keywords — based on our semantic index of announcement bodies.
- AFI — Australian Foundation Investment Company Limited: 2022 Statutory Annual Report, Annual Review & AGM Documents2022-08-29
“29 August 2022 The Manager ASX Market Announcements Australian Securities Exchange Exchange Centre Level 4 20 Bridge Street Sydney NSW 2000 Electronic Lodgement Australian Foundation Investment Company Limited Statutory Annual Report, Annual Sharehol…”